Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2018 with funding from
Getty Research Institute
https://archive.org/details/dottingsonroadsiOOpimb_O
JAVAL1 MINE_CHON TALES, NICARAGUA.
4
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE,
IN
PANAMA, NICARAGUA,
AND
MOSQUITO.
BY
BEDFORD PIM, Captain R.N.,
AND
BERTHOLD SEEMANN, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,
AUTHOR OP ‘THE NARRATIVE AND THE BOTANY OP H.M.S. HERALD,* ‘POPULAR HISTORY
OP PALMS,* ‘ VITI, OR MISSION TO PIJIAN ISLANDS,* ETC. ETC. ETC.
3llu0tratet( im'tlj plates anli JHaps.
LONDON:
CHAPMAN AND HALL, 193, PICCADILLY.
1869.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND CO.
LITTLE QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN’S INN FIELDS.
TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE
LORD STANLEY, M.P.,
ETC. ETC. ETC.,
WHOSE EFFORTS TO RESTORE ENGLISH PRESTIGE ABROAD
BY ELEVATING THE STANDARD OF OUR FOREIGN POLICY, COMMAND
THE RESPECT OF ALL PARTIES,
STJjts is, hg permission, Uetiicatetf,
WITH FEELINGS OF WARM ADMIRATION ,
BY
THE AUTHORS.
PREFACE.
—♦—
Since the year 1846 the authors of this work have
been practically acquainted with Central America,
and have travelled over the greater part of it. They
hope, therefore, that a few 1 Dottings on the Road¬
side ’ about countries so much talked of, yet so little
known as Panama, Nicaragua, and Mosquito, may be
acceptable.
Their object has been to place before the public the
knowledge they have gleaned in such a form that
those who desire information on the subject may be
assisted in forming a correct judgment as to the real
condition of British relations with the American
Continent.
Since the time when Mr. Monroe undertook to lay
down a trade doctrine for the New World, and claimed
a monopoly of the entire Continent for his countrymen,
the difficulty of transacting business there has steadily
increased; nor is it likely to be lessened, so long as
the folly is every year perpetuated of allowing 200,000
emigrants and at least £1,000,000 sterling to drift
across the Atlantic, to swell the ranks of the gigantic
Vlll
PEEFACE.
“Trades Union ” which the United States have now
become.
That the period is not far off when at least the
northern part of the Western Hemisphere will be more
or less closed to English commercial enterprise, seems
clear from the following apparently acceptable counsel
just given (April 1869) to the new President, General
U. S. Grant:—
“ Here are Cuba, St. Domingo, and Mexico, and the Cen¬
tral American States down to Darien. They are the locks
and keys of the Calf and of the American Isthmus passages
from ocean to ocean. A decisive American policy on the
part of General Grant will absorb all these outlying islands
and States, and add so largely to our material revenues as to
reduce the national debt to a mere trifle. Then there are
the Alabama claims, a proper basis upon which to negotiate
the cession to the United States of her Britannic Majesty’s
North American provinces of the New Dominion, from Hali¬
fax to Vancouver Island; for this thing, too, is in the order
of “ manifest destiny.”
To this subject, of which the “Mosquito Ques¬
tion” forms no inconsiderable part, the undersigned
has devoted much time and attention, which he hopes
may atone in some degree for the marked contrast be¬
tween the literary style of his part of the book and that
of Dr. Berthold Seemann, who is still absent in Ni¬
caragua, but whose ‘ Dottings ’ have already appeared
in the ‘ Atheneeum.’
The Plates are from sketches taken on the spot by
Lieutenant Oliver, E.A., and Mr. George Chambers,
PREFACE.
IX
both of whom accompanied the undersigned in some
of his journeyings.
The Maps, for which he is solely responsible, contain
the latest reliable additions and corrections, the result
of nearly ten years’ experience of the nature of the
country.
The Appendix has been carefully arranged, and
in it—thanks to a great authority on Mosquitian
affairs, Mr. Henry Jacobs,—will be found ample ma¬
terials for those who desire fuller details.
BEDFORD PIM,
Captain } Royal Navy.
11, Belsize Square, Hampstead, N.W.
May, I860
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER I.
TAGE
Attempted Negro Revolt at Panama.—General Olarte.—Petition
from a Convict Boy.—Railroad across the Isthmus.—Improve¬
ments caused by it.—Foreign Enterprise.—Gold Mines of
Barbacoas.—War between Spain and Chili.— Anecdote of
Abraham Lincoln. I
CHAPTER II.
Treasure-trove. — The Story of the Cocos Island. — An Old
Pirate.—The Divining Rod in the New World.—I awake and
find myself famous. — Captain Dow.—M. Zeltner.—Chiriqui
Inscriptions.—Their Singular Resemblance to the Ancient
British.—A Bold Theory.17
CHAPTER III.
Departure from Panama. — The Railroad Steamers. — Punta
Arenas.—Expedition up the Rio Frio.—Modern Sirens.—Co-
rinto. — Captain Cauty.—Leon. — A Disagreeable-smelling
Plant.—Mimicry in Nature.—We Start for New Segovia . . 33
CHAPTER IV.
A Deep Well.— A Short Cut.—Farm of Pilon.—Acluiapa.—The
Schoolmaster Abroad.—Region of Oaks and Pines.—Bonbon.
—Jamaili.—Future of Nicaragua.—Arrival at Ocotal ... 49
Xll
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER Y.
PAGE
General Interest of Spanish Americans in Mining.—Excursions
to Maquelizo, Limon, and Depilto.—Departure from Ocotal.—
Matagalpa.—Ocalca.— Sebaco.—A Royal Present .... 05
CHAPTER YI.
Foreign Enterprise in Nicaragua.—Negative Result of our Journey
through New Segovia and Matagalpa.—Resolve to try Chon-
tales.—Sketch of the Exploration of that Gold District by
Captain Pim and his Party.—Our Return to Leon . . . . 81
CHAPTER VII.
Departure from Leon for Chontales.—Huge Tree at Nagarote.—
Relieving a Thirsty Soul.—Managua.—General Martinez.—
Lagoon of Tiscapa.—Arrival at Libertad.95
CHAPTER VIII.
The Story of the Javali Mine.— Gold of Nicaragua.—Earth
Eaters.—Vegetation.—Indians.—Antiquities.107
CHAPTER IX.
Visit to'the Head-Quarters of the Chontales Company.—Rough¬
ing it.—Amusing Narrative of Nicaraguan Travel.—The Pur¬
chase of tiie Javali Mine determined upon.—Religious Service
under Difficulties. — San Juan and San Miguel ,Mines.—
Journey to Granada.—Acote.—Granada.—Homeward Journey.
—Managua.—Leon.—Captain Dow.— Specimen of Popular
Scientific Writing.. . . .129
CONTENTS.
Xlll
CHAPTER X.
PAGE
Punta Arenas.—Excursion to the Island of San Lucas.—Arrival
in the Bay of Panama.—Note about South-American Pile-
Builders.—A Geographical Puzzle about the Cocoa-Nut.—Ex¬
cursion to the Bayano River.—Reflections on the Ruins of Old
Panama.149
CHAPTER XI.
Rise of the Buccaneers. — Henry Morgan.—Invasion of the
Isthmus of Panama.—Storming of Chagres.—Destruction of
Old Panama.165
CHAPTER XII.
Departure of Author for Panama.—Return to Nicaragua.—La
Merced.—Natural Products of the Country.—The Javali Again.
—Opening up Road to the Atlantic.—A Nocturnal Fete.—
Two Dying-out Races.—Return to England.193
■ CHAPTER XIII.
A Geographical Lecture. — Kingston.—Coaling a Steamer.—
Leave-taking and Shopping.—Negro Cruelty and Insolence.—
Port Royal.—A Dignity.—Departure from Jamaica .... 209
CHAPTER XIY.
Port Royal to Greytown.— A Gloomy Look-out.—Dr. Green
and Mr. Cottrell.—Singular Silting.—Rolling. —The First
Lieutenant’s and Doctor’s Views.—Homily.225
CHAPTER XV.
Canoes and Canoemen.—Sailing on Friday.—Columbus Dis¬
covers Moscpiito.—Boundaries of Mosquito.—Early Account
XIV
CONTENTS.
PAGE
of Aborigines. —Eating Monkey not Cannibalism. — A Spanish
Riot Act.—A Cacique’s Idea of the Pope.241
CHAPTER XVI.
A Pleasure Trip.—Current and Coasting.—Aspect of Country
and Soundings.—Pirn’s Bay and Cays.—Blewfields Bluff.—
The King of Mosquito. — His Library.—Opinion of Yankees . 257
CHAPTER XVII.
Mr. Miertsching.—Account of Mosquito Mission.—The Putina
Indians. —Last Census Returns, 1868.—A Moravian Church.
—History of the Moravians.—Their Form of Government.—
The ‘ Messenger of Peace ’.274
CHAPTER XVIII.
A Naive Confession.—Queen Dowager and Princesses.—Unso¬
phisticated Nature.—A Fleet of Turtlers.—A Hungry Shark.
—His Majesty on Board.291
CHAPTER XIX.
Aborigines.—Manners and Customs.—Births, Deaths, and Mar¬
riages.—Mosquito Indians v. Trades Unions.—Early History
of Mosquito.—Nelson’s Attack on Nicaragua.—Bill of Fare.
—An Interesting Comparison.—Bolivar’s Prediction.—Yearly
Revolutions.
CHAPTER XX.
The Corn Islands.—Good Feeding-Ground.—A Rainy Fact.—
Value of a Slave.—Cheap Philanthropy.—Buccaneer Haunts.
— Old Providence.—St. Andrew’s.—Mosquito Treaty.—Dog
CONTENTS.
XY
PAGE
in the Manger.—Stars and Stripes.—Transit.—Statesmen or
Politicians?.321
CHAPTER XXI.
Nicaragua versus Mosquito.-—Transit.—The British Interpose.—
A. Comparison between ’48 and ’68.—True Economy.—Di¬
plomacy and Intrigue.—Mr. Squier.—Destruction of Greytown.
—Alabama.—Monroe Doctrine.— Use of Transits.—India-
Rubber.—Pirn’s Bay.—Snakes.337
CHAPTER XXII.
Popular Errors on Mosquito.—Revulsion of Feeling.—Adieu to
the “ Shore.”—Early Transit Efforts.—Concession.—Journey-
ings.—Chontales.—Nicaraguan Railway Company, Limited.—
Mr. W. H. Webb.—Junction of Atlantic and Pacific.—Nicara¬
guan idea of Colonization.357
CHAPTER XXIII.
Blewfields River.—The Great Storm of 1865.—Boat Impaled on
Cocoa-nut Tree.—-New Field for Professor Owen and Dr.
Gunther.—Strong and Weak Dollars.— How to Make a
Chowpa.—Laying-in Provisions.369
CHAPTER XXIV.
The Start up River.—Travelling by Night.—An Arctic Negro.—
Brackish Water.—A Carib Breakfast.—Mosquitian Villas.—
Hieroglyphics.—Woolwa Indians.—Kisilala. — Musli-La.—A
Live Candlestick.—Mahogany. — Its Great Value.—Indian
Manners.—Chocolate.—The Spanish Hammock . . . . .385
CHAPTER XXV.
Up River Notes.—Indian Geographers.— Carka to Javali.
XVI
CONTEXTS.
PAGE
Ophir.—Iguana.—How to Fight “ I)e Debbel.”—Simon.—
Arrive at Blewfields.—Result of Trip.—Dr. Seemann.—Conclu¬
sion .417
APPENDIX.
Terms of Concession concluded in 1S59 between His Majesty the
King and Commander Bedford Pim, Royal Navy .... 435
Terms of Railway Concession concluded in 1865 between the Go¬
vernment of Nicaragua and Captain Bedford Pim, of the En¬
glish Royal Navy.437
Treaty between Her Majesty and the Republic of Honduras re¬
specting the Bay Islands, the Mosquito Indians, and the Rights
and Claims of British Subjects.446
Proceedings at a Public Meeting held at Blewfields, May 1st, 1867 450
Bibliography.457
King of Mosquito’s Certificate.468
MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.
MAPS.
Nicaragua and Mosquito. to face page 1
Part of Mosquito and Chontales.360
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Javali Mine. to face Title
Catching Sardines . 100
Ancient Grave and Headstone.126
Crossing tiie Bar at Greytown.229
Indian Hut. 295
Junction of Atlantic and Pacific.365
13^
°io°
8 ; 9°
i Belize /
J
8l&°
87 °
8 6
84 °
16I_
la c a.ndc
TcLtjiu/it X \ ft
7 ^ S*
9 ^ Onithi
Hog I s a C Honduras
TOf*
'tjruateniaJa
/ M i <
I San Salvador A-'"'___
). o
I5V
—
* ■ ?< Jy
i_-
S2°
Gracias
lfi£
/A TLANTI
yOcotal
K A
• >$ ,V ‘A v» ■"■■wrn^^
bse/juuut
Vd&Vrgc yj
Lam
1» A C I FI C (> C If. AN
MAP OF
N J CARAGU A awd HQSQy IT®.
WITH LATEST CORRECTIONS
— 1860 ■—“
BY
Captain Bedford Pim.K.N.
rl Glvs-
y* oCcrn/l*
1 Blewticld.?
Srui Juan del Suv\^y —V '^\ T rt*
. VI.—B. S.
The Castillo rapids being too formidable for the
steamer to overcome, the travellers had to shift to
another steamer, the ‘ City of Leon,’ which waited
on the other side; but not being engaged on the
regular transit trip, did not leave till half-past one
o’clock on the 20th. In two hours they had safely
passed the Toros, the last rapids on the river. L T p
to this time they had been pursued by the rains,
which at this season of the year are not expected
much above Grey Town. About dark they arrived
at San Carlos, a small fort built on the point where
Lake Nicaragua runs off into the San Juan river.
Upwards of thirty hours had thus been occupied in
actual steaming on the passage from Grey Town to
San Carlos, a distance of 119 miles, or as nearly as pos¬
sible at the rate of four miles an hour. Here the course
of the Central American transit runs to the westward
across the lake, while they had to go north about.
In canoes, which had been brought thus far on the
deck of the steamer, they started at 10 a.m. on the
morning of the 21st. Favoured by a breeze, they
arrived at four p.m. at San Miguelito—merely a col¬
lection of substantial huts (some of them with an
upper story), perched upon rising ground, with savana
land stretching away inland as far as the eye could
reach—a most beautiful scene. This is the Ultima Thule
of civilization in Chontales, San Carlos being simply a
fort. From this point Captain Pirn decided on journey¬
ing overland through the interior of the country, so that
Mr. Paul might have the fullest opportunity of mak¬
ing himself thoroughly acquainted with the district;
Chap. VI.—B. S.] EIDE THE0UGH CHOXTALES.
87
but as time is not considered of importance by the
natives of Central America, it was not until the 24th
that the necessary number of horses could be pur¬
chased.
At 9 A.ir. on the 24th the travellers were able to
make a start for their long ride through Chontales.
The cavalcade consisted of a guide, with a led horse,
or rather one tied to the tail of his own animal, car¬
rying the baggage; next, Captain Pirn himself, with
a spare horse tied to his horse’s tail in like manner,
then Mr. George Chambers, the well-known painter,
and lastly Mr. Paul; it being necessary to maintain
single file, as the roads were only narrow tracks. The
country was low, and in some places swampy, covered
with high grass, and dotted all over with clumps of
trees and shrubs, very much resembling an English
park, but in certain places next to impassable in the
wet season. About one o’clock they arrived at the
Camastre, a broad estero, over which an enterprising
native had thrown a bridge composed entirely of
bamboo, and which, though fragile enough, served its
purpose admirably. At three o’clock they reached,
the river Tepinaguasapa, emptying itself into the
lake. Here they stopped to dine, and afterwards,
pushing on, reached a casera about five o’clock, where
they remained the night. Sleep, however, was out
of the question. A tiger entered the enclosure and
nearly caused a stampede amongst the cattle, whilst
smaller animals, scarcely less active, gave the ex¬
plorers no rest until daylight.
They started soon after dawn, having breakfasted
88 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VI.—B. S.
off a good hot howl of coffee boiled in milk, for at the
casera or milking-place of a hacienda, milk is always
obtainable in the morning, through never in the
evening. During this day’s journey the country was
found to he more undulating. Palms were largely
interspersed with the other trees and orchids. Just
before twelve o’clock they arrived at Mayasan, where
it was decided to remain to celebrate Christmas Day
by a good dinner. The duena of the hacienda was
most kind, and made active exertions to provide pud¬
dings, consisting of mashed plantains and fresh pork,
fried shreds of dried pork, with pork sausages and
garlic ; fried eggs and garlic ; minced pork and garlic;
ripe plantains, boiled and fried; unripe plantains,
boiled and roasted; quajado, or bitter cream cheese;
milk in various stages of sourness; pinol (chocolate
and Indian corn mixed with water); jerked beef in
thin strips; tortillas de maiz (cakes of Indian corn)
baked on a griddle ; and native cheese. This, for the
country, magnificent bill of fare, did not afford the
pleasure which the travellers had expected; they were
unanimous in detesting garlic; neither did the bitter
cheese and sour milk meet with their approval, while
the stringy jerked beef got between their teeth, and
was pronounced thoroughly indigestible; so that, al¬
together, they were not averse to renewing the jour¬
ney at three o’clock in the afternoon. At sunset they
arrived at another hacienda, Las Animas, having
passed through the same lovely scenery and crossed
the river Oyate, abounding in alligators, although
nearly twenty miles from the lake. Here they stayed
Chap. VI.—B. S.] CHRISTMAS FESTIVITIES. 89
the night; hut before going to rest, they got up a
little tertulia, or ball, to the great delight of the
peons, who were besides treated with English songs,
having ringing choruses. The effect must have been
very striking, for one of them was heard to say,
u When these English sing, it is like an earth¬
quake.” When the travellers lay down for the night
on the stretched bullocks’-hides, which serve as
beds in this country, they found themselves as much
tormented as on the previous evening, and heartily
wished they had stopped at Mayasan, by far the
cleaner of the two haciendas. The following morning
saw them early in the saddles. The country they passed
through was more hilly than hitherto, and, as Mr. Paul
observed, seemed to indicate mineral riches in no
ordinary degree,—in fact, reminding him forcibly of
California. A little before dusk they arrived at
Acoyapa, the capital of the department, with a plaza
and a church and some two thousand inhabitants.
During the whole of the journey they constantly
passed numbers of cattle, quietly grazing close to the
track, and not the least wild. Acoyapa lies about
halfway between the Chontales mines and Lake Nica¬
ragua, and is well situated as a resting-place midway.
There are three tracks leading from it to the mines :
one through Lovogo and Libertad, another directly
across the country, and the third by way of Esquipula.
They adopted the first, simply to examine the country,
for it is by far the most roundabout route. At a little
past eleven o’clock on the 27th they mounted, and,
soon after passing Lovogo, began to ascend the ridge
90 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VI.—B. S.
forming the watershed, between the lakes and the At¬
lantic. On the summit of one of the hills they had a
magnificent view—Omotepec away to the S.S.W., at
least eighty miles distant; Mombacho, quite distinct;
while inland the peak of Pena Blanca, about fifteen
miles, pointed out the exact position of the mines.
The surrounding country was found to be very bare
of trees, and the many dry river-beds and barren-
looking hills again recalled California most forcibly.
After crossing this dividing ridge, they descended on
savana lands, similar to those ridden over on the
other side of Acoyapa. It was seven o’clock, quite
dark, before they arrived at Libertad, a small, though
thriving mining town, built on the Mico, a branch of
the Blewfields river, as yet in its infancy, and num¬
bering about one thousand inhabitants, thirty-five of
whom are foreigners—French, Germans, Americans,
and English. They had thus occupied about eight
hours on the journey, a distance of about twenty miles
between Libertad and Acoyapa, but then their ani¬
mals had scarcely ever gone faster than a walk.
From Libertad they made various excursions then
and subsequently, from which the following informa¬
tion is gleaned. Roughly speaking, the left bank of
the Mico, for at least eight miles on its course from
Libertad, may be taken as defining the edge of the
primeval forest in the midst of which the mines are
situated. Crossing the Mico, at a ford about five
miles below Libertad, the forest is entered by a nar¬
row track or path, made by clearing away the trees
and undergrowth, the stumps in many cases sticking
Chap. YL— B. S.] BACK WOODS OF NICARAGUA. 91
out some feet above the ground. It would be quite
impossible to give an adequate description of the idle¬
ness of this road, not alone because the unfortunate
animals sink up to their bellies in the mud at every
step, but because, in selecting the path, an utter con¬
tempt seems to have been felt for level ground; every¬
where the road leading straight on, and over the high¬
est and steepest hills. The track, only eight miles
from the Mico to the mines, is as difficult as all the rest
of the route to San Ubaldo put together. It took a
whole day to ride to the mines from Libertad. From
Libertad there is another route to the mines; one can
at once cross the Mico, and proceed through a narrow
track in the forest straight on, passing various work¬
ings on the way, such as Tigre, Calvario, Virginia,
San Miguel, etc. This road is, in some respects, better
than the one described, since it is not so directly
across country as the other, and more attention has
been paid to the grades; but being very narrow, it is,
and will continue to be, nothing but a series of mud-
holes until, by the felling of trees, the sun’s rays are
admitted. The great want in Nicaragua is roads; but,
looking to the very heavy nature of the rains in the
wet season, and for other substantial reasons, it would
be far cheaper to make tramroads, which can be con¬
structed of very durable wood, the nispero for rails, and
the canelo, stone, or leopard-wood for sleepers, at a
cost of #3 per running yard, or say #5000 per En¬
glish statute mile.
The San Juan Mine, as already stated, is the oldest
in Chontales. It is close to Libertad, on the opposite
92
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VI.— B S.
bank of the Mico, and tlie machinery upon it is worked
by that river. The system of mining is that com¬
mon throughout Spanish America, and consists of
sinking a pozo about twenty-five feet, and then driv¬
ing a banco or adit, at right angles to the pozo for the
same length, and so on until water is reached, when
the works come to a standstill. The labour of bring¬
ing up the ore, however, is immense, and increases in
proportion to the depth, the miners having to carry
one hundred pounds weight of the ore to surface by
climbing notched poles, with the tanate (or leather bag)
supported on their backs by a strap across the fore¬
head. For this labour they are paid S'9 , G0 per month,
and their board, amounting to another d’i'S; total,
<£17 - 60, say <£3. 15s.
Several other mines were being worked during this
first visit, some of which passed into the hands of the
Foreign Lands, and subsequently, the Chontales Com¬
pany. They are beyond question rich in gold and
silver, possessing broad veins, which it will require
many years, with the most powerful and approved
machinery, to exhaust. The whole of this district is
covered with veins of gold and silver, of greater or
less value, according to their breadth and the facility
with which they can be worked and drained. The
auriferous and argentiferous district of Chontales com¬
mences near the town of Libertad, in the mountain
range, which runs nearly parallel to Lake Nicaragua;
it is many miles in width, and continues from this
point towards the east to an unknown distance. To
give an idea of how little is known of these imex-
Chap. YL—B. S.] GOLD AXD SILVER DISTRICTS.
93
plorecl wilds, it may be mentioned that when a piquet
was cut, defining the boundaries of only ten caballerias
of land surrounding the Javali Mine, some splendid
ground was discovered, and a plantel or water-power,
surpassing that of the Javali itself. The gold-bear¬
ing lodes in the Chontales district, as at present
known, have not been laid bare beyond a breadth of a
mile and a half; the yield, on an average, is one ounce
of gold and several ounces of silver to the ton. The
lodes seem to be only two in number, parallel to each
other, and striking E.N.E. and W.S.W. Near the
surface the quartz is friable, but it produces more
visible gold with increased depth. These lodes thus
present exceptions to the general mode of occurrence
of gold in veins.
In order to take advantage of what had thus been
brought to public notice by Captain Pirn and his ex¬
ploring party (as detailed in this long digression), it
was necessary for Captain Holman and myself to act
at once, as the rainy season was about to set in, and
there was no time to be lost. We rode hard to get
to our journey’s end, and kept up through the day.
The heat was so excessive that I arrived at Leon with
a slight sunstroke, and was laid up for more than a
week; but, to save time, I dispatched Captain Holman
to Chontales, with instructions to inspect whatever
mines might be offered for sale.
Just when he was about to start, our servant and
guide, Cleto, was not to be found. The mystery of
his disappearance was soon cleared up by a messenger
arriving to inform us that he had been seized by the
94 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VI.—B. S.
pressgang, and was for the present safely locked in
prison, with a lot of other young fellows, until the
authorities should decide what to do with him. For¬
tunately, Colonel Gross, the Military Governor of
Matagalpa, was staying at the same hotel as we did,
and he was good enough to procure poor Cleto’s dis¬
charge, and thus enable him to accompany Captain
Holman to Chontales.
95
CHAPTER VII.
DEPARTURE FROM LEON FOR CHONTALES.-HUGE TREE AT NA-
GAROTE.— RELIEVING A THIRSTY SOUL.-MANAGUA.-GENERAL
MARTINEZ.-LAGOON OF TISCAPA.-ARRIVAL AT LIBERTAD.
By keeping as quiet as the numerous visitors who
called upon me to offer mining and other properties
would let me, and by constant application of cold
water, I was able to put my poor head once more
in something like working order; and as soon as I
found myself sufficiently well I started for Chontales,
quite by myself, as the servant I had engaged left me
in the lurch the last moment.
Passing and stopping for a few hours at Pueblo
Nuevo, with its curious cactus fences, I put up for the
night at Nagarote, where I measured a famous geni-
saro-tree (Pithecolobium Saman , Benth.), belonging to
the Mimosa tribe, of which the villagers are justly
proud, and for which 200 dollars have been offered—a
high price in a country where timber abounds; and
yet they had the public spirit—the rarest of virtues in
96 DOTTINGS OX THE ROA.DSTDE. [Chap. VII.—B. S.
a Spanish American—to refuse the offer (others say the
Government made them refuse). The tree, of which
a woodcut is given in Squier’s ‘Central America,’ is
hut 90 feet high; hut some of the lower branches,
which are quite horizontal, are 92 feet long and 5 feet
in diameter. The stem, 4 feet above the base, is 21
feet in circumference, and the crown of the tree, de¬
scribes a circle of 348 feet. A whole regiment of sol¬
diers may seek repose in its shade.
If this vegetable monster had been a denizen of any
part of the Eastern hemisphere, it would have become
a fit object of tree-worship, that singular religion
which flourished long before temples and churches
were thought of, and which enjoyed a more extensive
geographical range than any creed has done since.
At one time it was diffused over the whole of Europe,
Asia, A frica, and Polynesia. Throughout Europe and
some islands of Polynesia it has been supplanted by
Christianity; in parts of Asia and Africa by Moham¬
medanism ; but nowhere have its rites been entirely
suppressed. Deprived of their religious character
and import, many of them have survived to this day,
everwhere associated with mirth, good feeling, and
festivity. No trace of tree-worship has been noticed
amongst the natives of Australia, nor amongst those of
the New World, though it had penetrated to the east¬
ernmost islands of Polynesia. The fact is most singu¬
lar, as no continent boasts of such magnificent and
venerable trees as America. In the virgin forests of
Brazil there are trunks of such gigantic size that fifteen
Indians with outstretched arms could hardly span
Chap. VII.—B. S.]
TREE WORSHIP.
97
them; trunks which, by counting the concentric rings
of their wood, must have been in existence when
Homer wrote his immortal poem. In Upper California
and along the whole north-western coast of America,
the vegetation attains enormous dimensions and age.
Three hundred feet is no uncommon height for a tree,
and some of the Wellingtonias overtop St. Peter’s,
and almost rival the height of the pinnacle of Cheops,
whilst their age is such that they must have been in
full growth long before the Saxon invasion of Eng¬
land. Yet these peculiarities do not seem to have
made any impression on the mind of the American
Indian, evidently proving that size, venerable look,
and age of trees are not sufficient to account for their
worship by the largest section of the human race.
Indeed, tree-worship can scarcely have sprung from
simple admiration. We have plenty of people among
us with a strong leaning that way, and can pretty well
judge of its range and scope. The Eev. Charles Young
tells us that from childhood, nothing in nature had
a greater attraction for him than trees, and a giant
tree, such as that of which the bark existed at the
Crystal Palace, had been the height of his ambition
among the sights of nature. To gratify this feeling he
made purposely a voyage to the Amazon, of which he
has given an interesting account inGalton’s ‘Vacation
Tourists,’ and one might suppose that when at last he
found himself amongst the vegetable giants of Brazil,
feelings superior to those of gratified curiosity would
come to the surface. But there was nothing of the
kind; even a botanical interest does not appear to
H
98
DOTTINGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. YII.—B. S.
have been roused in him. Mr. Young’s predilection is
rather prevalent in the United States, where travellers
are almost bored to death by being taken to see big
trees. Dr. Russell, who went thither for a very diffe¬
rent purpose, and during a period of great civil com¬
motion, repeatedly mentions his being forced to visit
such objects; and he tries to account for the admira¬
tion Americans have for their vegetable monsters by
the fact that in the United States few things are old
and venerable, and any exception to that rule is care-
folly noticed. I remember, in passing through Cam¬
bridge, Massachusetts, seeing a black board, record¬
ing that the mayor and aldermen of that town had
been such Yandals as to cut down an old and large
tree which stood in the middle of the road, and under¬
neath was written with chalk, “ Let this be remem¬
bered at the next election ! ”
Leaving Yagarote, and travelling about two hours,
I came in sight of Lake Managua, along the shores
of which the road passes for some miles, overshaded
by huge trees, a fine breeze blowing across the water,
and the waves breaking on the beach, and throwing
up snags, branches of trees, and other matter. Here
and there one obtains glimpses of the whole lake, to
which bold volcanoes form a magnificent background.
The next village was Matiaris de la Merced, where
we stopped to breakfast. Whilst thus engaged, a man
of the place came into the house, and, after steadily
gazing at me for some time, rather startled me by the
information that his brother was in Purgatory. All I
could do was to assure him that I was very sorry to
Chap. VII.—B. S.J A SOUL IN PURGATORY. 99
hear it. “But couldn’t you do anything to get him
out df it?” he asked. “ I don’t think that I have any
direct influence in that quarter,” was my reply. “ Yes,
you have,” the stranger assured me. “ I am going to
have Masses said for his soul, and should feel obliged
by your giving a few reals towards paying the cost.”
I was so much pleased with the novel and neat way
of getting money out of me that I acceded to his
wishes. He thanked me politely, but there was a look
about the fellow that made me think that, after all, I had
merely contributed towards relieving “ a thirsty soul.”
A few more hours’ ride brought me to Managua,
which became, a few years ago, the capital of Nica¬
ragua, and which may he described as a large village
of native huts, to which a few European houses have
been added. The largest of these houses is the Palacio
Nacional, with verandas and balconies, in which the
public offices and the residence of the President of the
Republic are situated. It overlooks the great square
and the beautiful Lake of Managua, across which there
always blows a fresh breeze. Fish is tolerably abun¬
dant in this lake, and the most esteemed are two very
small kinds, belonging to the genera Tetragonopterus
and Antherinichthys , Sardina and Pepesca, the former
being in season in March, the latter during the rainy
months of the year.* The Sardina is the smallest of
the two, and so much resembles whitebait in look,
* The specimens of these fish, which I deposited in the collections
of the British Museum, are held by Dr. Gunther to be the young of
two species which grow much larger than they are eaten at Managua,
a fact of which the natives are, I believe, quite unaware.
H 2
100
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VII.—B. S.
size, and flavour, that at a dinner at Greenwich, given
by Captain Pim to General Martinez, the late Presi¬
dent of Nicaragua thought that English whitebait
was the Sardina of his native lakes. The Pepesca is
like the anchovy, and has not such a delicate flavour
as the Sardina. Both kinds are eaten fried, toasted,
or made into cakes; and they are caught during the
daytime, and in hand-nets by men and women, who
take their stand on steep parts of the lake’s shores,
and behind some green boughs put up to prevent the
fish from seeing the reflection of their captors in the
water.
There is here absolutely nothing we associate with
the idea of a capital of a country—no public libraries,
museums, theatres, places of amusement, etc. About
eight o’clock at night all is as quiet as in a city of
the dead. By that time, the lamps which house¬
holders are compelled to light at sunset have con¬
sumed their allotted quantity of oil, and are expiring
one after the other. Perhaps here and there a gam¬
bling party may prolong its u nh oly occupation; but
the generality of the inhabitants have gone to sleep—
I was almost going to say, bed ; but that would be a
misstatement, as there is no such thing as a bed in
.the whole country. You may see roughly-made
wooden bedsteads, over which cow-hides are stretched ;
but there is no bedding. Even the best families use
no linen sheets. The upper classes lie down with most
of their clothes on; and, in the morning, get up,
shake, but do not wash themselves, light a cigarette
and drink a cup of coffee. The so-called lower classes
Z'lA
NICARAGUA-METHOD OF CATCHING SARDINES ON THE SHORES OE LAKE MANAGUA
Chap. VIE— B. S.] SLEEPING ACCOMMODATION. 101
take off nearly every rag of clothing when they go to
sleep, and lie down around the houses, often in the
middle of the yard. They do not seem to mind either
the dew or the moon, and the blanket, which every
one carries, is scarcely ever used, except just before
dawn. All classes are dreadfully afraid of water;
and whenever they see a European wash himself, es¬
pecially early in the morning, they never fail to tell
him of the danger which he is running. I watched
some of the dons, in whose company I was thrown
for a week, and found they never touched water during
the whole of that time. To my broad hints, they
replied that they had a slight attack of fever, or a
cold just approaching.
With a few exceptions, the houses are very filthy,
and full of vermin. This remark applies with full
force to New Segovia and Matagalpa, where a broom
is a curiosity made of palm-leaves, when, on some
festive occasion, the house is to be swept. I strongly
advise future travellers to provide themselves with a
tent, and thus escape the necessity of seeking any
other shelter but their own. I could not help recalling
to mind the neat houses and clean persons of the so-
called Polynesian savages. After profiting for more
than three centuries by Christianity and European
civilization, the Central Americans compare unfavour¬
ably—socially, politically, intellectually, and morally
—with the South Sea Islanders.
Nicaraguans, though generally ignorant of the most
elementary knowledge, for instance, talking of Great
Britain and the United States as one country, and of
102 DOTTINGS ON T1IE 110ADSIDE. [Chai>. VII.—B. S.
tlieir inhabitants as heathens who have never had the
benefit of Christian sacraments, believe their republic
to be in the van of civilization; and they are never
tired of asking foreigners to confirm that delusion.
I tried to escape telling such an untruth by dwelling
on the vast resources and great natural beauties of
Nicaragua, and avoiding the point they wished me to
bo eloquent upon ; because, like all Spanish Ameri¬
cans, they are extremely thin-skinned, and regard
every unfavourable opinion as an ill-natured depre¬
ciation. One who desires to stand well with them
should therefore be careful of what he says and writes.
Travellers who have been simple-minded enough to
speak out, have had their books burnt in the public
square, as such things ought to be in countries the
history of which has not yet passed the period of
the dark ages.
I had several interviews with the President of the
Republic, General Martinez, to whom the country is
indebted for ten years of peace. I found that he and
the Ministers of State were men of intelligence,
and were fully impressed with the high responsibili¬
ties they had undertaken. In early life General Mar¬
tinez travelled over every part of his native country,
and thereby obtained that practical knowledge which,
in after years, was destined to be of incalculable value.
Actuated by that patriotism which every true lover of
his country must feel in her hour of need, he joined,
in 1854, the army formed to repel the invaders under
the filibuster Walker. That he was eminently suc¬
cessful, both on the field of battle and in the Cabinet,
Chap. VII.—B. S.]
GENERAL MARTINEZ.
103
is proved by the fact that in 1856 be was made Pro¬
visional President, while in the following year peace
having been restored, mainly through his instrumen¬
tality, he was unanimously elected President. During
the years 1857-62 he filled the chair as Chief Magis¬
trate of Nicaragua with ability and satisfaction, not
only to his own countrymen, but to those foreigners
who were brought to Nicaragua either by business or
pleasure. At the expiration of his term of office he
was re-elected President, and occupied that position
until February, 1867, when Don Fernando Gusman
assumed office. It was not, and never will be, the
fate of any man, however able, to take a prominent
part in the government of his country without experi¬
encing trials and troubles. In 1863, Salvador, in alli¬
ance with Honduras, declared war against Nicaragua.
In April of that year the allies invaded the Pepublic
and marched straight on Leon; in the meantime the
standard of revolt was raised in the southern part of
Nicaragua, and thus the President found himself sur¬
rounded by foes on all sides. But the man who mainly
contributed to the downfall of Walker was equal to
the occasion. The battle of Leon finished the campaign
in favour of the Government,—a battle in which the
General displayed great gallantry. During his pro¬
tracted career of power, General Martinez never, in a
single instance, was guilty of sacrificing the life of a
fellow-creature in cold blood. Besides the humanity
which so thoroughly characterizes him, he understood
in how great a degree a nation’s happiness and great¬
ness depends on commercial prosperity, and never lost
104 DOTTIXGS OX TILE EOADSIDE. [Chap. VIL—B. S.
an opportunity of encouraging foreign commerce and.
enterprise.
Early in the morning, I generally went with Eon
Antonio Silva, a Guatemalan gentleman, who held the
office of Minister of Culture, to bathe in the lake or
rather lagoon of Tiscapa, which is about a mile and a
half from town, and occupies the bottom of a deep
crater-like valley, surrounded by trees. An Indian
tradition asserts, that once upon a time, this lagoon
was brought from Salvador in a gourd-shell. If so, it
must have been a pretty large one, and difficult to
carry. But what of that ? Once call fancy to your
aid, and all things are easy of accomplishment. Tis¬
capa is said to be inhabited by only one alligator, and
has no known outlet. The water is generally very
clear, but at times it becomes turbid and smells badly,
in fact, undergoes fermentation, or, as the people ex¬
press it, “ gets sick.” Whilst the sickness lasts, the
inhabitants carefully avoid all contact with the la¬
goon ; but no sooner has the w r ater assumed its usual
appearance, than men and women flock to it for wash¬
ing and bathing purposes, and there is, especially early
in the mornings, rather an animated scene. Women,
old and young, of all colours, and in a state of almost
absolute nudity, are busy washing clothes on large flat
stones; men swimming about, or sitting on their rugs
and pillons preparatory for a plunge into the cooling
water; horses and mules are driven in to be bathed
at the same time as their masters. If Tiscapa were a
little nearer to town, it would be visited much more
than it is, as the place is really very pretty. But it is
105
Chap. YII.— B. S.] AEEIVAL AT LIBEETAD.
just too far to walk, and so tlie bulk of tlie Mana-
guanS wash and bathe in the lake.*
A ride of three days from Managua, by way of
Tipitapa and Juigalpa, brought me to Chontales, the
finest and most fertile district of Nicaragua. Ap¬
proaching it from the west, as I did, you find your¬
self amongst rich undulating grass lands, which even
at the end of the dry season retain their verdure and
afford pasture to thousands of heads of cattle. On
nearing Libertad, the ground becomes more elevated,
the climate considerably cooler, and you get occa¬
sional glimpses of the Lake of Granada, with its
islands and majestic volcanoes. Libertad is rapidly
rising to the dignity of a town, and is now full of
people from all parts. House-room is very limited,
and I had difficulty in finding even a place for my
hammock. Close to Libertad commences a dense vir¬
gin forest, which extends to the Atlantic seaboard,
* “ At seventeen miles from Tipitapa, and one mile and one-eighth,
from the city of Managua, is the Lake of Tiscapa, which is circular,
a quarter of a mile in diameter, surrounded by almost perpendicular
cliffs, 80 feet high, and has every appearance of being the crater of
an extinct volcano. It has no outlet; but its water is on the same
level as Lake Managua, although its depth, as I ascertained by sound¬
ing, was 150 feet in the centre. Its water, of which the specific
gravity is 13, is highly charged with sulphuretted hydrogen, and, like
that of Tipitapa, contains neither muriates nor sulphates. The pro¬
portion of sulphuretted hydrogen in the atmosphere contiguous to the
lake varies considerably, the disagreeable smell being at times almost
intolerable. A curious fact in connection with this lake is the almost
constant presence of a large quantity of dead fish on its margin, which
attracts a number of turkey-buzzards.”— Capt. Bedford Finis Paper
“ On the Mineral and Thermal Waters of Nicaragua ,” read before the
British Association, at Bath, in 1861.
106 DOTTING S ON T11E ROADSIDE. [Chap. VII.-B. S.
and a singular feature of which is, that the stems of
the trees are of a very light grey, as well indicated by
Mr. George Chambers in some of his clever sketches;
but the correctness of which I was inclined to doubt
until I had actually seen it in the landscape itself.
107
CHAPTER VIII.
THE STORY OF THE JAYALI MINE.-GOLD OF NICARAGUA.-
EARTH EATERS.-VEGETATION.-INDIANS.-ANTIQUITIES.
The stillness of the virgin forests, which to this clay
cover a great part of Chontales, would probably not
have been broken for generations if it had not been
for the discovery of a very productive gold-mine,
which, until recently, was the property of a Spanish
American, and has now passed into the hands of
English capitalists. Eor many years the first owner
had drawn none but blanks in the great lottery of
mining enterprise. Lucas Quiroz—for that was his
name—had been one of the first settlers at Libertad,
a place which derived its name from a grog-shop
where everybody had liberty to do pretty much as
he liked. One day, when hopelessly embarrassed, a
man with the image of St. Peter passed the house,
asking whether anybody wished to offer up prayers
to the saint. The poorer classes of Nicaragua do not
always give money to these wandering image-bearers,
108 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. Till.—B. S.
but frequently whatever good tilings they may have
in their possession, such as cacao beans, chocolate,
lumps of sugar, wax candles, etc.; and the wife of the
impoverished miner could lay her hands on nothing
better than a piece of scented soap. But she promised
to present a chalice to the village church if St. Peter
would let her husband, who had been so singularly
unfortunate in gold-mining, find a good silver-mine.
The husband having fully ratified the vow, both
awaited with confidence the asked-for intercession.
They were not doomed to be disappointed. A short
time afterwards an Indian called, and the miner’s mi¬
serable plight became at once the topic of conversa¬
tion. “ If it is rich stones you are harping after,” said
the Indian, “ I can take you to a place where you shall
find enough to last you a lifetime.” The offer was
gladly accepted, on condition that if the place turned
out as rich as represented the Indian should receive
three cows for showing it. Chopping-knife in hand,
and a few provisions on then’ back, the two entered
the thick virgin forest which stretches from Libertad
to the shores of the Atlantic Ocean. After travelling
several leagues, they arrived at a place where the
Indians were in the habit of shooting javalis, a kind
of wild boar. “Will this satisfy you?” asked the
guide triumphantly. The miner was dumfounded.
After years of fruitless toil and search, he saw at last
before him a property combining all the features of a
good mine. On the slopes of a hill rising five hun¬
dred feet above a river-bed, and ensuring a natural
drainage, he found a wide lode of quartz rock,
109
Chap. VHL—B. S.] DISCOVERT OF THE JAVALI.
rich in silver and gold, and traceable for several
miles; magnificent waterfalls available for setting in
motion the most powerful machinery; and in every
direction timber of excellent quality for mining pur¬
poses. This was the now famous Javali mine, the ore
of which up to that time was taken out in small quan¬
tities only, and ground to powder in mortars cut out of
the solid rock of the river-bed, whenever the Indians
required gold for trading purposes. Hastening to re¬
gister his claims officially, the enraptured miner tried
to raise the funds necessary for turning this valuable
discovery to account; but his credit was so low that
not one of his countrymen would lend him a few dol¬
lars to buy picks and shovels. He would have been
obliged to abandon all thought of working the mine
if a generous foreigner had not come forward with
the necessary fimds, and also stood between him
and his relentless creditors, when the richness of
the Javali came to be known. In a short time the
miner was able to pay off all his and his father’s
debts, and purchase houses and estates. The chalice
promised to St. Peter’s shrine was not forgotten. It
was made of thirty-six ounces of gold, and by the
hands of a German goldsmith, under whose hospit¬
able roof the miner was living when his wife regis¬
tered the vow.
The mine proper consists solely of a strip of land,
200 varas wide, by 1000 varas long, running nearly
due east and west, and its water-power, or “plantel,”
is derived from the Javali river, which, within a
few yards of the vein, takes a leap of about 150 feet.
110
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VIII.—B. S.
This narrow strip of land is traversed throughout
its entire length by a ridge, varying in height above
the general level of the ground at its base. At
its eastern limit, which is the point where the vein
is crossed by the Javali river, the elevation is very
low, but it increases towards the westward, so that at
this end its height is more than 200 feet. Through
the central line of this ridge runs the lode ; in fact,
the ridge is the lode itself, with a slight covering of
earth and vegetable matter. This undulation, or rise,
affords great convenience for driving levels on the
lode far below any of the present old workings, and
thereby giving great advantages for bringing the ore to
the mills at any level desired. The workings are com¬
paratively superficial, save, perhaps, those of the So¬
corro, the bottom of which is 150 feet from the sur¬
face, consisting of 10 pozos and bancos. The advan¬
tages thus afforded for the cheap and complete drain¬
age and ventilation of the mine are very great. Such
an elevation of the lode secures, in the most perfect
manner, the complete drainage of all the works which
can be carried on in this mine for many years to come.
The ledge slopes from a point near its western limit
462 feet above the water level, to the bed of the Javali
river, at its eastern boundary. The lowest tunnel
to be driven from this latter level would, of course,
drain all the works above it, and keep them perfectly
dry. A few hundred yards lower down the river there
is another fall, of 160 feet, so that by driving a cross¬
cut from the foot of this fall into the Javali lode,
which continues on the other side of the river in the
Chap. YIIL—B. S.]
MIXERAL RICHES.
Ill
same direction, the drainage of this second section
would, undoubtedly, be secured, and that continuation,
or cabazeles, as it is called, could also be worked, at
how great a profit will be apparent when it is men¬
tioned that the lode is quite as broad and rich on this
side of the river as on the opposite bank. Those who
have had to contend against the difficulties and great
expenditure caused by a flooded mine can thoroughly
estimate the value and importance of so favourable a
location; indeed, it is not too much to say that here
is the proper spot to commence operations on a large
scale. The Javali river is, and must continue, the
only real basis of mining operations in this district,
until further explorations disclose other “plantels”
or water-power of a like force.
The quality of the ore, iu respect to the ease with
which it may be ground, is very good; in some parts
of the vein it is more or less hard, but the majority of
it is quite soft and friable; the hardest of it could
without difficulty be reduced by proper stamps and
modern machinery, even without calcination. The
ley or percentage of gold in the ore seems to increase
with the descent from the surface. The supply may
be said to be inexhaustible. The width of the vein
varies from two to as many as twenty yards; taking
the average width as only three, there would then
be contained in this first section of the lode before
spoken of as the one situated above the water line
of the Javali river, not less than 231,957 cubic yards
of ore, or about 475,512 tons. In the second section
there is contained, assuming the same average width
112 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VIII.—B. S.
of the vein, 100,000 cubic yards, or 328,000 tons, all
of which will probably yield at least a general average
of one ounce per ton, and perhaps more, for the quality
of the ore improves the deeper the mine is driven.
But when large quantities of auriferous quartz can be
obtained in a country where the price of labour is not
high, as in Nicaragua, it is not necessary that it should
contain a large amount of the precious metal in order
to render its treatment, by the aid of well-constructed
machinery, remunerative. At Schemnitz, in Hungary,
the managers extract with advantage one-eighth of
an ounce per ton; and the St. John del Bey, in the
Brazils, yields a noble profit with five-eighths of an
ounce per ton. Again, the average yield of gold from
the quartz reefs in the colony of Victoria, for the year
18G6, was 10 dwts. 16|- grs., a little more than half
an ounce to the ton of quartz, at a cost of raising,
crushing, and management of about 13s. per ton; the
actual profit would, therefore, be about 17s. on every
ton of quartz crushed. The very tailings of the
Javali, which have now accumulated for many years,
are equal in richness to the quartz reefs of Australia,
the yield being 11 oz. of silver, and \ oz. of gold to
the ton.
The discovery of the Javali, or rather the betrayal
of its existence by the Indian, led to the exploration
of the surrounding district, and the finding of more
than three hundred mines of more or less importance.
A proper geological survey of this undoubtedly rich
district, rich in both silver and gold, has, however, as
yet not been attempted, though it might be expected
Chap. VIII.— B. S.] DISCOVERT OF THE JAVALI. 113
to lead to results which would more than a thousand¬
fold repay the expenses of such an undertaking. But
Nicaragua, like most parts of Spanish America where
the foreign element has as yet not penetrated, is so poor
that it has no funds for projects of this nature. Though
all mines are national property, the discovery and
tracing of them out is entirely left to the individual
enterprise of people who have acquired a certain
amount of empirical geological knowledge, and who,
when they find rich spots, make them their own by
registering them officially. As long as the mines are
worked, and worked properly, the title thus acquired
is undisputed; hut if for two years no work is done
in them, they revert once more to the nation, and may
be registered anew. Some of the most important
mines of Chontales are now owned by foreigners, who
are gradually introducing a better system of working
them. The natives still go on mining in the most ex¬
pensive and primitive manner. Deep shafts they can¬
not sink, because they do not know how to timber the
ground; and, not having deep shafts, they cannot
avail themselves of even such a simple contrivance as
a tackle, and have to carry all the ore on the backs of
men in leather bags fastened by a strap round the
forehead. A man carries about a hundredweight at
a time, and has to climb up steep trunks of trees in
which notches have been cut. In damp weather
these primitive ladders are very slippery, and cause
numerous accidents. The ore is ground by water¬
power, and in arrastras , heavy rocks of quartz and
basalt being used for crushing.
i
114
DOTTINGS ON TIIE ROADSIDE. [Cuap. VIII.—B. S.
Many of the miners arc natives of the neighbouring
Republic of Honduras. They are better workmen than
the Nicaraguans, but enjoy the reputation of being
great thieves. Amongst them are some who practise
the revolting habit of earth-eating. These eartli-eaters
do not constitute a separate tribe, hut are principally
negroes and half-castes, seldom Indians, never pure
whites. They are easily recognized by their pecu¬
liarly livid and sickly colour. Their nickname, “toros”
(hulls), must have been given them, not on account of
their bodily strength, for they are poor emaciated
people, but more probably because they lick the
ground, as bulls are sometimes wont to do. The
earth which they eat maybe compared with the edible
earth of Syria, to which Ehrenberg’s researches apply,
and with that mentioned some time back by the
‘ Pharmaceutical Journal.’ It is a Steatitic clay, and
called “jabonada,” because when moist it has a certain
soapiness, and causes some foam when brought into
contact with the saliva. It is cream-coloured, often
tinged with pink, and has a slightly fatty taste.
When well selected there is no sand in the pieces,
the whole substance dissolving on the tongue; but,
as tit-bits of this kind are not always obtainable, a
slight admixture of sand is not objected to. Earth-
eating is a vice which, like any other vice, grows
upon people, and when carried to excess kills its
victims without mercy. The same arguments which
arc applied to the suppression of drunkenness are
applied, generally with as little success, to earth-
eating. One of the miners in the Javali gave me
Chap. YITI. — B. S.]
EARTII-EATERS.
115 •
a full account of the way lie used to go on. lie was
about .twelve years old when he took to the habit,
and carried it on till he was twenty-five. Com¬
mencing little by little, he ultimately ate several
pounds a day, and he lived successive days upon no¬
thing but earth, always drinking a good quantity of
water, and feeling little or no appetite for any other
kind of food. At most times he used to eat the earth
as it came from the mine, but sometimes he would
vary the flavour by an admixture of common brown
sugar, or by toasting the clay over the fire. At last
he carried earth-eating to such an excess that he be¬
came seriously ill, and had to give it up to save his
life. More than two years had elapsed since that
time, but he retained nevertheless the livid look pecu¬
liar to earth-eaters, and thought that he should never
regain his natural colour. It is very difficult to say
what proportion of the mining population of Chontales
are addicted to earth-eating. As the majority regard
it as a vice, many practise it on the sly ; but from my
own observation I should say they amount to about
ten per cent.
In these mountains a species of caoutchouc (known
here by its Aztec name of Ule), vanilla, sarsaparilla,
quassia, fustic, and other valuable woods abound, and
there are many vegetable productions which are rare
or perfectly new to science. Amongst the most note¬
worthy are a species of Marcgraavia , every umbel of
which terminates in five flower-bearing pitchers filled
with water, a large white Sobralia, and a tree (Ilerranici
purpurea , Decaisne) with fingered leaves and small
i 2
116 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VIII.—B. S.
round seeds, which are occasionally offered for sale by
the Indians, and from which chocolate of a flavour
superior to that of the common cacao is manufac¬
tured. Some day this chocolate-tree will doubtless be
extensively grown by Europeans; and, as it occurs in
these woods together with the common naturalized
cacao, it may have been cultivated when this district
was more thickly inhabited by Indians than it is at
present.
The Chontales gold region appears to be a favourite
haunt of plants with variegated leaves. There are
some fine species of Costus (including, besides the
well-known C. zebrinus and Malortianus , several new
ones); two beautiful species of Cissus, one with bright
scarlet flowers (introduced by me into English gar¬
dens); and several Marantacese and Aroideae. But
the finest of these is the one I have named Cyrtodeira
Chontalensis , a Gesneraceous plant. The leaves are
purple on the under side, and on the upper light green
(like those of Begonia smaragdina), with very dark
green blotches. The flowers, which appear in Novem¬
ber and December, are lilac, and as large as a crown
piece, with a yellow centre, and a whitish tube. The
roots are fibrous (not catkin-like rhizomes, as in the
Achimenes tribe); and in habit the plant resembles
the only other known species of the genus (C. cu-
preata , Hanstein), which, however, has smaller and
scarlet flowers, and a hairy ovary. It was found at
the Pavon end of the Javali Mine, where it grew in
only a very small spot—shady groves on the banks of
a rivulet. Although we became afterwards well ac-
Chap. Yin.— B. S.] CYKTODEIRA CHONTALEXSIS. 117
quainted with the Yegetation of the district, we never
met the plant anywhere hut there; and after we had
taken up sixty specimens, and planted them in a mi¬
niature Wardian case, fire was set to the very spot
where the Cyrtodeira grew, for the purpose of clearing
it. The sixty specimens readily took root, and on our
departure a hoy was engaged to carry them on his
saddle before him to Leon, a distance of about eighty
leagues. All went on well, till one evening darkness
overtook us on the immense grassy plains of Tipitapa,
and the boy’s mule fell into one of those wide cracks
which dining the dry season in the tropics always form
where the ground is clayey. Down came the Wardian
case with a heavy crash, and one-half of our plants
were lost. The other half looked well enough till
within two miles of the port of embarkation, when the
waggon in which, for greater safety’s sake, they had
been placed, went into a deep hole, and turned right
over. This time all but six specimens were destroyed,
and these were so much injured that when we arrived
at London, and handed them to Mr.W. Bull, of Chelsea,
the enterprising plant merchant, only one was found
to be in a sound condition; but that one has become
the progenitor of a numerous race, which now orna¬
ments our hothouses.
This little narrative shows what trouble the intro¬
duction of new plants requires, and how unforeseen
accidents will interfere with well-devised plans, but it
also reminds us of the changes constantly going on in
the nature and aspect of the vegetation of the inha¬
bited globe, changes so great that it is almost as diffi-
118 DOTTINGS ON TIIE ROADSIDE. [Ohap. YIII.—B.S.
cult to conjure up by pen or pencil the flora of a
country as it was in times gone by, as it would be
that of any former geological period. By not taking
these changes into account, those who endeavour to
give us vivid pictures of the past—historians, histo¬
rical painters, and romance writers—often fall into the
error of using, as a' background for ancient historical
events, the country in which they happened in its
modern aspect, an anachronism as painful to a botanist
as a wrong note is to a musical ear. In a well-known
print, “ Joseph Sold by his Brethren,” the artist has
carefully represented the date-palm and other features
of the desert, but he has committed the blunder of
introducing the American cactus, which did not reach
Syria till several thousand years after the time of
Joseph’s death. Some time ago, I saw in a Euro¬
pean capital a play founded upon some incident of
early Roman history. The stage accessories had been
executed with pre-Rafaelitic accuracy. There was the
Roman landscape in all its beauty; the melancholy
cypress, and the stone-pine of Italy, the outline of
which Pliny so happily compares with the smoke of
Vesuvius as it issued from the crater 1800 years ago,
and still issues in our year of grace, but there was
also, unfortunately, the American aloe ( Agave\ which
at present forms such a prominent feature of many a
South European landscape, but was confined to the
New World before the days of Columbus.
Amongst plants a silent struggle for the possession
of the soil is constantly going on. Even when no
foreign elements are introduced into the flora of a
Chap.VIII.— B.S.J STRUGGLE FOR EXISTENCE. 119
country, it is ever at work; but it becomes much more
intense- when species from abroad appear on the held,
or, at all events, from our being able to recognize at a
glance the opposing elements, we are in a better posi¬
tion to watch the struggle and its issue. A prominent
example of such a battlefield, if so martial a term be
admissible, is the island of St. Helena, where the na¬
tive vegetation is at present almost entirely superseded
by a foreign one, some of the singular indigenous tree-
Compositce now existing in only one or two old spe¬
cimens. In many parts of the Cape of Good Hope
an equally great change is noted, and many species
are in danger of becoming altogether extinct. I
remember the venerable explorers, Ecklon and Zeylier,
taking me to the foot of Table Mountain to see a few
silver-trees (Lcucadenclron argenteum ), which, they
assured me, were the only specimens in South Africa.
Dr. Hooker, in his suggestive papers ‘ On the Struggle
of Existence amongst Plants,’ has well pointed out
the rapid spread of European species in Hew Zealand,
and the displacement of the indigenous. The altera¬
tions wrought in Europe by the naturalization of
foreign plants arc familiar to us all; and Central Ame¬
rica and many other parts of the inhabited globe
might be pointed out where the same phenomenon is
observable. Foreign plants deport themselves towards
the indigenous as an invading army does towards the
inhabitants of a hostile country. Before the bulk of
the army advances, outposts make their appearance,
consisting of the most daring and hardy fellows. In
the vegetable kingdom the office of outposts is per-
120
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. YIII.-B. S.
formed by those plants which we call weeds , the real
nature of which is as yet but little understood.
Considering that weeds are found in every part of
the inhabited world, it is singular that so few lan¬
guages have a full equivalent of the term “weed”
and that so useful an idea as that popularly embodied
in it should not have been, long ere this, translated
into science. The Latin “ herb a” or Spanish “ yerba”
certainly do include our ‘weed;’ but whilst every
weed is a herb, not every herb is a weed. What,
then, is the real meaning of ‘ weed ’ ? Dictionary
writers do not help us much by qualifying ‘ weed ’ as a
mean or troublesome herb, for the popular mind asso¬
ciates with the nature of a weed several other charac¬
teristics not mentioned by them. We talk of plants
bearing “ a weedy look,” and though most of us know
what that means, nobody has as yet made it clear to
those who do not know. The term ‘ weedy ’ would be
misapplied to the aloes, but fit exactly the generality
of the Alsinea. We would never say of the heather
that it had a weedy look; in fact, the term would
never suggest itself in connection with that species.
The vegetation of New Holland would not be de¬
scribed, speaking generally, as bearing a weedy look,
whilst that of the lower coast region of most tropical
countries could scarcely be better defined than by that
phrase. One of the most essential characteristics of a
weed is, therefore, that it should look weedy, or, in
other words, that its stem and foliage should be
neither too fleshy nor too leathery, but of a soft, flaccid,
or membranaceous description.
Chap. YHL—B.S.] WEEDS AXD THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 121
Another important characteristic is, that a herb, to
be considered a weed, should propagate itself either
by seeds or buds at a rapid rate, grow fast, and over¬
power those plants which may check its progress. I
take it to be, that this characteristic is emphatically
conveyed in the etymology of the word “weed,”
which, through the Low German verbs “ wiien” (to
weed), the Bavarian u wuteln” and “ witchem” (= to
spread or multiply with more than ordinary rapidity),
is connected with Wodan or Wuotan (= Odin), the
name of the supreme, all-overpowering, irresistible
Saxon god, to whom Wednesday, or Wodensday, is
dedicated.*
A third, and perhaps more important characteristic
is, that a weed appears only on ground which, either by
cultivation or some other manner, has been disturbed
by man. Virgin lands, such as the tops of high
mountains, have no weeds; I saw none in the Arctic
regions except Tetrapoma pyriformis , a Siberian im¬
migrant, which was growing at the Bussian outpost
in Norton Sound, on the only cultivated patch I met
with in that country. Weeds are therefore essentially
intruders, colonists, foreigners, or whatever one likes
to call them,—never endemic children of the soil on
which they flourish. They may have come from the
immediate neighbourhood, but they have always been
translated, though the distances may have been but
limited. Weeds have therefore to bear up against all
the prejudice which the popular mind in all countries
* This view is borne out by Jacob Grimm, ‘ Deutsche Mythologie,
2nd edit. vol. i. chap. vii.
122 DOTTINGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VIII.—B. S.
invariably entertains against foreigners. The German
contemptuously calls weed “ Unkraut ,” which is the
antithesis of Kraut (= herb), and means “no herb,”
or “strange herb,” just as Ding (—tiling) is the
antithesis of Unding (= strange thing, or monster),
thus clearly expressing that weeds do not belong to
the herbs of the country, but are something strange,
unrecognized. Sometimes national prejudices are
pointedly expressed in the popular names given to
newly imported weeds. Thus the North American
Indian names Plantago major, the “Footsteps of the
White Man ;” and the German, the troublesome Peru¬
vian Galinsoga parviflora, “ Frenchman’s Weed,”
though the French are probably quite innocent of its
having become a pest in the sandy districts of Prussia
and adjacent States.
Have the plants we designate “weeds” always
been weeds? is a question to be answered. If the
definition of the term given, and the views taken of
the nature of these plants be correct, they cannot
have been weeds in their native country; and the
deportment of weeds on being translated from one
part of the world to another would seem to bear out
this view. There are no complaints against our
watercress for impeding our rivers and rivulets;
though assisted by cultivation, it is by no means
a common or troublesome weed. But look at it in
New Zealand, where it threatens to choke up al¬
together the still rivers, and where its stems often
attain twelve feet in length, and three-quarters of an
inch in diameter. Galinsoga parviflora is local enough
Chap.YIIL— B.S.] KEWLY-DISCOVEEED LAW. 123
in Peru; but mark its extraordinary increase in
Europe since it effected its escape from our botanic
gardens !
But if weeds have to surmount tlic obstacles wliicli
new-comers in all countries have to face, they also
benefit by the advantages derived from their organiza¬
tion coming for the first time in contact with a soil
to them altogether virgin. This contact acts so power¬
fully that, provided the climate and other conditions
required for the existence of a species are fulfilled,
the new-comers will invariably become the victors in
the great struggle for existence which immediately
commences between them and the natives. This law
seems to apply to the whole of organized nature, and
man’s own history furnishes some of the most striking
proofs of its catholicity. The whites and blacks have
usurped the place of the American Indians, and the
light-skinned Polynesian, though a dying-out race in
the Hawaiian Islands and Hew Zealand since the
arrival of new-comers of Teutonic origin, has never¬
theless managed to establish his ascendancy over the
indigenous dark-skinned Papuan in many parts of Yiti.
Hew-comers, always provided they gain a firm footing,
have ever the advantage over those species or races
established in the country before their arrival. This
is well known to farmers and gardeners, and induces
them to procure from distant parts stock and seeds of
kinds identical with those already in their possession,
because they know that the newly imported succeed
better than their own. The law is further illustrated
by a system of rotation crops, in which one kind of
124
DOTTIXGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VID.-B. S.
plants is most advantageously replaced by another;
and here, at last, we get at a chemical explanation of
the advantages enjoyed by new-comers, and why, in
a struggle for existence between them and the natives
of the soil, they must ever come off victorious.
A weed, then, in our language, signifies a na¬
turalized herb, which has a soft and membranaceous
look, grows fast, propagates its kind with rapidity,
and spreads, to the prejudice of endemic or cultivated
plants, in places in some way or other disturbed by
the agency of man.
Whence do different countries derive their weeds ?
is a question that naturally suggests itself. Off-hand,
one would be inclined to answer that all countries
indiscriminately, having a climate similar to that of
Europe, would be the sources whence Europe derived
its weeds. And to a great measure this is true.
Many European weeds have an undoubted Asiatic and
African origin; but if any part of the world might
be expected to have supplied its due share, it would
be the temperate parts of the North American con¬
tinent, where many European plants, such as thistles,
have become naturalized to such an extent as to
. have become a perfect pest. From the constant in¬
tercourse between Europe and North America, and
the number of North American plants cultivated in
European gardens, one would have expected a great
many North American plants to be naturalized in
Europe; but this is by no means the case. North
American plants, however easily grown in European
gardens, do not show any great disposition to escape
Chap.T ill.— B. S.] THE INDIANS OF CHONTALES. 125
from cultivation, and drive the native flora off the
field. - The same is true of Australian plants; and
this contrasts strangely with the extraordinary rapidity
with which European plants spread in the southern
hemisphere, supplanting in New Zealand, New Hol¬
land, etc., the native vegetation. “Hitherto,” says
Dr. Hooker, “no consideration of climate, soil, or
circumstance has sufficed to explain this phenomenon.”
If what I have traced out, that new arrivals have
always the advantage over old, he a sound law, it
ought to apply to this case as well as the others; and
to all appearances it does. We know, from the re¬
searches of Unger, Ettingshausen, and others, that
a vegetation very similar to, not to say absolutely
identical with, that of the southern parts of the United
States, existed in Europe at the Lignite period, and
that a vegetation very similar to, if not absolutely
identical with that of Australia, existed in Europe at
the Eocene period. But we have no knowledge of
the existence of a European Flora in either North
America or in Australia, at any former geological
periods. Plants from Australia and North America
would therefore not enjoy in Europe the advantage of
new-comers, but would rather be like wanderers re¬
turning to a country where their part has already been
played out.
You still see pure Indians in the Chontales Moun¬
tains, but they are not numerous, and are retiring
into the solitude of the forest as fast as the white
men, or the more numerous half-castes, approach.
Twenty years ago there are said to have been many
126 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. VIII.-B. S.
Indian families about Libertad, but there are now a
few only. Earlier still, centuries, ages ago, there must
have been a large Indian population in the grassy
districts of Cliontales. A great number of ancient
tombs, met with in almost every direction, sufficiently
attest this. These tombs are found in plains having
a rocky soil and good drainage. The Indians never
selected ill-drained sites for their villages, and many
of the most healthy towns built by the Spaniards in
America are in localities originally selected by Indians.
From what I saw, it would seem that in these ancient
Cliontales villages the houses were in the centre, and
the tombs, placed in circles around, formed the out¬
skirts. The tombs are of different heights and sizes.
One of the largest, which was about twenty feet long
by twelve feet wide and eight feet above ground, I
saw opened by people in search of golden ornaments.
It took four men about a fortnight to remove the heap
of stones placed on the top of the grave, and to lay
the grave itself completely open. No gold was found,
but a round pillar, seven feet high and eighteen inches
across, which was standing upright in the centre of
the tomb, a hand-mill for grinding corn or’ cacao, in
shape like those still in use in the country, a knife
ten inches long, a hatchet like a reaping-hook, of
which I give a woodcut, and a tiger’s head (natural
size)—all of stone—and, besides, some broken crocks
and a quantity of balls as large as peas, and made
of burnt clay. In some instances gold ornaments
have been met with, but not in sufficient num¬
bers to offer much inducement for people to destroy
DEPARTMENT OT CHONTALES, NICARAGUA. ANCIENT GRAVE & HEADSTONE
ANTIQUITIES.
127
Chap. Till.—B. S.]
these venerable relics. Men of science will, therefore,
find about Juigalpa, San Diego, Libertad, and other
places a sufficiently large number to enable them to
throw some light upon the stone age of these extinct
tribes.
The Indians who before the Spanish conquest iu-
habited Nicaragua did not construct any large tem¬
ples or other stone buildings, as some of the other
natives of Central America have done. But in some
parts they cut stone figures of considerable dimen¬
sions, some of them reminding us of those of Easter
Island, in the Pacific. These stone figures, often of
colossal size, are of two different descriptions,—those
which closely represent the human figure in dignified
repose, and have a mild, inoffensive expression of
countenance, and those which do not so closely repre¬
sent the human figure, often a combination between
man and animal, and have a wild, terrifying expres¬
sion of countenance. Illustrations of both, from
Mr. George Chambers’s sketches, are given. Some
people have supposed that the mild-looking figures
128 DOTTINGS ON THE EOADSIDE. [Chap. VITI.—B. S.
may be intended as genuine representations of de¬
parted Indian chiefs, and the terrifying ones as idols
calculated to overawe. But it is just possible that
the figures with mild expression are idols worshipped
by the Nicaraguans previous to the Aztec (Mexican)
conquest, which doubtless brought along with it the
bloody rites of the dominant religion of the plains of
Anahuac, of which Cortez and his companions were
the unwilling spectators during their memorable stay
in Mexico. A most finished piece of sculpture I found
near the Limon mine in New Segovia. It was a large
font broken in halves, having on the outside a human
face representing the sun, the hair doing duty for the
rays, as shown in the rough cut below. But what
struck me as singular was the circumstance that there
was a long pair of moustaches, such as no Indian ever
had; and the question at once suggested itself, Did
fancy induce the Indian artist to add this long appen¬
dage, or did he copy it directly or indirectly from a
bearded race with which his countrymen had come
in contact ?
129
CHAPTER IX.
VISIT TO THE HEAD-QUARTERS OP THE CHONTALES COMPANY.-
ROUGHING IT.-AMUSING NARRATIVE OF NICARAGUAN TRAVEL.
-THE PURCHASE OF THE JAVALI MINE DETERMINED UPON.-
RELIGIOUS SERVICE UNDER DIFFICULTIES.-SAN JUAN AND SAN
MIGUEL MINES.-JOURNEY TO GRANADA.—ACOTE.-GRANADA.
HOMEWARD JOURNEY. MANAGUA. LEON.—CAPTAIN DOW.
SPECIMEN OF POPULAR SCIENTIFIC WRITING.
After this long digression, it is high time to resume
my narrative. The reader will please to recollect that
I had arrived at Libertad, a rising little town in the
Chontales district, inhabited principally by people who
either work in the mines or supply them with imple¬
ments, clothes, and provisions. I stayed only one
night at this place, and then-pushed on for St. Do¬
mingo, the head-quarters of the Chontales Company,
Mr. Rodriguez, with whom I had come from Managua,
kindly showing the way. Captain Paul, the mana¬
ger of the mines, was absent; but the gentleman
left in charge, and all the other officers, received me
hospitably, and were good enough to show me over
the whole of the extensive and valuable mining pro-
K
130
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. IX.—B. S.
perty belonging to the company. At that time, i. c. in
May, 1866, there was but little house-room at St.
Domingo, the fine buildings now to be found there
having hardly been commenced, and nearly all the
officers and the family of the manager were obliged to
live in a small house, not a hundredth part so good as
an ordinary English stable. In the room in which I
was invited to sleep, eight other gentlemen took their
nightly repose, as well as their daily meals, hammocks
being slung one over the other. There were no chairs
as yet, but a long table, used in the daytime for dining
and writing, at night as a bedstead, stood alongside
one of the walls. A small window, the open door,
and numerous crevices, admitted light and air, and
allowed the escape of smoke which from the back
kitchen penetrated into the apartment. Yet this
house, with all its drawbacks, was a great improve¬
ment upon the native dwellings, and one really expe¬
rienced a feeling of comfort, odd as it may sound,
creeping over one on entering this commencement of a
European settlement. Everything was being done to
improve upon the existing state of things; and every
day some articles were made or arrived from home
which contributed towards the comfort of the em¬
ployes of the company.
On the day when the first chairs had made their
appearance, two Englishwomen arrived, who were
to take up their abode in the mines. I was stand¬
ing at the door, and never shall forget their utter de¬
jection when to their question how far St. Domingo,
the head-quarters of the Chontales Company, was from
ROUGHING IT.
131
Chap. IX.—B. S.]
there, I was obliged to tell them,—politely handing
them two of the first chairs ever seen in that wilder¬
ness,—that the place they were now at was their desti¬
nation, and the house they had entered the principal
building of the mines. The elder of the two was wear¬
ing a black lace shawl, and I could not help thinking
that that, and many similar articles, had been sent out
at least twenty years too early. She had used all her
influence to obtain the employment on the duties of
which she was about to enter, and left unheeded the
warnings of those who were familiar with the nature
and inconveniences of new countries. But roughing
it is tempting to many minds. To prepare for sleeping
under a fine old tree, with the silvery rays of the moon
piercing through the green boughs, a good supper cook¬
ing by a bright camp fire, and swarthy natives singing
snatches of plaintive songs, is so romantic, so much
like a real gipsy life, that people who, from one year’s
end to another, have to go through the common rou¬
tine of life such as it is in our large towns, may be
pardoned if imagination gets the better of judgment,
and they rashly embark in enterprises beyond their
physical strength or mental grasp.
The elderly lady gave me a running, and to me highly
amusing, yet not unfaithful, narrative of all the dangers
she had passed through since leaving the comfortable
West Indian mail steamer. Nearly swamped in the surf
on landing, she found herself at Grey town in an atmo¬
sphere only fit for hothouse plants; and, fond as she
was of fresh air, her discomfort was augmented by her
being thrust at night under the protecting shelter of a
k 2
132
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. IX.—B. S.
mosquito curtain, which, once incautiously lifted, let
in regular swarms of minute tormentors, too swift to
catch, and yet too tantalizing to be ignored. Then
that horrid river San Juan, with its rank vegetation
and fever-breathing swamps; and, above all, those
frightful creatures, the alligators ! Who could look
at them without a shudder ? Why couldn’t the go¬
vernment of the country order the instant and total
destruction of these monsters ? How could they ever
expect well-brought-up white people to come to Ni¬
caragua, when at the very gates they were frightened
out of their wits by such things as those ? She felt
quite relieved when landing at San Ubaldo, after
crossing Lake Nicaragua in a steamer, which might
be rendered ten times more comfortable, and should
be more comfortable if the steamboat company ever
expected people to take a pleasure trip in them.
She now hoped to have a fine gallop over the plains.
13ut oh! what a misnomer to call a continued mud-
flat, varied only by deep holes of dirty water, a plain !
What must geographers have been thinking about
Avhen applying that term to what in other countries
would simply be a swamp ? She had been some
days on the road from the Lake to the mines,
and not been able even to trot, let alone gallop.
However, she consoled herself that on arriving at some
town or other she would have at least a good night’s
rest; but in this she was disappointed. Arrived at
Acoyapa, she was put into an open shed, and had not
a wink of sleep. Insisting upon having a lamp burning
at night, all animal creation in and about the premises
Chap. IX.—B. S.]
AMUSIXG N ARE ATI YE.
133
seemed to liave made it a point to come and have a
look at her. To say nothing of insects too numerous
to mention, no sooner was the place quiet than the rats
began rustling in the palm thatch, and causing bits of
rubbish to fall in her face. Then the cats began their
hunt; then two cows entered the building, trying to
pick up whatever stray leaves of Indian corn might be
left on the floor; then the dogs barked furiously, and she
thought robbers or wild Indians were about to attack
the house and murder her and all the other inmates.
That alarm passed off, she was about to close her eyes
when a new kind of noise arrested her attention, and
she beheld with terror close to her head an ugly lizard,
all covered with scales, and nigh six feet long. At last
sleep began to demand its right, and, in spite of all the
surrounding horrors, she began to close her eyes; but
at that moment two fighting cocks which shared the
same roof with her began to crow. She endeavoured
to drive them away, but found that they were thought
so precious by their owner as to have been chained
up. Of course, sleep was now altogether out of the
question, and she almost welcomed the joyous notes of
the chanticleers as announcing dawn of day, and de¬
livery out of the dreadful place she found herself in.
The next, and the next day she had to go through
similar ordeals, till at last she found herself at the
head-quarters of some of the richest gold mines in the
world, of which, however, she could as yet see but
little evidence. She would not go over those dreadful
roads again for £100. Did I ever see such roads?
They were nothing but a broad streak of mud, so soft
134 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. IX.— B. S.
that tlie poor mules frequently stuck fast. For a long
time slie could not believe that she was actually tra¬
velling on the “ Royal roads ” of the country, as they
were most improperly called, but fancied that the
muleteers must necessarily have lost their way, and
were trying to find it again by riding across country
with her. Roads were one of the first things to be
made in a country. It was quite ridiculous for Nica¬
ragua having a congress, an army, ministers of state,
diplomatic representation, and other nonsense of that
kind, when there was not half a mile of good road
in the whole country. Why couldn’t those lazy soldiers
she had seen about not be made to construct roads ?
Why not punish crime, which she heard was so rife in
this part of the world, by compelling every culprit to
finish at least a mile of road before he again obtained
a liberty which he was never able to enjoy as long as
these muddy tracts, miscalled roads, existed ?
Captain Holman, who, it will be recollected, came
on by himself to Chontales, when I was taken ill at
Leon, had made good use of his stay in these moun¬
tains, by inspecting all the mines which were offered
for sale, a list of which was supplied him by Mr. Sy-
monds, the Surveyor of the Chontales Company. The
very first mine on this list was the Javali, owned by
Don L. Quiroz, who had grown an old and rich man
since working it, and was desirous of retiring from a
business for which his advancing years disqualified
him. All the European, as well as the native, miners
of the district agreed that the Javali was the gem of
Chontales, and Captain Holman had also seen at a
Chap. IX.— B. S.] RELIGIOUS SERVICE DISTURBED. 135
glance that here, at last, was the property we had
been searching for so long. On arriving, I found him to
be in a great state of excitement; he had heard that
there were several parties prepared to buy the Javali,
and he was afraid it might slip through our fingers
before my arrival. After we had examined it together,
I determined to purchase it; and at once sent a trust¬
worthy agent to the vendor, whilst Captain Ilolman and
myself remained in Chontales to go over the surround¬
ing mines, some of which we found to be very rich,
though none of them enjoyed the combined advantages
of the Javali.
The day after my arrival at St. Domingo was a
Sunday; and on the morning of that day a number of
soldiers arrived, commanded by an officer, to prevent
a breach of the peace. It appears that one of the
Directors of the Chontales Company, having a rather
strong religious leaning, had sent out a number of
prayer and hymn books, and encouraged one of the
officers to preach to the men. Amongst the small com¬
munity at the mines, there were men of all religious de¬
nominations, and some of them did not like a Methodist
—especially a layman—to preach to them, or to listen
to Methodist hymns. Some of the Catholics therefore
hit upon the expedient of rousing the bigotry of the
natives,—all Eoman Catholics to the backbone,—and
the consequence was that when the service commenced,
the natives began to shout loudly, swinging their
machetes, and vow that they would kill every heretic
who dared to set up a false religion among them. As
soon as the row commenced the preacher ran away in
136
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. IN.—B. S.
great fright, shut himself up in the only house which
had solid walls, and vehemently demanded that at
once soldiers should be sent for to put down the na¬
tives and protect the lives of the Protestants. How¬
ever, all passed off without any bloodshed, the object
of the natives having merely been to frighten the
Methodists, so as to make them abstain from further
singing of hymns. That attained, all was quiet again.
On the following Sunday, when the soldiers had
arrived, the objectionable service was again proceeded
with, the shoeless warriors being posted with their
guns, bayonet mounted, around the shed in which the
service was held, and no breach of the peace took
place. The company, however, had every reason to
rue the steps taken to preserve order at this price.
The soldiers quartered themselves upon the already
overcrowded premises, and had to be fed and paid
by the shareholders at home, until my friend the late
Captain Hill, when Commissioner of the Company,
finally ejected them, and thereby incurred a great deal
of abuse from the sons of Mars.
Leaving St. Domingo on the 23rd of May,—the
first shower of rain fell on that day,-—I stopped a^
few days at Libertad, in order to examine, together
with Captain Holman, the San Juan and San Miguel
mines. At the inn, kept by an American lady, I met
Captain Watson, R.N., who had been sent out by the
Mineral Rights Association, together with an engineer,
to purchase mining properties in Nicaragua. The
natives thought that here was a fine chance of raising
the price of their mines ; but I soon came to an under-
Chap. IX.—B. S.]
RIDE TO GRANADA.
137
standing with Captain Watson, that neither of us
would outbid the other; and when I found that he
was anxious to have the San Juan, I went away
without even making an offer for it. It was rather
amusing to see all the artifices to which the natives
resorted in order to make us run a race in acquiring
properties. They looked quite disappointed, and could
hardly believe their eyes, when I took my departure
without opening the big purse to which they knew I
had free access.
I took the direct road to Granada, where the owner
of the Javali resided, passing Juigalpa, and, after a
long and dreary ride through an uncultivated country,
reaching Acote. The latter is merely a farm at the
banks of a small river, and famous for the myriads of
mosquitoes with which it is infested during the rainy
season. The people are a well-to-do Zambo family, a
widow, with several sons and daughters, who do all in
their power to make travellers comfortable. They
have everything the country produces in plenty, both
for man and beast, and are very moderate in their
charges. The house which they inhabit is open on
two sides, with the kitchen partitioned off by canes,
but otherwise built of substantial timber. We were
told that in some wet seasons the rivulet rose to
such a height that the water entered the house, and
at one time they had to save their lives by climbing
on the roof; all their things floating away, and they
themselves nearly starving. Before our hostess and
family went to bed they had very long prayers,
the mother intoning them, and the rest of the com-
138
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Ciiap. IX.-B. S-
munity responding. Her voice was extremely un¬
pleasant, and a nasal twang wliich, like most Nica¬
raguans, slie put on when singing, was not calculated
to soften it. The same religious observance was gone
through the next morning, long before dawn, and
even if we had intended to sleep longer, it would have
been quite impossible to do so. I was much amused
at there having been another observer besides my¬
self of the strange scene, for, when we started, a very
clever green parrot (Chrysotis auripalliatus ), a species
peculiar to Central America, mimicked the old lady’s
chanting to perfection, and as I saw her feeding and
fondling the bird, I presume that she did not mind
being noticed.
Granada, where we arrived on the 28th of May,
may be termed the real capital of the republic,
though at present, by the jealousy of local political
parties, not enjoying its natural advantages. It is
charmingly situated on the shores of Lake Nica¬
ragua, and maintains a direct steam communication
with the Atlantic Ocean by way of the San Juan
river. Almost entirely destroyed by the American
filibusters, as Walker’s party was termed ultimately,
or “ Saviours of the Country,” as it was when first
called in,—the town is now fast recovering, and
new houses are being built on the ruins of the
old. Even the churches, which suffered severely
from being used as fortresses during the siege,
are being repaired. There had been rather heavy
and continuous earthquakes a short time previous
to my arrival, and light, temporary sheds had
Chap. IX.— B. S.]
SAGACITY OF A MULE.
139
been built in the public squares and other open places
in which the inhabitants took refuge. The priests
did not allow this occasion to slip by without obtain¬
ing considerable contributions from the frightened and
repenting multitude. The longer the earthquakes
continued, the faster money was coming in. There
were three slight shocks on the day after my arrival,
interpreted by the inhabitants as the harbinger of the
wet season; and sure enough, in the evening of the
same day, the rain came down in torrents, rapidly
converting the dusty streets into foaming rivers.
Everything having been arranged satisfactorily
about the purchase of the Javali Mine, which I finally
obtained for
f
.
,
PI 4
NICARAGUA .. CROSSING THE BAR 01' THE HARBOUR OF THE SAN JUAN DEL NORTE OR GREY TOWN
Chap. XIV.—B.P.] A GLOOMY LOOK-OUT. 229
had had a long spell of it at Greytown, and the mo¬
notony probably tinted his views and those of the
officers of H.M.S. Eacer, under his command.
We soon found out that it rained “ thirteen months
in the year;” that crossing the bar was always hazar¬
dous, not to say frequently impossible; that to land
was to run the risk of being extensively bled by
mosquitoes and sand-flies, while to remain on board
was simply to ensure being overrun by cockroaches
engendered in “ their thousands ” by the nature of the
climate; that no society or amusement of any sort
existed on shore; and as to walking, riding, driving,
or boating, such ideas had better be given up at once.
This information, and a great deal more of a like
cheerful description was soon imparted; but, strange
to say, it so happened that we were favoured in the
weather when starting for the shore, and passed the
bar without any difficulty.
While crossing I could not help observing the
extraordinary number of sharks in the surf, and re¬
flecting what short work would be made of any unfor¬
tunate boat’s crew capsized in the midst of them. At
the entrance to what was once a splendid harbour, we
disturbed several alligators, which scuttled into the
brackish water on our approach. I wish the sand¬
flies had followed so good an example, but they u smelt
the blood of an Englishman,” and availed themselves
of the opportunity very briskly.
We first, as in duty bound, called upon our con¬
sul. Entering a neat American timber-built house of
one story, with a picturesque thatched roof instead
230
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIV.—B. P.
of the shingle one, characteristic of this very useful
“ Yankee notion,” we were received by the English
consul, Doctor Green, as he is familiarly styled by
the residents. I found before me a small, spare man,
looking as if all colour had been washed out of him
by the “ thirteen months ” of rain alluded to above,
at which latter notion, by the bye, he was inclined
to be rather indignant, and protested against it on the
ground that he ought to know best, after so many
years spent on the Mosquito coast, where the sea¬
sons, wet or dry, were well marked, especially further
north, as at Corn Island and Pearl Cay, and where
the people had their full share of as beautiful wea¬
ther as could be met with anywhere in the tropics.
As to the heat, it was so much tempered by the pre¬
vailing north-east trade-winds that nowhere on the
Spanish Main, nor indeed for the matter of that in
any part of the West Indies was the climate more
equable.
Long experience of the Mosquito coast enables me
to corroborate most fully these facts, and I subse¬
quently found that the pallor of Dr. Green’s coun¬
tenance was due probably to constitutional causes
rather than to the nature of the climate,—for he was
the only person in Greytown who really looked ill;
the population consists of all sorts of nationalities,
and is, perhaps, as healthy a foreign element as ever
emigrated from their native lands. I may instance
Mr. Cottrell, the American consul, and his charming
wife, also a long time resident in the country; neither
of whom have the conventional cadaverous face and
Chap. XIV.— B. P.] DR. GREEN AND ME. COTTRELL. 231
lantern jaws of the typical Yankee, as drawn by British
artists, blit, on the contrary, are fair and comely to the
view, and pleasant to shake hands with.
But to return to Dr. Green and the consulate, we
soon transacted the official business which had brought
us there and sallied out to inspect the town. On
leaving, Dr. Green, in a lugubrious tone, begged me
to subscribe towards fencing in the burial ground,
which, it appeared, was sadly in want of repair. Of
course I complied with this melancholy request, and
was afterwards told that Dr. Green had long since
chosen his own particular six feet of ground, which
he occasionally visited with a view to “jolliness,” I
suppose.
Greytown is built on a sandbank formed by nature
in this wise. When the great Lake of Nicaragua
forced an outlet by the channel now called the river
San Juan, its waters entered the sea close to the spot
where Greytown now stands. In process of time
the detritus commonly called silt, brought down by the
river from the extensive watershed which it drains,
accumulated right and left of this mouth in the shape
of a sandy beach; that to the left steadily extending
along and fringing the mainland, stretched right away
to the northward, and thus formed the western side of
the harbour. This beach, which is composed of a black
metallic-looking sand, ends abruptly where the Indian
river empties itself into the sea, about two miles and
a half north of Greytown, which thus as it were
enters a protest against its waters having anything to
do with so gloomy-looking a deposit, and which is
232
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIV.— B. V.
certainly a marked feature on that part of the coast
dominated by the river San Juan.
To the right the detritus, after a struggle between
the force of the stream which bears it to the sea and
the ocean current and waves forced against it by the
prevailing trade-winds, deposits itself in a semicircular
form, thus making the eastern and north-eastern side
of the harbour. This work has been going on for
ages, and, in process of time, a magnificent harbour
was completed, the semicircular sand-bar having ex¬
tended itself sufficiently to afford a perfect shelter
from the winds and waves coming from seaward; the
scour or force of the current kept the centre deep and
the mouth open for a long period of time, but, like
everything else, the harbour could not remain in statu
quo. The same law which produced, is now actively
engaged in destroying its beautiful handiwork, for
after the formation of the harbour the water of the
river was naturally kept back, in other words dammed
up, and by far the greater part therefore compelled to
seek a more congenial outlet to the sea by way of the
Colorado, formerly only an insignificant branch of the
delta of the San Juan. The consequence is, that what
with the diminution of scour by reason of five-eighths
of the river seeking another outlet and the increased
rapidity with which the detritus is deposited (owing
partly to the present sluggishness of the stream and
partly to various obstructions, such as wrecks, wash¬
ing away of islands, and injudicious efforts to im¬
prove the navigation, misnamed engineering), the de¬
struction of the port has been hastened; and all the
SINGULAR SILTING.
233
Chap.XIY.—B.P.]
way from the apex of the delta to the mouth of the
river, there is a series of sand-bars, while in the har¬
bour itself, within my knowledge, the average depth
of water has diminished one-half. The semicircular
sand-spit has now effected a permanent junction with
the mainland, and the only opening or entrance has a
capricious existence, varying in depth in accordance
with the moderation of the weather outside and the
volume of water available for scour.
In this place I camiot avoid quoting the words of
my dear and lamented friend, the late Eobert Stephen¬
son, M.P., on the nature of harbours situated at the
delta of large rivers, because certain American gentle¬
men, with characteristic energy, still continue to waste
their money by trying to conquer nature in the case of
Greytown.
Mr. Stephenson, taking part in the discussion on my
paper, “ Eemarks on the Isthmus of Suez, with special
reference to the proposed Canal,” read before the Eoyal
Geographical Society, April 11th, 1859, said:—“I
believe it to be nearly true, if not absolutely true, that
there is no large harbour in the world maintained on
the delta of a large river. I know the delta of the
Ehone, the delta of the Po, and the delta of the Danube,
and I know the delta of the Nile. They are all alike
incapable of maintaining a harbour of refuge, or even
a good harbour of entrance; the harbour would abso¬
lutely be filled up in a few years.”
Mr. Stephenson’s remarks apply with equal force to
the delta of the river San Juan and the harbour of
Greytown.
234
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIV.— B. P.
The town itself is simply a collection of wooden
houses, those of the better sort imported from the
United States, while the habitations of the poorer
classes are mere huts. They are all raised two or
three feet from the ground, either upon brick pillars
placed at regular intervals along each side and down
the middle, or upon wooden piles distributed under the
bottom in the same manner; the ground is a very
porous sand, covered with a short coarse grass, upon
which, however, cattle and horses seem to thrive. A
few feet below the surface, at any part of the flat upon
which the houses are built, water is found, but the
site is by no means swampy; for the great pools every¬
where visible after a heavy fall of rain disappear al¬
most as soon as deposited. There are no made roads
or side walks, and the traffic is not so great as ever to
give the grass a downtrodden appearance; in fact the
place gives the impression of a number of white¬
washed houses, with red roofs, planted in a grass field.
There is no church with the exception of the Boman
Catholic one, built since the place was given up to
the Nicaraguans, but of Stores there are any quantity,
in each of which you may either “ liquor-up ” or invest
in india-rubber, sarsaparilla, tortoise-shell, logwood, or
in short any of the multifarious products of Central
America.
A few days after our arrival, my customary weekly
dinner to the officers of the ship took place, and I
seized the opportunity to glean their various impres¬
sions of the country and people of which they were
destined to see so much.
Chap. XIV.—B. P.]
ROLLING.
235
The first lieutenant, poor fellow, looking at the
matter from a technical point of view, thought it a
thousand pities that the harbour had so filled up that
the ship could not enter, and thus deprive him of the
opportunity of painting and polishing—so dear to the
hearts of all true first lieutenants ; it was quite clear
to him that, if the present state of the wind and sea
was the normal condition of the weather in this road¬
stead, any attempt of the sort would be worse
than useless, and the ship in a very short space of
time would be in a deplorable condition. As to the
sails, they must soon rot from the prevailing damp,
and the rigging soon chafe through from the constant
heavy rolling; while the boats, following the ex¬
ample of the cutter last night;—here a tremendous
roll sent the contents of the orator’s plate right into
the middle of the paymaster’s waistcoat, and changed
his melancholy croak into a burst of laughter, in
which the paymaster joined as heartily as any one.
But I must not allow this rude interruption of the ship
to prevent the due narration of the story of the cutter,
nor what afterwards befell my own gig.
The bay or roadstead of Greytown is shaped some¬
what like a boomerang, and the ships lie at anchor as
close as they can with safety to the harbour’s mouth,
which is situated as nearly as possible in the elbow of
the bay. Into this funnel, as it were, the north-east
trade-wind blows with considerable force, bringing
with it a sea much heavier than would seem to be
warranted by the force of the wind; but the secret
lies in this, that the current from the river is at log-
236
DOTTINGS ON THE EO AD SIDE. [Chap. XIV.—B. P.
gerheads with the wind, and between them a very
pretty bobbery is kicked up. This current, while it
acts as a real safeguard to ships obliged to use the
anchorage, is very prejudicial to the comfort of the
crews, for it will not permit the vessels to ride head
to wind ; hence, with the greater part of their broad¬
sides exposed to the sea, ships at all predisposed that
way have an opportunity afforded them for rolling,
such as I will venture to say can scarcely be found in
any other part of the world.
The dear old ‘ Gorgon ’ was a first-class roller; she
was a Symonite, a production of genius, it is true,
but sadly lacking in practical utility. In England,
we are favoured periodically with heaven-born men,
who, with real or fancied naval proclivities, undertake
to remodel and build fighting ships for us. Their
only drawback is, that their ideas of a fighting ship
are, to say the least of it, somewhat hazy. We are
now suffering from a severe affliction of this sort:
I hope the disease will not become chronic.
Well, the old craft did roll, roll, roll, with a ven¬
geance. About two in the middle watch there was
a tremendous crash, and running on deck to see what
was the matter, I foimd that the cutter, hoisted up
to the port davits, had literally been dipped under
water, partly filling the boat and tearing her from
the fastenings confining her to the ship’s side; it was
only by the greatest exertions that her wreck was
saved.
While on this subject, I may mention that some
time afterwards, when lowering my gig (the • captain’s
Chap. XIV.— B. P.] DOCTOR’S AND LIEUTENANT’S VIEWS. 237
boat is called the gig, and lias neither shafts nor a
horse for its motive power, as a late First Lord of
the Admiralty is reported to have thought), the falls
or ropes by which it is hoisted up to the davits
were carried away, first the foremost one, then the
after one, when, to the extreme astonishment of every
body, down she went, head foremost. A few of the
oars and the mast were picked np, but nothing has
been seen or heard of the boat from that day to this.
None of the crew disappeared with her, or suffered any
worse penalty than a good ducking.
“ It is a long lane which has no turning,” and the
catastrophe to the paymaster’s waistcoat drew atten¬
tion to the extreme misconduct of the 1 Gorgon,’ and
the probable cause of such behaviour; this led to my
sending orders on deck to hoist the boom-mainsail (a
huge after-sail, she was brig rigged), which happily
had the desired effect of keeping the ship head to
wind and sea, thus allowing us to finish our dinner
in comparative comfort.
But to return to the first lieutenant. Another great
cause of complaint on his part was the absence of the
orthodox bright-looking sand, so essential to the pro¬
per cleansing of the decks,—the process so familiarly
known as holy-stoning,—the sand, of which by the
bye there was unfortunately too much, being, as I
have mentioned before, more like dirt than any other
substance to which I can compare it. In short, I
could see at a glance that the impression left on the
mind of my friend, the first lieutenant, was anything
but flattering, looking to the resources of Greytown,
239 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIV.—B.P.
so far as lie might want to draw upon them in his
pursuit of such happiness as a “ technical education”
had taught him to expect from keeping a man-of-war
in good order.
“Now, doctor, I am sure, after listening to the
first lieutenant, you cannot but be as satisfied as
myself that the sanitary condition of the ship will
be well looked after; so just tell me what you think
of Mosquito and the Mosquitoes, so far as you have
been able to judge by the short inspection you have
had. Are we going to be fever-stricken, and a sort
of floating hospital, as the other ships on this station
have been ?”
“No, indeed,” replied the doctor. “ I hope to have
a smaller sick-list here than we ever had in the West
Indies. I have been much struck with the appear¬
ance of the residents; most of them have been more
than ten years in the country; in fact, the English
consul is the only sickly-looking person in the place.
Yellow fever is unknown, and if you, Sir, can only
give the ship’s company sufficient employment to keep
‘ the devil out of their minds,’ I feel confident the
‘ Gorgon ’ will be as healthy a ship as ever visited the
Coast.
“I am told that not even during the time when the
inhabitants, men, women, and children, were driven to
the woods, to escape the shot and shell fired into the
town by the United States’ corvette ‘ Cyane,’ was their
health impaired, although the rainy reason had regu¬
larly set in, and there was no shelter for the suffering
people.”
HOMILY.
239
Chap. XIV.—B. P.]
It was very reassuring to my guests to hear this
account from our worthy medico. We are not likely,
it appears, to fall victims to the pestilential climate of
Greytown, nor to return home emaciated scarecrows,
like Lord Nelson; the devil, after all, is not so black
as painted. I strongly suspect that many a decent
place has obtained a bad name from travellers whose
reception or excesses, or natural infirmity of temper,
have coloured their impressions—formed, after all, from
a brief survey through a dirty pane of glass. “ For my
part,” said I, “ I intend to consider Greytown inno¬
cent of the high crimes and misdemeanours laid to
its charge, until I have proof positive to the contrary.
I shall wait with some degree of curiosity, when our
relief comes, to see with what feelings we leave the
Mosquito coast. Depend on it, there is no place on the
face of the earth so bad but that you may get some
good out of it, and do something in the interest of
improvement and progress. Take the Arctic regions,
for example; I am sure no one will deny, dreary
and inhospitable as they undoubtedly are, that most of
those men who have served there returned to Eng¬
land, better in every sense for the trials and hardships
to body and mind which they had to endure while
searching for Franklin. Of the six years off and on,
which I passed in that most interesting work, I would
not forego a single day; and I feel strongly how much
I am indebted to that trying service for making a ‘man
of me,’ as the phrase goes. So now let us try, one and
all, what good we can do with Mosquito and the
Mosquitoes.”
240 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIV.-B. P.
This homily, read to my guests, probably went in
at one ear and out of the other, judging from the un¬
disguised pleasure of every one when, a few days
afterwards, I announced that I intended to take a short
cruise up the coast in pursuit of knowledge; to visit
the Mosquito king, to find out for myself whether
facilities were afforded higher up for a landing by those
troublesome scamps, the filibusters ; and generally to
get some practical notion of what sort of a place the
Mosquito Coast was, and what was really going on in
this famous but singularly little known and less under¬
stood part of the world.
241
CHAPTER XV.
CANOES AND CANOEMEN. — SAILING ON FRIDAY.-COLUMBUS DIS¬
COVERS MOSQUITO.-BOUNDARIES OF MOSQUITO.-EARLY AC¬
COUNT OF ABORIGINES.-EATING MONKEY NOT CANNIBALISM.-
A SPANISH RIOT ACT. — A CACIQUE’S IDEA OF THE POPE.
Previously to sailing we had blit little chance of im¬
proving our knowledge of Greytown, its people or its
harbour; although I was anxious, at least, to begin the
survey which I had arranged with the master to make
as soon as possible ; the trade-wind blew with more
than ordinary strength, and brought on such an ugly
sea that communication with the shore by means of our
boats was necessarily very much restricted; and no one
had as yet sufficient confidence in native canoes to trust
himself in those very ticklish specimens of naval archi¬
tecture. Nevertheless, under skilful guidance, they
are about the safest means of locomotion, especially in
broken water ; indeed no weather prevented the punc¬
tual arrival each day of the ship’s company’s allow¬
ance of fresh beef, brought alongside in as dangerous-
looking a u dug-out” as could be seen anywhere. I
R
242 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. P.
ought to explain that these canoes are made out of
single trees, either cedar or mahogany; the former is
preferred for lightness, the latter for durability. I have
seen some upwards of fifty feet in length, as straight
as an arrow, and without a knot in the wood. The
paddles are made of a light mahogany; they have
very broad blades, are about four feet long, with a
cross at the handle. The canoes belonging to the
creoles are generally fitted with a rudder, but the In¬
dians propel and steer solely with the paddle ; they all,
however, take pride in having very large sails made of
cotton, enough to capsize a much larger craft, although
I never heard of such a catastrophe happening to a
canoe, in spite of the fact that they systematically
carry sail, without taking even the precaution of keep¬
ing the sheet in hand, but, on the contrary, secure
it beyond any chance of coming adrift. It is quite a
toss up as to whom the palm of superiority, as canoe-
men, should be given, whether to the aboriginal na¬
tives or the creoles, they are alike excellent.
Towards the end of November our cruise to the
northward commenced ; and I am bound to say that
the departure of the £ Gorgon ’ by no means opened the
way to any enterprising filibusters ; because the entry
to Grey town, the orthodox approach for those gentry,
was barred by no less than three American men-of-
war, namely a frigate aud two corvettes; the 1 Sabine,’
Captain Adams ; the ‘ Jamestown,’ Captain Kennedy ;
and the 1 San Luis,’ Captain Pooer. These vessels were
all sailing ships, but it was provoking to reflect that
although we possessed the advantage of steam power,
Chap. XV.— B. P.] SAILING ON FRIDAY. 243
yet the violent rolling qualities of the 1 Gorgon ’
placed her at the mercy of either of the above-named
vessels, which rode at anchor, especially the ‘ Sabine,’
in a very grim and stately manner, and looking quite
capable of popping a shot into us between wind and
water, somewhere near the keel, which struggled
hard to show itself at each roll. As to our returning
the compliment, that would have been entirely out of
the question, for during the whole time we were lying
at anchor at Greytown, it would have been the height
of imprudence to cast loose the guns, so violent was
the motion; it was lucky, therefore, that no u diffi¬
culty ” arose, where it would have been so difficult to
show our teeth.
It was with no small delight that we exchanged the
constant heavy rolling, enough to wear out the patience
of Job, for the easy and pleasant motion of a ship
under all sail. Even the old sailors’ dislike to sailing
on a Friday was forgotten, in the realization of so plea¬
sant a change, malgre the starting on that ill-omened
day. The universality of this well-known nautical
superstition would form a curious and interesting sub¬
ject of investigation. Ancient mariners perpetuate it
by the oft-told story of the foolhardy shipowner who,
in a spirit of defiance which could not be sufficiently
reprobated, commenced building a ship on a Friday,
named her the ‘ Friday,’ appointed a Captain Friday
to command her, sent her to sea on a Friday, and
thus, no doubt, ensured her foundering on a Friday,
for nothing more was heard of her. Why Friday
above all other days should have been singled out by
r 2
244 DOTTINGS ON TIIE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. P.
seamen especially as unfortunate, it is liard to imagine,
for it is perhaps the most remarkable clay of the seven
in nautical annals: for example, on that day Co¬
lumbus started from Spain on the grandest voyage
history records, and, what is more, it was on a Friday
that he brought that wonderful voyage to a successful
termination by the discovery of a new world. This re¬
minds me that before narrating the occurrences of our
very pleasant cruise, and visit to Royalty at the seat
of Government, Blewflelds, it will not be out of place
to take a brief retrospective view of the discovery and
geographical position of the Mosquito Coast.
The Coast of Mosquito was discovered by Columbus
himself, avIio arrived off a group of islands, since
called the Bay Islands, and landed on the eastern¬
most one, named Guanaja, on the 30th July, 1502.
From this place he observed the mountains of the
mainland, distant about fifteen miles, and, sailing
over, landed on the coast on the 14th August, 1502.
Columbus went on shore at a point now called Cape
Honduras, near which a Spanish town named Truxillo
was afterwards built by Fernando Cortez, and which
has formed the frontier post on that coast for nearly
350 years, the limit, in fact, of Spanish encroachment
to the eastward. The exact boundary of the Mos¬
quito Coast has from that day to this been a subject
of dispute among writers on this part of the New
World, but the majority are of opinion that the
Mosquito Coast comprises all that portion of Central
America which lias never been actually subjected and
occupied by a de facto government of the conquerors
Chap. XV.—B. P.J COLUMBUS DISCOVERS MOSQUITO. 245
or their descendants, and in this view of the case I
entirely concur.
After leaving Cape Honduras, Columbus sailed
along the coast to the eastward for forty days, beating
against an adverse wind and current. During this time
he only succeeded in advancing at the rate of rather
less than five miles per day, and little did he imagine
when he decided to go to the East instead of to the
"West, against the urgent advice of the natives, how
near he was to the famous cities of Yucatan, and the
untold riches of the Empire of Mexico, and how
rapidly the fair wind and current would have carried
him there. But he was not the man to lose sight of
the one great object to which he had devoted his
life, the finding a strait which should lead direct to
the East Indies. He preferred to persevere, even at
the slow rate of five miles a day, against foul wind and
bad weather, in pursuit of this grand idea, rather than
turn the bows of his vessels in any other direction,
however tempting the prospect of wealth and con¬
quest might be. It is useless to speculate upon the
consequences of this decision, both as regards his
own future and that of the peoples he would have
discovered, but probably the wealth which would
then have been his would have saved him from the
indignities and cruelty to which he was subjected in
his declining years, by the perfidy and avarice of his
adopted countrymen.
He was unfortunate in arriving during the height
of the rainy season, but his indomitable spirit over¬
came all difficulties, great though they were. He says
246
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. I».
in his journal that there was an almost incessant tem¬
pest of the heavens, with heavy rains, and such thunder
and lightning that it seemed as if the end of the
world was at hand. Those who have had any expe¬
rience of the rainy season in the tropics know full
well that this description is not exaggerated.
At last he reached the north-east extremity of the
Mosquito Coast, where his troubles, at all events as
regards an adverse wind and current, came to an end,
for after rounding this point he found the north-east
trade-wind no longer blowing in his teeth, but now a
fair wind driving his ships along bravely on their
course to the southward. It is no wonder that a man
of his deeply religious frame of mind should have
commemorated his thankfulness and relief by calling
the point he had just rounded, with so much diffi¬
culty and danger, Cape “ Gracias a Dios,” thanks to
God , a name which it bears to this day.
Proceeding on his voyage, Columbus sailed along the
Mosquito Coast, of which, however, he gives but a
meagre description, probably from the disinclination of
his people to land in the face of a numerous race of
natives, both hostile and warlike. This is scarcely to
be wondered at when it is considered how disheart¬
ened the sailors had become by a continuance of the
heavy rains and sharp squalls which characterize the cli¬
mate on this coast from June to October. The men no
doubt suffered great hardships, confined as they were
in small undecked vessels, affording no protection
from the weather. Nevertheless, Columbus persevered,
buoyed up by the hope of taking his ships direct to
Ciiap. XY.—B. P.J BOUND ABIES OE MOSQUITO. 247
Cathay, or China. He succeeded in passing the nar¬
rowest part of the Hew World, where Yasco Nunez
de Balboa afterwards crossed,—the Isthmus of Darien,
—in spite of obstacles which have driven back many
better-found full-decked ships in later times.
Thus Columbus himself was the discoverer of the
entire Coast of Mosquito, and which, looking to that
part alone, never either permanently settled or even
kept under control by the Spaniards, extends from
Cape Honduras, in lat. 16° N., long. 86° W., to Chi-
riqui Lagoon, in lat. 9° N., and long. 82° W., a length
of coast-line amounting to 600 miles.
Inland the various maps have been nearly as much
at fault in fixing the boundary in that direction as in
laying down the extent of the coast-line, but it is
generally conceded that a line drawn from Cape Hon¬
duras until it meets the range of mountains which
divide the watershed of the Atlantic and Pacific, and
continuing right along that range to Chiriqui La¬
goon, is as nearly as possible the correct one, because
the Spaniards and their descendants have never suc¬
ceeded in making any permanent lodgment on the
eastern or Atlantic side of this line, the nearest ap¬
proach being the fort called Castillo Yiejo, on the San
Juan river, and the existence of which, moreover, may
be quoted as a confirmation of this view, for it was
the advanced post of the Spaniards coming from the
coast of the Pacific, and not an outpost pushed inland
from the Atlantic or Mosquito side.
So much for the discovery and geographical position
of Mosquito. Now let us take a glance at the ab'ori-
248 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. P.
gines of the country by the light of the description of
them as given by Columbus himself, and the various
navigators who have followed him.
Columbus states that the natives of this neighbour¬
hood, and for a considerable distance eastward, had
higher foreheads than those of the islands. They
spoke different languages, and varied from each other
in their decorations. Some were entirely naked,
and their bodies were marked, by means of fire,
with the figures of various animals. Some wore
coverings about the loins, others cotton jerkins with¬
out sleeves ; some only tresses of hair in front. The
chiefs had caps of white or coloured cotton. When
arrayed for any festival, they painted their faces black,
or with stripes of various colours, or with circles round
the eyes. In one part of the coast the ears were bored
and hideously extended. On every occasion that the
strangers approached the shores, Columbus relates that
the natives assembled in vast numbers, armed with
bows and arrows, war-clubs, and lances, prepared to
defend their country, and that they never evinced the
smallest fear of the Spaniards,—in marked contrast to
the conduct of the islanders, who submitted to slavery
without making any resistance worthy of mention.
Fernando Columbus, the son of the great navigator,
describes the Mosquito Indians as almost negroes in
colour, brutish, going naked, in all respects very rude,
eating human flesh, and devouring their fish raw, as
they happen to catch them. A monkish report is still
less flattering, and that will complete the earliest
records we have of a race now very nearly extinct.
CHAr.XY.-B. P.J EARLY ACCOUNT OF THE ABORIGINES. 249
This states that they deserved to be sold as slaves,
rather than to be allowed to live at liberty, on account
of their brutish way of living ; that the Indians of
the mainland were idolaters, pathics, liars, dirty, ugly,
void of judgment or perception, lovers of novelty,
tierce, inhuman, and cruel; that they used poisoned
darts, so that when a man was wounded by them he
soon went mad and died; that they went about naked,
and were devoid of shame. They wear no beard, the
report continues, and if a few hairs appear they pull
them out with certain little pincers; they eat human
flesh, and also the flesh of some extremely dirty ani¬
mals, such as spiders, lice, and horrid worms. All
their delight is in drunkenness; they observe no faith
in matrimony, so that it is impossible to make them
alter their habits. They are devoid of pity towards
their infirm, and, let them be ever so closely related,
they abandon them, and to get rid of the sight of
their sick, they carry them to the woods or the
mountains, to die like wild animals. Finally, to con¬
clude all in one sentence, it affirmed that no more
wicked or wretched nation can be found under heaven.
These accounts are interesting, as being the earliest
record we have, but it is curious to observe the dif¬
ference of style in the three observers above quoted,
—a fair indication, I think, of the bent of their re¬
spective minds. Columbus states what he saw in a
grave, impartial manner; and although his account
is meagre, yet the little he tells us can be relied on.
The costume of the tribes in the interior continues the
same to this day; they still sketch those outlines of
250 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chaf. XV.—B. P.
animals on their bodies by means of the actual cautery,
and paint their faces exactly as be describes it.
The son Don Fernando’s manner of speaking of the
Mosquito Indians impressed me with the idea that be
had possibly suffered humiliation or defeat at their
bands; the fact that they blacken their faces in war
was probably the reason be described them as almost
negroes in colour, for it seems that they never ap¬
proached the Spaniards in a friendly spirit. I could
not learn from any tradition extant that they ever
ate their fish raw; fire was always procurable, and
the probability is against any such custom, for if
any one will take the trouble to try he will soon
discover how very difficult a matter it would be to
eat raw fish without being choked with the small
bones. As to the charge of eating human flesh, I can
only say that not a trace of cannibalism has been ob¬
served by subsequent explorers. I can quite under¬
stand, however, that such a mistake might readily
have occurred, for I jumped at that very conclusion
myself on one occasion, when an Indian woman
brought in for our breakfast, wrapped in a huge
plantain-leaf, what I verily believed to be a boiled
baby; it was entire, legs, arms, head, all complete.
The whiteness of the flesh, however, was reassuring,
for an instant’s reflection reminded me that Indian
babies are not usually other than dark brown. A
closer inspection showed the mistake into which I
had nearly fallen : I was simply destined to breakfast
off monkey, which, with roasted plantains, a capital
substitute for bread, and plenty of cacao to wash down
Chap. XV.— B. P.] EATING MONKEY NOT CANNIBALISM. 251
the solids, I am not ashamed to say was eaten by me
with very considerable relish.
Touching the account of the monks, it is scarcely
worth analysing; the tone of spite throughout it
would prevent most people from placing any faith in
such a description. The tirade of abuse commences
with calling the Indians idolaters; I am sure they
might have returned the compliment with far greater
justice. Then they are called ‘ patliics whatever that
may mean I confess I do not know, but the word may
have been used as a clincher, just as O’Connell demo¬
lished the fair lady of Billingsgate by calling her a
theodolite. At all events, if this description were ap¬
plicable to the natives of that day (and there is no
tradition to show that it ever was), it would certainly
be far wide of the mark now.
Columbus tried hard to establish a settlement on
this coast, but met with nothing but disaster, and was
ultimately obliged to abandon his design in despair.
After his death, others attempted to follow his ex¬
ample,—the most noteworthy of whom was Don Diego
de Nicuesa, who received from the King of Spain a
patent as Governor of the country from the Gulf of
Uraba, or Darien, to Cape Gracias a Dios.
In November, 1509, Don Diego started from His¬
paniola, and steered direct for the Spanish Main, in¬
tending afterwards to pursue his course to the west¬
ward ; but he had to encounter misfortune after mis¬
fortune, and very soon, from hardships and the arrows
of the natives, found his force reduced from 780 to 17
men, with whom he set sail from Darien on the 1st of
252 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.— B. P.
March, 1511, and was never again heard of. Most
probably his frail bark foundered in one of the violent
northers which visit the coast at that season of the
year. It was on the Mosquito Coast that Cortez,
Pizarro, Balboa, and many others, who afterwards so
distinguished themselves, served their apprenticeship
as volunteers.
The orthodox mode of inducing submission to the
conquerors, and of placing before the natives as forci¬
bly as possible the blessings and advantages of Chris¬
tianity, is strikingly conveyed in the following mani¬
festo, issued by Bon Diego Kicuesa and other adven¬
turers of his class. This document is very interesting,
but the Mosquito Indians, from the very first, resisted
the blandishments of the invaders, and were not such
fools as to allow themselves to be sold as slaves, how¬
ever much their chroniclers thought they deserved it,
however persevering the efforts to subjugate them, and
however courageous their foe.
“ I, Diego de Kicuesa, servant of the most high and
powerful Kings of Castile and Leon, the conquerors of
barbarous nations, their messenger and captain, notify
to you and declare, in as ample form as I am capable,
that God our Lord, who is one and eternal, created
the heaven and the earth, and one man and one wo¬
man, of whom you and we, and all the men who have
been or shall be in the world, are descended. But as
it has come to pass through the number of generations
during more than five thousand years, that they have
been dispersed into different parts of the world, and
are divided into various kingdoms and provinces, be-
Chap. XV.— B. P.J A SPANISH RIOT ACT. 253
cause one country was not able to contain them, nor
could they have found in one the means of subsistence
and preservation; therefore God our Lord gave the
charge of all these people to one man, named St. Peter,
whom he constituted the Lord and head of all the hu¬
man race, that all men, in whatever place they are
born, or in whatever faith or place they are educated,
might yield obedience unto him. The whole world
he hath subjected to his jurisdiction, and commanded
him to establish his residence in Borne, as the most
proper place for the government of the world. He
likewise promised and gave him power to establish
his authority in every other part of the world, and to
judge and govern all Christians, Moors, Jews, Gentiles,
and all other people of whatever sect or faith they
may be. To him is given the name of Pope , which
signifies admirable, great father and guardian, because
he is the father and governor of all men. Those who
lived in the time of this holy father obeyed and ac¬
knowledged him as their Lord and King, and the Em¬
peror of the Universe. The same has been observed
with respect to them who, since his time, have been
chosen to the pontificate. Thus it now continues, and
will continue to the end of the world.
“ One of these pontiffs, as Lord of the World, hath
made a grant of these Islands, and of the Tierra Eirnni
of the Ocean Sea, to the Catholic Kings of Castile,
Don Ferdinand and Doha Isabella, of glorious me¬
mory, and their successors, our Sovereigns, with all
they contain, as is more fully expressed in certain
deeds passed upon that occasion, which you may see
254
DOTTINGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. 1\
if you desire it. Thus his Majesty is King and Lord
of these Islands, and of the Continent, in virtue of
this donation; and as King and Lord aforesaid, most
of the islands to which his title hath been notified
have recognized his Majesty, and now yield obedience
and subjection to him as their Lord, voluntarily and
without resistance ; and instantly, as soon as they re¬
ceived information, they obeyed the religious men
sent by the King to preach to them, and to instruct
them in our holy faith ; and all these, of their own
free will, without any recompense or gratuity, became
Christians, and continue to be so; and his Majesty
having received them graciously under his protection,
has commanded that they should be treated in the
same manner as his other subjects and vassals. You
are bound and obliged to act in the same manner.
Therefore I now entreat and require you to consider
attentively what I have declared to you : and that
you may more perfectly comprehend it, that you take
such time as is reasonable, in order that you may ac¬
knowledge the church as the superior and guide of
the universe, and likewise the holy father called the
Pope, in his own right, and his Majesty by his ap¬
pointment, as King and Sovereign Lord of these Is¬
lands, and of the Tierra Firing ; and that you consent
that the aforesaid holy fathers shall declare and preach
to you the doctrines above mentioned. If you do this,
you act well, and perform that to which you are bound
and obliged; and his Majesty, and I in his name, will
receive you with love and kindness, and will leave
you, your wives and children, free and exempt from
255
Chap. XV.—B. P.J A CACIQUE’S IDEA OF THE POPE.
servitude, and in tlie enjoyment of all you possess, in
tlie same manner as tlie inhabitants of the islands.
Besides this, his Majesty will bestow upon you many
privileges, exemptions, and rewards. But if you will
not comply, or maliciously delay to obey my injunc¬
tion, then, with the help of God, I will enter your
country by force; I will carry on war against you
with the utmost violence ; I will subject you to the
yoke of obedience to the Church and King ; I will
take your wives and children, and will make them
slaves, and sell or dispose of them according to his
Majesty’s pleasure ; I will seize your goods, and do
you all the mischief in my power, as rebellious sub¬
jects, who will not acknowledge or submit to their
lawful Sovereign. And I protest that all the blood¬
shed and calamities which shall follow are to be im¬
puted to you, and not to his Majesty, or to me, or the
gentlemen who serve under me; and as I have now
made this declaration and requisition unto you, I re¬
quire the notary here present to grant me a certificate
of this, subscribed in proper form.”
This extraordinary document was always gravely
read whether the assemblage was “ large and respect¬
able,” or the contrary; on one occasion the following
reply was made, as related by an eye-witness, the
Bachelor Enciso, in a geographical work called ‘ Suma
de Geographia,’ published in Seville (1519) :—
“ Bespondieron me : que en lo quo dezia que no
avia sino un Dios y que este governaba el cielo y tierra,
y que era senor de todo que es parecia y que asf debia
ser; pero que en lo que dezia que el Papa era senor de
25G DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XV.—B. P.
todo el universo en lugar de Dios, y que el avia feclio
merced de aquella tierra al rey de Castilla; dixeron
que el Papa debiera estar boracho quando lo liizo,
pucs daba lo que no era suyo, y que el rey que pedia
y tomava tam merced dabia ser algun loco, pues pedia
lo que era de otros,” etc.*
The following is a free translation of the above :—
They replied to me that as to the assertion that there
Avas bnt one God, the sovereign of heaven and earth,
it seemed to them good, and that such must be the
case ; but as to the doctrine that the Pope was Regent
of the World in place of God, and that he had made a
grant of their country to the Spanish King ; they ob¬
served that the Pope must have been drunk to gi\ T e
away what was not his, and the King must have been
somewhat mad to ask at his hands what belonged to
others.
They added that they were lords of those lands and
needed no other sovereign, and if this King should
come to take possession, they would cut off his head
and put it on a pole, that being their mode of dealing
with their enemies.
* ‘Columbus and bis Companions,’ by AVasbington Irving, vol. vii.
p. 681 .
257
CHAPTER XVI.
A PLEASURE TRIP.-CURRENT AND COASTING.-ASPECT OF COUNTRY
AND SOUNDINGS.—PIRl’s BAY AND CAYS.-BLEWFIELDS BLUFF.
THE KING OF MOSQUITO.-HIS LIBRARY.—OPINION OF YANKEES.
The voyage to the northward was a source of pleasure
from its commencement. A very few miles from
Greytown, the weather began sensibly to improve, so
that we were able to enjoy a good view of the land,
instead of straining our eyes to see its mere outline, and
that only of a neutral tint, sombre indeed. To those
who have not seen the sun for some time, a mere peep
is welcome ; but in our case his Majesty came out in
all his glory, and not only put every one on board in
the best spirits, but, what was practically of even
greater importance, speedily dried up our wet decks
and clothes, which were almost in a chronic state of
damp and mouldiness.
It was not long, however, before I found that
beating to windward on this coast, in a vessel of the
1 Gorgon ’ class, did not pay; for each tack was like
Tom Cox’s traverse, “ there and back again,”—cer-
s
258 DOTTINGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVI —B. P.
tainly not to be wondered at when it is considered
that wind and current were against us, and that the
old ship had a heavy pair of paddle-wheels to drag
through the water in addition.
On this coast, during the period of the trade-winds,
from November to May, a large body of water is
forced round Cape Gracias a Dios, and along the shore
to the southward, causing a current in that direction
more or less strong in proportion to the force of the
wind; so that at this season, unless the trade veers
well to the eastward or northward, it is a very difficult
matter for even a Baltimore clipper to get north, and
therefore it was a hopeless task for the old ‘ Gorgon.’
However, fortunately, we were not dependent on sails
alone, and finding it useless to contend against wind
and current I ordered the steam to be got up.
From Greytown to Monkey Point, which forms the
eastern extremity of a commodious anchorage, now
called Pirn’s Bay, the course and distance is north
about 38 miles. But as we were using steam we
coasted along the land, which curves gently to the
N.N.W. for about 30 miles, and then turns more
sharply until it reaches Monkey Point.
By this means every one on board had the oppor¬
tunity of becoming practically acquainted with the
appearance of the shore, and the nature of the pilot¬
age, for future use if needed.
The land near the beach as far as the mouth of the
river llama is low, densely covered with trees, and
fringed with sand, upon which the surf breaks heavily ;
so much so, indeed, that it is hazardous for even a
Chap. XVI.—B. P.] ASPECT OF COUNTRY.
259
canoe to attempt to run the breakers while the trade-
wind is blowing. With the land-wind, however, there
is no danger. When we passed, the trade-wind was
blowing strongly, otherwise I should have anchored
and had a run on shore, especially as there is shooting
of all sorts to be had there, from tigers to humming¬
birds.
Inland, the surface is broken up into a succession
of hills and valleys; one of the former, some ten
miles from the sea, and about halfway to Pirn’s Bay,
attaining the considerable elevation of 2800 feet. The
whole country is covered with primeval forest, which
is all but impenetrable near the shore, but much
more open inland. The most remarkable landmark
between Greytown and the Kama river is Round Hill,
upwards of 600 feet high, and quite isolated, so that it
looks like an island instead of part of the mainland,
and is thus a first-rate beacon for coasters.
Another remarkable feature of the coast I am trying
to describe, is the extensive coral reef, or edge of the
soundings, which, from a breadth of about seven miles
off Greytown, gradually widens as it stretches away
to the northward to twenty-eight miles off Pirn’s Bay,
and nearly one hundred miles off Cape Gracias a Dios.
On its sea edge it is unfathomable, but it gradually
shallows as the land is approached, so that, off Grey¬
town, a depth of twenty fathoms could not be obtained
until within three or four miles from the shore, while
near Pirn’s Bay the same soundings would indicate
nearly three times that distance off shore.
Off the Kama river, due east about four miles, lies
s 2
2G0 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Cuaf. XVI.— B. P-
the first “cay” (the West Indian name for islet),
which is met with to the northward of Chiriqui
Lagoon; it is quite as remarkable as Round Hill.
Coming from the north it looks like a conical green
hill, but from the south it is shaped like a wedge, the
sharp end seaward. Probably no human foot has ever
trod its steep sides, as it is so rocky and rugged that
landing is very difficult. It is called Pajaro Bovo—■
“Booby Bird”—from the number of boobies which
take up their residence upon it.
If coasting along from Greytown gave us pleasure,
we were still more pleased when we reached the
vicinity of the Hama river and Pirn’s Bay. Away to
the N.W. stretched the broken Cordillera, gradually
increasing in height as it receded from Monkey Point,
which, to speak more accurately, is a headland, or
rather a series of bluffs, jutting into the sea like
buttresses, forming a very appropriate termination
to the remarkable chain of mountains extending
through this section of Central America, dividing its
watershed. The transverse valley of the Nicaraguan
lakes, and their outlet, the river San Juan, break the
continuity of this range, which would otherwise reach
in an unbroken line through Costa Rica as far as the
Isthmus of Panama.
At Greytown, in clear weather, the volcano of Car¬
tage, the king of the Cordillera in Central America, can
be seen dominating the mountains beneath him from a
height of 11,000 feet, and sending out volumes of
smoke ; it is 55 miles from Greytown, due south. The
summit is cone-shaped, like that of most, if not all, of
Chap.XYI.— B.P.] Pill’S BAY AND CAYS. 261
its brethren in this part of the world, and its eastern
side is very steep. It rises np to the clouds like a
giant, and, there being no intermediate mountains to
obsciu'e its true proportions, it appears to stand out by
itself in all its grandeur and magnitude.
There are three cays off Monkey Point, and several
others off the points nearer the Rama, studding the
transparent sea with little emerald spots. The beaches,
too, are composed of bright clean sand,—such a contrast
to the black-looking stuff at Greytown and- its vicinity,
—while in several places we saw clumps of cocoa-nuts,
giving quite a picturesque appearance to the scene,
which only needs the presence of man to become an
earthly paradise.
Passing all this, the coast-line once more became
quite low ; a hill, about five hundred feet high, at the
back of Blewfields, being the only elevation worth
speaking of ; it is called Aberdeen Hill.
From Monkey Point to the entrance of Blewfields
Lagoon is only twenty-three miles; and, although the
coast is low and uninteresting, yet it is fringed by
some fairy-like cays, which disappear in the distance
only too rapidly as the ship steams quickly past.
There are six of these cays, all of different shapes and
appearance:—Frenchman’s Cay, 90 feet high, 74 miles
from Monkey Point; The Sisters, two lovely islets 9
miles off, and scarcely a mile from the shore, but with
treacherous breakers two miles outside them; then
Pigeon Cays, 11 miles up the coast, the largest 110
feet above the sea, with a white rock near it 50
feet in height, with trees on its top ; lastly, with its
2G2 DOTTINGS ON TILE ROADSIDE. [CuAr. XVI.—Ii. P.
red sides and green-capped summit, comes Guano Cay,
15 miles off, and nearly abreast of the southern en¬
trance of Blewfields Lagoon, called Ilone Sound.
The rest of the way the coast is dangerous, so we
gave it a wide berth, and, rounding-to, off Blew-
ficlds Bluff, anchored in seven fathoms. We were
off the Bluff, it is true, but to all intents and purposes
in the open sea, for that famous headland does not
afford the slightest shelter when the trade-wind blows
from the usual quarter.
The surrounding land being very low, u The Bluff”
looks like an island when approaching it from sea¬
ward; in former times it was a famous stronghold
of the buccaneers, and even yet tradition, especially
amongst the negro and Carib population, preserves
heart-stirring accounts of the prowess of those free¬
booters, the forays they made, the enormous booty
they brought back, and their carousals, in which their
ever-ready and faithful allies, the Mosquito Indians,
took part, nothing loth. Traces are still to be seen of
their rude fortifications, and a fine well yet remains
which wuis dug for their use, although but little can
be said for the quality of the water, a commodity not
easily procurable here, and hence the reason the site
was not chosen for the town afterwards built. Wher¬
ever you go in the Caribbean Sea, you are sure to
hear stories of hidden treasure; but of all the likely
places I know, I think Blewfields Bluff would offer
as good a chance as any to the treasure-hunter.
Although there was a good sea running when we
anchored, we escaped the heavy rolling we were so
Chap. XVI. — B. P.] BLEWFIELDS BLUFF. 2G3
unpleasantly subjected to at Grey town, for the course
of the current here is with the wind, not against it, as
at that anchorage; consequently we rode head to sea,
without the aid of the boom-mainsail, and could there¬
fore eat our meals in peace.
Long before reaching the anchorage, preparations
were made for a run on shore, and, very soon after
the anchor was down, those who could be spared from
duty on board took their places in the cutter and
started for terra firma. The breeze was fresh, and
there was rather an animated sailing match between
my boat and that containing the excursionists for the
three miles intervening between the ship and the
shelter of the bluff; once under its Ice, we were in
perfectly smooth water, but we had a sharp pull
against the stream, which was setting out strongly
from the Lagoon.
Dividing the entrance, there is a very pretty little
cay, called Cassava, where Mr. Kahn, the agent of the
Eoyal Mail Steam Packet Company, had taken up his
abode in a nice little blew England cottage, perched
on its summit. The island is named after the exten¬
sive cassava grounds which cover its surface,—Mr.
Kahn devoting much attention to the growth of this
useful vegetable. It was once the great food staple
for the negroes on the plantations, and most delicious
cakes are made from its flour; indeed, cassava-flour
might become an important article of export, were
good grinding-mills introduced. At present there is
but little demand for it, owing to the very limited trade
on the coast. We stopped at the cay to make Mr.
264 DOTTINGS ON THE 110ADSIDE. [Chap. XVI.— B. P.
Eahn’s acquaintance, and were most hospitably re¬
ceived by him.
When we started for the town, Mr. Eahn fired off a
small brass cannon and hoisted the English ensign, so
as to give the authorities and people timely notice ;
but this turned out to be mere waste of powder and
bunting, as, unfortunately for us, we were more than
two hours in reaching the settlement, and the boats
being in full view the greater part of the time, of
course every one was aware that a ship had called at
the Bluff, and that visitors were approaching. The
fact is that the Lagoon, a very extensive sheet of
water, is so encumbered with shoals, that it is a diffi¬
cult matter to take any craft larger than a canoe up to
the town.
After leaving Cassava Cay, and hoisting the sails
with a fine fresh wind, the Lagoon soon opened out in
all its beauty. It is a noble sheet of water, as smooth
as a mirror, and studded towards its southern end with
several cays, on one of which a large body of Chris¬
tianized Eama Indians live and thrive; while another,
nearly opposite the town, is covered with a fine growth
of cocoa-nut trees. At the northern end of the La¬
goon, the river Blcwficlds or Escondido empties itself
by several mouths,—the northernmost having the
deepest water; but all are shallow, like the Lagoon
itself, and it is not until the river is fairly entered
that one can judge of its size and value.
I hardly ever remember to have had a more tanta¬
lizing passage than in my gig from Cassava to Blew-
fields, on this occasion ; scarcely had the boat been
2G5
Chap. XVI.—B.P.J THE KING OF MOSQTJITO.
dragged clear of one shoal, when grit, grit, there she
was hard and fast on another, so that at last we were
obliged to take down the sail and haul her along by
main force ; the men tucking up their trousers and
dragging her over the ground through the deepest
water they could find. It was lucky for them that the
soles of their feet were pretty tough, for the bottom
of the Lagoon is covered with oysters, which would
cut through an ordinary cuticle in no time.
As to the cutter, she soon came to a standstill, and,
after a time, returned to Cassava Cay, where both
officers and men had a great oyster feast, and then
went on board with a sufficient quantity of those suc¬
culent delicacies to serve as a supper for all hands.
The oysters are very small, not much larger, indeed,
than a good-sized mussel, and somewhat similar in
shape, but having all the flavour and slipperiness of a
real “native.” The supply is unlimited, and I am
surprised that some enterprising Yankee has not long
since set up a Central American oyster saloon, after
the pattern of those in Yew York, where you have a
choice of no less than twenty-two different methods of
cooking this justly popular bivalve.
At length, after two hours’ hard work, which the sun
above and the oysters below caused us to remember
long afterwards, the boat reached a small jetty, which
had been run out from the rising ground on which
stands the King’s house, surrounded by a number of
cocoa-nut and breadfruit-trees, which not only give
it a most acceptable shade, but also a very picturesque
appearance. This jetty was built of stones and lumps
2GG
EOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Cjiap.XVI.-B. P.
of coral, the top covered with cockle-shells in imita¬
tion of a gravel-walk in England. At the end of
it stood the King, dressed in a white jacket, waist¬
coat and trousers, and felt hat, just as he is depicted
in the accompanying woodcut, which is drawn from
a photograph of his Majesty, taken by the doctor
of the B.M.S. Solent, under great disadvantages, and
with a most imperfect camera; but as there is no like¬
ness of any King of Mosquito extant, I publish this,
on the principle that half a loaf is better than no
bread, and because, at all events, it will give some idea
of Mosquitian royalty.
The King received us on landing with great kindness
Chap. XVI. — B. P.] THE KING OF MOSQUITO. 2G7
and courtesy, and begged us (some of the officers had
taken a passage with me in the gig) to come into his
house at once out of the sun, whose rays were some¬
what of the warmest,—an invitation no one was slow to
accept. A short climb brought us to the front door of
a very commodious American lumber-house, with ve¬
randa and shingled roof. The house, as usual, was
raised some feet from the ground on brick pillars, so
that a good current of air could always pass under¬
neath, preserving the flooring from damp, and prevent¬
ing vermin from harbouring there. Altogether, for
the climate, a better, and more comfortable style of
dwelling could not be desired. There were four good-
sized rooms on the ground floor, besides those upstairs,
while the kitchens and outhouses were built a little
way off.
The King’s servant, a tall Sambo, his only atten¬
dant, showed us into one of the ground-floor rooms,
and gave us a good supply of water, towels, soap, etc.,
with which to refresh the outward man; while a tray
of tumblers containing pale ale did good service to¬
wards recruiting the nearly exhausted inner man.
At the same time the boats’ crew were equally well
taken care of by the King’s thoughtful kindness.
The ale had to be sent out for, as the King did not
indulge in the luxury of a cellar; he knew, however,
what would be most acceptable to us, although he was
not addicted to beer himself, being more inclined to the
somewhat stronger liquors distilled in Jamaica. In the
present instance the bottles, by the time they arrived,
were of the warmest, having been brought from the
268
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap.XVI.— B.P.
shop in a basket carried on the head of a young
Carib under a broiling sun; but in spite of this, and
with no remedy in the shape of ice (such a tiling as
frozen water never having been seen at Blewfields),
the general satisfaction at the appearance of our
national drink was unbounded. I shall not soon for¬
get the chorus of deep-drawn sighs of relief and enjoy¬
ment which were elicited from my worthy shipmates
when a good draught of this most delectable fluid had
passed over their dry and thirsty throats.
Having been thus comfortably provided for, both
inside and out, we repaired to the King’s room, where
I formally introduced the officers who had accompanied
me in the gig. The King shook hands cordially with
each, and said he was delighted to see us, and hoped
the refreshment of a bath and some beer would go
far towards banishing from our minds the difficulty
we had found in reaching his house, but that for the
future we must always have a native with us when
we entered the Lagoon, the navigation being so intri¬
cate and difficult. Of this there could be no doubt;
and I told his Majesty that I would take very good
care not to enter the Lagoon again without a pilot, at
least until I had made myself acquainted with a channel
from Cassava Cay to the town by which a boat could
be sent from the ship to the settlement in something
less than two hours.
Wo now had time to take a good look at George
Augustus Frederic, the King of Mosquito. He was
about five feet seven inches in height, well built, but
slight, and of pure Indian blood. His complexion was
269
Chap.XYL— B.F.] THE ElXG OF MOSQUITO.
swarthy—darker than that of a Spaniard, but still
fairer than the generality of his countrymen, probably
because he was not subjected to the life of constant
exposure and hardship which is their common lot; his
face was flat, like that of a Chinese, cheek-bones high
and rather prominent, the nose small and thin,—a dis¬
tinguishing feature of the Mosquitians, the other tribes
on the coast not being characterized by this marked
peculiarity, but, on the contrary, having noses similar
to those of other Indians, nay, in some instances,
even prominent. His hair was very black, cut rather
short, and parted on one side; it was very fine, and
straight, without the slightest appearance of a curl or
even waviness. Having neither whiskers nor mous¬
tache, nor in fact the least vestige of a hair on his face,
and with the delicately-shaped hand and foot of his
race, he gave one the idea of being very young; he
was not quite thirty, but looked scarcely twenty.
The King was educated at Jamaica, and I could not
help remarking to him that I had never known any
one out of England who spoke English so perfectly,
without the least perceptible foreign accent. He said
that he felt more like an Englishman than anything
else, and in fact considered English his proper language,
for he certainly could not speak Mosquitian so well.
Altogether, it was impossible not to be impressed with
his Majesty, and I could not help speculating on the
different fate that might have befallen him and his
people had the life of his guardian and adviser,
Mr. Walker, been spared. This gentleman had been
appointed by the English Government to the above-
270 DOTTINGS ON TIIE ROADSIDE. [Chap.XVI—B.P.
named post, and was beginning to carry out many
well-considered plans and projects, not only in the in¬
terests of the King himself, but also for the tribes and
country under his rule, when he met his death by
drowning at the mouth of the river Serepiqui in 1848.
He was accompanying the expedition under Captain
Lock, R.N., which had just ejected the Nicaraguans
from Greytown, and was then engaged in driving
them up the river San Juan, and across the Lake of
Nicaragua to Granada, where Captain Lock dictated
terms to the Nicaraguan government from his gig.
The King very kindly showed us over the house,
which he explained Avas not his own, but belonged to
Doctor Green fas he called him), English consul at
Greytown, about whom I have elsewhere spoken. It
appears that our consul first came to Mosquito on the
staff of Mr. Walker, as a sort of medical attendant,
hence the descriptive appellation. At that time he
was in very delicate health, but the Mosquito coast
has evidently agreed with him.
In the King’s sanctum I found a good assortment
of books, including some of the best English authors;
the works of Shakespeare, Byron, and Sir Walter
Scott had evidently been read and re-read many
times, as their owner was very fond of repeating
extracts from them. There were also some books
especially relating to Central America and the Mos¬
quito Coast, such as John Cockburn, ‘ A Journey
Overland from the Gulf of Honduras to the great
South Sea, by J. C. and five English Sailors, in the
year 1730;’ Young’s ‘Mosquito Shore;’ 0. W. Ro-
Chap. XYI. — B. P. J OPINION OF YANKEES. 271
bert’s ‘Journey up tlie Biver Sau Juan and passage
across the Lake of Nicaragua; ’ and I noticed a
book called ‘ Waikna, or Adventures on the Mosquito
Shore, by Samuel A. Bard (E. G. Squier),’—a par¬
tisan attack on the King and people of the Mosquito
coast, published by Samuel A. Bard (E. G. Squier),
the late American minister to Nicaragua. The King,
on seeing me look at this book, said that he would lend
it to me to read, and that until he had read it, he could
not have believed it possible for any one to string to¬
gether for any purpose such a pack of lies; especially
when it was notorious that the author had never
visited the Mosquito Coast. “ I am told,” said the
King, “ that Mr. Squier has written other books, I
only hope with a greater regard to accuracy and truth
than that entitled ‘ Waikna, ’ for if not, they are worse
than worthless, I fear.” The King, moreover, told
me that he had heard a good deal about Mr. Squier
from a foreigner whom he occasionally saw at Great
Kiver, a trader from Matagalpa, who told him that the
American minister was known in Nicaragua as “un
alegre menteroso ” (a playful liar). I was curious
to see the contents of this book, and therefore bor¬
rowed it, telling the King I had no personal know¬
ledge whatever of Mr. Squier, but that surely he
must be mistaken in supposing that any one in so
responsible a position, the representative of a great
country, could be so foolish as to write what must
sooner or later be proved false, and bring dishonour
and discredit upon himself and country.
“That may be all very well,” said the King;
272 DOTTINGS ON TIIE ROADSIDE. [Chap.XVL—B.P.
“ still, I fear your remark does not hold good as
regards a Yankee. When I was a boy, I looked upon
the Yankees as, next to Englishmen, the most honest
and truthful people in the world, and I used to read
at Jamaica and Belize anything relating to the pro¬
gress of their nation with delight; but now I scarcely
know how to express my contempt for them. Their
first thought in business is ‘ smartness; ’ in other
words, how best to advance their interests by lying
and cheating; those who succeed through this means
have the undisguised admiration of their fellow-
countrymen, and no tricks are too mean or cowardly
for them to practise to gain their ends. I tell you
what it is,” said the King, with much emphasis, “I
would far sooner be a ‘poor Indian’ than the best
Yankee gentleman in the States,—if such a being as a
born gentleman is to be found there, of which I have
my doubts. I have never seen one myself, and I am
told the same by others who have enjoyed good oppor¬
tunities of observing the Yankee at home and abroad.”
I could only reply, that the King had, no doubt,
good grounds for his strong feeling against the Yankees,
if only from the outrage committed by their govern¬
ment in the bombardment and subsequent burning of
the commercial and undefended town of Greytown,
and I was free to allow that a more wanton, cowardly,
and unprovoked attack could not have been perpe¬
trated ; but still, I thought I knew some who would
do credit to any country. The King muttered the
old sajdng, u scratch a Russian and you find a Cos¬
sack,” which I had often heard applied to the Yankees
273
Chap. XYL—B. P.] OUTRAGE AT GREYTOWX.
themselves thus, 11 scratch a Yankee and you will find
the Eed Indian,”—but I took care not to correct
the King’s version.
As I was anxious to get on board before dark, I
was obliged to decline the hospitable invite of the
King to stay to dinner, but we had a capital dish of
oysters, some excellent breadfruit, and more beer for
lunch; and then, with a stock of pineapples, sugar¬
cane, and breadfruit, started for the ship about an
hour before sunset. The King was kind enough to go
some way with us in the gig, pointing out the best
channel; and when he had placed us in a fair way for
the bluff, he got into his own canoe—a very beautiful
“ Dory,” upwards of fifty feet long, cut out of a single
tree, without a knot or twist of any sort in the wood—
and paddled rapidly back to the town. For ourselves,
the return passage to the bluff, and thence to the ship>,
was much quicker and pleasanter than the one in the
morning, and the ship was reached in good time for
dinner.
T
274
CHAPTER XYII.
ME. MIERTSCHING.—ACCOUNT OP MOSQUITO MISSION. — THE RAM A
INDIANS.-LAST CENSUS RETURNS, J 868.-A MORAVIAN
CHURCH.-HISTORY OP THE MORAVIANS. — THEIR FORM OP
GOVERNMENT.-THE ‘ MESSENGER OP PEACE.’
“ Wno would like to come on shore to church this
morning ? ” said I to a number of officers who were
early on deck, enjoying the bright, clear weather, so
different to that of Grey Town. There was consider¬
able hesitation: first, because the experience of the
navigation of Blewfields Lagoon was not a pleasant
one; and, secondly, because the service on board,
simple though it was, seemed to many of the officers
preferable to the Methodistical rant which no doubt
would be preached to a parcel of uegroes, the effluvia
from whom, moreover, if at all similar to a Baptist
meeting in Jamaica, must be overpowering.
Of course, I could not combat this notion from
personal experience, never having attended service in
a Moravian church; my knowledge of the Society
being limited to one of the Brethren who accom-
Chap. XVII.—B. P.]
ME. MIEETSCHING.
275
panied the last Arctic Expedition in search of Sir
John Eranklin, and served on hoard H.M.S. In¬
vestigator as Esquimaux interpreter; hut of Mr.
Miertsching it is not too much to say that he was the
most useful man on hoard, for not only did he set an
excellent moral example to those around him, hut, hy
his knowledge of mechanical arts, he proved of the
greatest value to his shipmates, especially as a hoot-
maker, and besides taught hoth officers and men other
useful Arctic accomplishments, without which they
would have indeed fared hadly.
Having so favourable a recollection of this gentle¬
man, and a pleasing impression generally from what I
had heard about the Moravians, as perhaps the most
hardworking, unselfish, and practically useful mission¬
aries in the world, I was naturally anxious to see them
engaged in their benevolent work, so as to judge for
myself what progress they were really making with the
Mosquito Indians, a people so widely different from
the Esquimaux, amongst whom their great reputation
as missionaries had been acquired.
A few words to the above effect, and some of my
shipmates wavered a little; but when I pointed to a
dusky Indian squatting in a most uncomfortable and
awkward position on the deck, and said that he was
waiting to pilot the boat to the landing-place, and
that we could reach it from the ship in less than an
hour, there was no lack of applicants to accompany me
to the Moravian church.
Speaking of this Indian, every one was much struck
with his behaviour when he crawled up the ship’s side
t 2
276 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XYII.—B. P.
and reached the deck ; the ship was rolling very little
when he arrived, but he groped about in the evident
fear of falling, putting his hands to his head, placing
his feet wide apart, and only taking a step forward
with the greatest caution. Any one who has seen
a captured albatross on the deck, and noticed its awk¬
ward attempts to move, and its utter inability to fly,
or the action of a booby in the same position, can
realize what I have feebly attempted to describe as to
the utter bewilderment of this Indian; and yet he
quite unconsciously elicited the warm admiration of
our seamen by the ease and grace with which he
moved about in his miserable cockleshell of a canoe,
walking steadily and perfectly upright from the stern
to raise the mast when we started, and, in fact, seem¬
ing by his presence alone to give that life and buoy¬
ancy to his frail craft which it certainly did not possess
before, and which none of my bronzed and hardy
sailors, who had a world-wide experience of the sea all
over the globe, could ever have imparted to it; an
admission made by more than one who a short time
before had been irresistibly provoked to laughter at
the, to them, novel sight of a man quite bewildered at
finding himself on the deck of a ship.
On leaving the 1 Gorgon ’ I observed that the canoe
fell away to leeward considerably, in spite of her huge
sail; and we arrived in the gig at the bar and crossed
it some time before the Indian, yet he did not keep us
waiting many minutes at Cassava Cay, owing, no
doubt, to his intimate local acquaintance with the set
of the current, although he had to “paddle his own
canoe” alone.
Chap. XVII. — B. P.] ACCOUNT OP MOSQUITO MISSION. 277
With a favourable breeze, which lasted all the way
up to the landing-place, a most unusual occurrence
with a light trade-wind, which is checked by the land
—low though it be—intervening between the sea and
the Lagoon, I was able to make good my promise that
we should arrive under an hour from the ship, and we
at once made our way to the mission-house, merely
paying our respects to the King on our way; but, I
am sorry to say, without being successful in per¬
suading him to accompany us to church.
Before giving a description of the good and hospi¬
table people amongst whom we found ourselves, a
short historical notice of the rise and progress of the
mission of the United Brethren, or Moravians, on the
Mosquito Coast may not be out of place.
The attention of the United Brethren, or Moravians,
was first drawn to the Mosquito shore by the circum¬
stance that certain influential friends of the Church
in Germany were interested on behalf of some Prus¬
sians who had emigrated to that region. These people
were without any means of religious instruction, and it
was thought that missionary agents, speaking their
own language, might be useful to them, and at the
same time convert the ignorant Indian and half-breed
creoles of the land.
In 1847, two missionaries, who had been employed
in Jamaica, were sent to ascertain the circumstances
of the country. They received a warm welcome, and
every attention, both from the native and British au¬
thorities, and were commissioned to urge the establish¬
ment of a mission. The character of their report was
278 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVII.—B. P.
such as to induce the General Synod of the Church,
which met in 1848, to determine on the commence¬
ment of efforts on the coast.
The first missionary sent out was the Rev. H. G.
Pfeiffer, who was accompanied by his wife and two
young unmarried men. They reached Blewfields on
the 14th of March, 1849, and immediately set to
work at the preliminary labours for the establishment
of a station. A small plot of land was granted at
Blewfields for the purposes of the mission, the most
needful buildings were speedily erected in a simple
style, Sunday schools established, and Divine service
ever after regularly held.
As the German emigrants gradually dispersed, and
some of them settled at considerable distances, the
missionaries, at an early period,—while not losing
sight of any opportunity to benefit either the Euro¬
peans or the mixed inhabitants of Blewfields,—turned
their attention to the aboriginal Indians. ’With this
purpose they often made excursions to various places
at which there was a relatively large Indian population,
and were much encouraged by the attention of these
poor people, and their readiness to receive instruction.
One of the most important of these localities was
Pearl Cay Lagoon. In 1855 a building was erected
at English Bank in this locality, and, before long, a
resident missionary was stationed there. This spot
was subsequently called Magdala. Another very in¬
teresting field was Rama Cay, in Blewfields Lagoon.
This small island is the refuge of a feeble remnant of
the once powerful Rama tribe ; these people were dis-
Chap. XVII.— B. P.J THE RAMA INDIAN. 279
tinguislied among their neighbours for their intempe¬
rance, and for the sanguinary conflicts which took
place among them at times when they were under
the influence of ardent spirits; yet they welcomed the
visits of the missionaries, and gladly acceded to the
proposal to erect a school-house amongst them. This
was effected early in 1858, and soon afterwards a mis¬
sionary and his wife went to reside there. The refor¬
mation which then took place in the entire population
of the island was truly astonishing; a visitor to the
coast in November, 1859, describes the condition of the
people as follows:—“ During my short stay in this
place, I visited nearly every family on the island, and
was much pleased with what I heard and saw. The
houses, indeed, are roughly built, and thatched with
the palm-leaf, and the floors are of clay; but the
dwellings are divided into apartments, and there is a
degree of neatness and cleanliness about them. The
people were decently clad, and appeared to be very
happy. When I contrasted the present condition of
these people with their past history, even with what
they were three years ago, it seemed little short of a
miracle. Three years ago, when the Rev. G. Feurig
used to come occasionally to preach to these people,
they were little better than a set of drunken savages,
practising all manner of iniquities; now they are
decent, sober, and listen earnestly to their teachers.”
I can bear unqualified testimony to the truth of the
above. No Indians on the coast can compare with
these Bamas for respectability. They seem to be
quite a community by themselves. Their very dress
280 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVII.—13. R.
lias changed, from the waist cloth of the men and the
apron of the women, to shirt and trousers, always
clean and neat, with a straw hat, for the men; chemise
and petticoat, each of blue shirting, for the women,
whose hair, instead of straying over the face and
shoulders in tangled luxuriance, is now neatly combed
out, parted down the middle, and generally tied up in
a knot at the hack of the head; they also wear a straw
hat, although a covering for the head is quite superflu¬
ous to an Indian woman. They seem to have a na¬
tural taste for agricultural pursuits, and I should
think would he the people of all others best calculated
to cultivate cotton. No doubt, if properly taught
and induced to work on shares, they would soon bring
a large portion of land into cultivation, and enrich
both themselves and employers. They arc very re¬
gular in attendance at church and schools, and seem
to listen in rapt attention, sitting motionless, with
their hands folded on their laps, looking like so many
statues. With scarcely an exception, and that only
amongst the elder portion of the community, English
is spoken, and no doubt the next generation will
speak nothing else, as their own language is rapidly
dying out from disuse.
The Eev. G. Feurig, who is mentioned above, ar¬
rived at Blewfields in July, 1856, having been com¬
missioned to take the superintendence of the mission.
He speedily gained the confidence of all parties, and
under his energetic direction the mission rapidly in¬
creased in extent and usefulness.
In March, 1860, Corn Island was occupied by a
Chap. XVII.—B. P.l LAST CENSUS RETURNS, 1868. 281
missionary. About the same time efforts were made at
Cape Gracias a Dios, but were doomed to disappoint¬
ment in consequence of a change in the political rela¬
tions of that part of the country, when it was thought
advisable that the missionaries should be withdrawn,
—the more so as it then seemed likely that many of
the Indians would also remove.
The next point occupied was Wounta Haulover,
since called Ephrata. It is near the coast, and has
around it a relatively large population of Indians.
The most recently established station is that at Tas-
bapaouni, now called Bethany, on the Pearl Cay
Lagoon.
According to the last returns (June, 1868) there
are now six stations, permanently occupied by seven
married missionaries, who have the stated charge of be¬
tween 700 and 800 persons, as well as occasional
hearers. Six day-schools are in operation, besides a
training institution for boys, who, it is hoped, may
be made useful as teachers.
With this prelude, I will now return to my com¬
panions, and join them in making the best of the way
along the solitary straggling street of Blewfields to the
‘•'Manse,” which is built as nearly as possible in the
middle of the town.
The house was decidedly inferior to that of the
King, or rather that of Dr. Green; nevertheless, it
was quite as substantially built, and furnished with
some regard to comfort, although its fittings could not
by any stretch of the imagination be called extrava¬
gant. But if the building was inferior to that of the
282 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XYIL—B.P.
King, I am bound to say that our welcome was not
a whit less hearty. First we visited the schoolroom,
which was a model of cleanliness, order, and discipline,
and yet I did not notice the stocks with which one is
so familiar in Spanish-American republics, nor remark
any coercive mode of treatment whatever; the manner
of instilling education seemed to be rather by means
of a general loving-kindness on the part of the teachers.
The education imparted hardly soared above that
learned at a dame school in England, but it was ad¬
mirably adapted to the capacity of its recipients; the
aim of the teacher was to fill the mental gap of each
youthful aspirant, and nothing more ; hence the pupils
as a body did great credit, not only to themselves, but
to their masters,—the stupid youth and the clever one
alike may be compared to a tank supplied with a self¬
acting stopcock, neither the one nor the other can
overrun. All the children are taught English as their
mother-tongue, and this is the only point upon which
any fault can be found, the fact being that the teachers
themselves—all Germans—were by no means profi¬
cient; indeed, only learners themselves.
The attendance was good, and included grown-up
and young people of both sexes, but females largely
predominated, and, indeed, excelled the other sex- in
proficiency; all the polite letter-writing at Blewfields
is done by the ladies.
From the schoolroom we were summoned away by
the church bell, and it was a most pleasing sight to
see the inhabitants flocking from all quarters, neatly
dressed, and making the best of their way, in a most
Chap. XVII.—B. P.J A MORAVIAN CHURCH.
283
orderly manner, to church, all carrying their prayer-
books in their hands. Although built to resemble a
church, the inside was nothing more than a long room,
with a raised platform opposite the doors, which were
at the sides, not the end as usual. Upon this platform
the preacher’s chair and reading-desk were placed. The
benches were ranged lengthways, so that the clergyman
had no difficulty in making himself heard by every
one. On his left the females were seated, and on his
right the males. With the exception of one or two
little mites of children who fell asleep, I never saw a
more attentive congregation; and, what is more, they
seemed to appreciate what was said to them. Amongst
them there was every shade of colour, from shining
black to the clear white and pink complexion of De¬
vonshire.
The service consisted of an extempore prayer, hymns,
a long litany, and the sermon, all conducted by the
Eev. Mr. Feurig, the head of the mission on the Mos¬
quito coast, and about the best man who could have
been found to fill such a post. There was a very good
harmonium, and both music and singing were above
the average. The litany was well read and fully
responded to, and the sermon a plain, unvarnished
exposition of a chapter in the Flew Testament. No
attempt was made to mystify or frighten the people,
but the great and beautiful truths of the Bible were
forcibly placed before the congregation, and so ear¬
nestly, yet gently, as to command the attention, and,
I hope, really influence the minds of those present.
The entire service did not occupy much more than
284 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVII.—B. P.
an hour, and the church was kept delightfully cool
by a constant current of air, caused by lifting the
jalousies on each side. These jalousies are fitted into
a frame, which is hung on hinges from the top of the
window-sill, and can therefore be opened to any extent
at pleasure. Glass is not in request on the Mosquito
coast.
On leaving the church I was much gratified to find
that the naval jury were unanimous in their verdict
in favour of these simple Moravians, and were much
pleased at having attended so very well-conducted a
service. There was also a general feeling of regret
at having so completely misjudged such excellent
missionaries. Even the most sceptical—and there were
some amongst us who had seen misapplied mission¬
ary zeal—declared that from first to last they had been
entirely mistaken, even as to the aroma so feelingly
alluded to before leaving the ship ; this, however,
was no doubt due to the arrangements for maintain¬
ing a thorough draught of air through the building.
When the people had dispersed, we crossed the road
and entered the hospitable dwelling of Mr. Eeurig,
where a very substantial mid-day meal was discussed
with an appetite rather unusual at that time of day
in a tropical climate.
Before taking leave of the Moravians, I must give
some account of their history, as related to me by one
of themselves. Owing to their humble and retiring
disposition, but little is known of this most ancient
church, and I propose now to supply the deficiency.
The Church of “ The United Brethren ” first arose
Chap. XVII.— B. P.] HISTORY OF THE MORAVIANS. 285
in Bohemia, sixty years before the Reformation. In
1457, some of the followers of John Hnss united to¬
gether, and adopted the name of “ Unitas Fratrum,”
or “ The Unity of the Brethen.” In the course of
a few years they became organized as a Church, with
a synodal and episcopal government, episcopal orders,
and a strict discipline. In spite of great opposition
and fierce persecutions, this Church stood its ground
in Bohemia and Moravia, rapidly increasing in extent
and influence, and embraced amongst its adherents a
large proportion of the population, including many of
the noblest families of those countries; finally it spread
into Poland. After a season of outward prosperity
and of close alliance with the other Protestant deno¬
minations, it was, in common with them, fiercely at¬
tacked, and, after terrible persecutions from the then
dominant Popish powers, was finally trodden down in
the year 1627, and became almost extinct.
Some of the descendants of the members of this
Church, who in secret still adhered to the tenets of
their fathers, emigrated in the year 1722, and finding
a refuge in Saxony, on the estate of a pious and
highly-gifted nobleman, the young Count Zinzendorf,
founded a small settlement, which they called Herrn-
hut. They were joined by a number of persons from
the Reformed Churches of Germany, by the Count
Zinzendorf himself, and many of his friends, and by
many more from Moravia. In the course of a few
years they formed themselves, under the leadership of
Zinzendorf, into a distinct religious society, in close
brotherhood with the Protestant National Church.
286
DOTTIXGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [CnAP. XVII.—B. P.
They, however, gradually adopted the ecclesiastical
forms, discipline, and orders of the ancient Church of
the United Brethren of Bohemia and Moravia, and as¬
serted their position as a distinct Protestant Church,
in the midst of the other Beformed Churches of the
Continent, receiving concessions from the governments
for the founding of their settlements.
The Brethren, increasing in numbers and activity,
soon sent missionaries to the heathen, and established
colonies or settlements as centres of their work, and
on the plan of the original seat at Herrnhut, not only
in Germany, but also in Great Britain and North
America. On their becoming known in Great Britain,
an Act of Parliament was passed in their favour in
1747, recognizing them as a Protestant Episcopal
Church, and securing to them civil and religious pri¬
vileges, with special reference to their settlements and
missionary operations in the British colonies. From
that time their congregations have been established in
different parts of the United Kingdom.
There are the usual public services, and also private
meetings of various kinds, for the members, both for
the whole and for the several classes of the congrega¬
tion. In the morning service of the Lord’s Day a
litany is used, in other services extempore prayer is
practised. For baptismal, burial, and marriage ser¬
vices, litanies are prescribed. Congregational singing
is a prominent feature in the worship, public and pri¬
vate. The Lord’s Supper is observed with a simple
ritual, the service otherwise consisting mainly of sing¬
ing, and is preceded by a “ lovefeast.” Infant baptism
Chap. XVII.—B. P.J THEIR FORM OF GOVERNMENT. 287
is practised for the children of members of the Church,
adult baptism for persons who have not been previously
baptized, when admitted to membership. Confirma¬
tion is used for those who have been baptized in
infancy.
Synods form the legislative, and boards of elders
the executive powers of the Unity and its provinces.
The synods are composed of the ministers and depu¬
ties from the congregations, and are convened periodi¬
cally. A general synod decides on matters pertaining
to the Unity, or the Church as a whole. Provincial
synods regulate the affairs of their respective pro¬
vinces. The current management, from synod to
synod, is committed to boards of direction, or elders’
conferences, chosen by and responsible to the respec¬
tive synods. The Unity’s Elders’ Conference, chosen
by the General Synod, is located near Herrnhut in
Saxony, and is, at the same time, the board of direc¬
tion for the German province.
Each congregation is placed under the general over¬
sight of an elders’ conference, consisting of all those
who hold any spiritual office in that congregation, or
in those associated with it. Its finances and matters
of discipline are entrusted to the committee, a board of
four or five laymen, elected by and responsible to the
council of the congregation, which consists of all the
adult members, or, when the congregation is large, of
representatives chosen by the whole. Appointments
and changes of ministers are effected, as occasion re-
cpiires, by the provincial elder’s conferences.
The orders are episcopal, as handed down from the
288 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Citap. XVII.-P. P.
ancient Church, of the United Brethren. There are
three grades, bishops, presbyters, and deacons. The
bishops have no special position or authority as bishops,
but have as such a seat and vote at the synods. The
ministers’ salaries are raised by the congregations, as
far as they are able. Their children are educated at
the general expense. Small retiring pensions are given
to aged and disabled ministers and their widows, and
to all who have held any spiritual office.
The first missionaries, with but a few shillings in ,
their pockets, travelled on foot to Copenhagen in 1732
and 1733, and embarked thence for the West Indies
and Greenland. In the first nine years they had com¬
menced eight missions to heathen tribes, and fifteen
years after, their missions were sixteen in number,
viz. to the Negroes, Hottentots, Esquimaux, Green¬
landers, and American Indians; and not only does
their work expand in these missions, but new fields
are from time to time entered upon, as opportunity
offers. Their efforts on the Mosquito Coast have quite
altered the entire native character.
The missions at present consist of 88 stations, 318
European missionaries, 1021 native assistants, 300
schoolmasters and schoolmistresses, 70,311 members
of the Church gathered from the heathen, about half
being British subjects, 20,721 communicants, 20,000
children in day schools, and 19,000 in Sunday schools.
The numbers were thus distributed about the end of
1867:— '
Chap. XVII.—B.P.J THE ‘MESSENGER OF PEACE.’
289
Stations.
In Congre-
gations.
Greenland.
6 .
1,787
North America and Labrador
8 .
1,257
British West Indies
32 .
26,964
Danish West Indies
8 .
6,062
South America—in Surinam .
12 .
24,760
Mosquito Coast.
6 .
662
South Africa.
12 .
8,755
Australia.
2 .
56
N.W. India (for Tibet)
2
8
88
70,311
As travelling in Mosquito must be, to a great
extent, performed by water, and communication with
the rest of the world takes place chiefly through Grey-
town, the procuring of suitable boats and vessels
became at an early period a matter of importance to
the missionaries. Their first vessel seems to have been
merely a canoe, in which they could traverse the in¬
land navigation. But the necessity of a larger craft for
communication with Greytown, especially when the
mail-boat ceased to ply regularly between Blewfields
and that port, made itself increasingly felt. Accord¬
ingly the missionaries set to work, and a curious non¬
descript, facetiously called a schooner, was constructed
by building upon a large canoe. She was launched
in November, 1858, and called the ‘Messenger of
Peace,’ a most appropriate name in more than one
sense. However, the Brethren were very proud of
their handiwork, and have always looked with no
u
290 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVII.-B. P.
small affection on their Noah’s ark. She has done
good service, no doubt, but it soon appeared that for
the coast navigation a more correctly constructed and
safer vessel was requisite. This being observed by
the present writer on one of his exploring journeys,
a subscription was set on foot by him among friends
in England, which resulted in his procuring and tak¬
ing out a suitable boat. This has, however, been
broken up by the hurricane. The old schooner,
called c The Messenger of Peace,’ is still in existence, ,
but is so crazy and unsafe that a new vessel is abso¬
lutely necessary. Towards providing for the ex¬
pense of this, an effort is being made by subscrip¬
tions, especially among friends in North America, and
it is hoped that sufficient funds will this time be ob¬
tained to buy a schooner worthy the name,—a ‘ Mes¬
senger of Peace ’ of course, but one able to face the
storm if needed.
291
CHAPTER XVIII.
A NAIYE CONFESSION.-QUEEN DOWAGER AND PRINCESSES.-UN¬
SOPHISTICATED NATURE.-A FLEET OF TURTLERS.-A HUNGRY
SHARK.-HIS MAJESTY ON BOARD.
Several years’ subsequent intercourse with the Mos¬
quito shore has not served to obliterate the very
pleasant impression made by the Sunday visit to
Blewfields which I have described in the previous
chapter.
That it contrasted favourably with Greytown in
every respect was matter of general remark, and
had it not been for the dusky complexion of the in¬
habitants, the light and airy nature of their costume,
the waving palms, and the fierce tropical sun, we
might have imagined ourselves in England,—so
quiet, so orderly, and so respectfully observant of the
Sabbath, were they all. Indeed, Protestantism has
set its seal upon them, and with the aid of such a nu¬
cleus, let us hope the entire population may be speedily
instructed and reclaimed, other churches and school-
houses ere long dot the land, and, as a consequence,
u 2
292 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Ciiap. XVIII.—B. P.
a new era be inaugurated, which shall have for its
object the attainment of that civilization and pro¬
sperity to which the country, from its geographical
position, great fertility, and unbounded resources, may
so justly look forward.
The superiority of the people in social habits and in
the amenities of life over their neighbours could not
fail to strike any one who had travelled in the adja¬
cent republics of Central America. It was not in the
neatly-kept, church and well-ordered school alone that
the ameliorated condition of the people could be traced,
but in the consistent application of the religious in¬
struction taught by the Moravian missionaries.
These good men were not without their troubles,
for the ruler of the country in which their lot was
cast was a source of great anxiety to them. He pro¬
fessed to be a Christian, and was unquestionably the
man of all others, living in Mosquito, who had re¬
ceived the best education, but his conduct was a per¬
petual scandal to them. He could not be induced to
attend church, and fell an easy victim to the slightest
temptation of indulging in more wine or spirits than
was good for him. Poor king ! he was a disappointed
man, utterly wasted and thrown away. After the
death of his guardian, Mr. Walker, who seems really
to have had the advancement and prosperity of Mos¬
quito at heart, he soon found that left to himself he had
not force of character to cope with the many adverse
circumstances by which he was surrounded, and that
he was almost openly made a tool of for political or
selfish purposes. It is therefore not so much to be
Chap. XYIIL— B. P.] A NAIVE CONFESSION. 293
wondered at that he gave way to the besetting sin*
of his race, and thus painfully neutralized his really
great ahilities—abilities which, under firm and de¬
cided direction, might have materially aided in placing
Mosquito in a proper position.
There is no doubt that a decent observance of reli¬
gious duties on his part would have induced a very
large number, if not all, of his aboriginal countrymen,
to follow the example of the Ramas, and become,
like them, Christianized, well-ordered, useful, and in¬
dustrious members of society.
The King clearly understood the advantage that
would accrue from such a unity of feeling among his
subjects, who, instead of roaming naked through the
forest, might then have lived together in villages ; so
that the fast dying out remnants of the tribes, now
often at variance one with the other, would have be-
* The following naive confession of a former Mosquito king is pro¬
bably unique in regal annals
“ I hereby authorize Mr. Thomas Hedgcock, of London, to declare
the grant of Blewfields to Captain Peter Le-le-Shaw, of Guernsey, to
be declared null and void, in consequence of some very unpleasant
circumstances attending the death of my late brother, which appearing
very suspicious against the said Peter Le-le-Shaw ; and that when I
gave said grant I was not ‘ compos mentis ,’ but had been, together with
my chiefs, made inebriated; neither was I aware that my late lamented
brother, George Frederick Augustus, had previously given to Captain
William Smith a similar grant for said territory of Blewfields.
“ Given under my hand at Cape Gracias a Dios, this tenth day of
May, 1837.
“(Signed) R. C. Frederick,
“ King of the Mosquito Nation.
“ (Witnesses Robert IIaly.
“ Peter Cox.”
294 D0TTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.— B. P.
come a peace-loving and industrious people, competing
only as to which part of their country could be made
to yield the largest amount of agricultural or natural
produce, in the shape of cotton, cocoa, sugar, coffee,
and indigo; or, precious metals, woods, dyes, bal¬
sams, gums, and indiarubber.
It was impossible not to pity the King, whose great
misfortune seemed to be that he had not succeeded in
making for himself a single enemy as a stimulant. No
one, indeed, could help liking him, and this feeling be¬
came stronger on better acquaintance, as all of us had
an opportunity of proving; for I found it advisable to
ask his Majesty to pay me a visit on board the ‘ Gorgon,’
and take a cruise with me to some interesting parts of
the Coast.
The King accepted my invitation with unfeigned
pleasure, and would have started for the ship there
and then (so eager was he for the trip), had it been
convenient for me to do so ; in the meantime, while
preparation is being made to receive royalty with due
honours, I must describe a visit to the King’s relatives,
■—his mother and sisters.
The King himself was a bachelor, the last in direct
descent of a long line of Mosquitian rulers, and of pure
Indian blood; his lieir-apparent was the son of his
elder sister, the Princess Victoria, who was married
to a highly intelligent Mosquito Indian.
The younger sister is also married, but to an En¬
glishman, a quondam settler in the vicinity of Cape
Gracias a Dios, who, however, for reasons best known
to himself, has not entered an appearance in his
INDIAN HUT AT MOUTH OK RAMA RIVER MOSQUITO
Chap. XVIII.— B. P.] QUEEN DOWAGER AND PRINCESSES. 295
adopted country for some time. Indeed, the Princess
considered herself a widow, and would probably have
felt quite justified in accepting the first eligible offer
made to her.
The Queen Dowager and her daughters live at
Blewfields for the greater part of the year. They
have another residence two days’ journey up the river,
which is, however, seldom inhabited, as the ladies
prefer living in town.
The house at Blewfields was constructed of native
material, and did not differ in its outward appearance
from the houses of the Indians at the time when Co¬
lumbus sailed along the coast in 1502, except in so
far that it possessed window-shutters and a door. The
roof was high-pitched, and neatly thatched with palm ;
the walls very light and elegant, being simply split
bamboo, interwoven between the uprights. The floor
was neatly boarded, and raised some feet off the ground,
being supported on timbers dovetailed into the up¬
rights, so that the building had the appearance of
being raised on a number of stilts. The door was
approached by a flight of wooden steps. Altogether,
for adaptability to the nature of the climate, no better
residence could be desired.
Inside, we found the furniture of the simplest kind;
consisting merely of a few chairs and a table, without
even the hammock, which, from universal adoption
and constant use by the descendants of the conquerors,
has come, very justly, to be called the Spanish ham¬
mock, although in truth an Indian invention.
The King told us to walk into the outer room, while
296 DOTTINGS UN THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.-B. P.
lie liimself announced our arrival to the ladies within.
They did not, however, after the manner of their sex,
keep us a long time in waiting while they adorned, hut
speedily made their appearance.
The Queen Dowager and both her daughters were
tall and thin, not to say bony,—the tallest Indian
women indeed I have ever seen. They were attired in
common print dresses, such as are used by servants in
this country in the morning; without collar, cuffs, or
ornament of any sort whatever. Their luxuriant black
hair was braided in two heavy plaits, which hung down
their backs, and the simplicity of their attire was not
even marred by the addition of shoes and stockings.
Indeed I shrewdly suspected that the gown was the
sole and ouly garment the ladies possessed; and this
suspicion was verified before I left the presence, for
struck by their extreme straightness, their up-and-
downness, so to speak, my thoughts reverted to our
dear charmers at home (who at that time were striv¬
ing to out-rival each other in the amplitude of their
skirts), and I could not resist speaking through the
medium of the Iving, who acted as interpreter for his
mother, of the utility and elegance of a certain article
of dress much in request in my own country. The
younger princess interposed, however, with charming
naivete , remarking that one garment was quite enough
in Mosquito, and that the addition of another would
be a burden grievous to be borne. This remark was
accompanied by a playful shake of her only robe,
putting me forcibly in mind of a somewhat similar
display of unsophisticated nature on the part of Queen
Chap. XVIII.— B. P.] UNSOPHISTICATED NATURE. 297
Pornare, at Tahiti, on the occasion of a grand reception
on hoard the French Admiral’s ship, when her Majesty
came to a full stop before one of the seamen, who,
after the manner of his class, had a figure of his
Polly in red, hand in hand with himself in blue, tat¬
tooed on his breast.
Staring intently and admiringly at this work of art,
the queen manifested a desire, to the intense horror of
the French officers assembled in full uniform on the
quarter-deck, in honour’ of the occasion, to prove prac¬
tically that she also was an animated picture-gallery,
and inasmuch as she was dressed as lightly as the
Mosquitian princess, with this only difference that she
wore a green silk instead of a cotton print, it would
have been an easy matter for her to demean herself in
a manner unbefitting her sex and her station, had not
one of the aforesaid officers, with national agility, in¬
terposed and driven away the abashed seaman with his
too attractive cartoon,—followed, I am sorry to say, by
a guttural chorus of a favourite French expletive, be¬
ginning with an S,—it was not sucre. But to leave
Polynesia and return to Mosquito,—the ladies seemed
to exercise considerable influence over their kingly
relative, and there was an unaffected quiet dignity
about the queen-mother which struck me very for¬
cibly ; indeed, I afterwards found that the women in
this country are far better treated than is usual with
savage or semi-civilized nations or tribes.
Before taking leave, lemonade and tamarind water
were brought in, but I did not observe the national
drink of Central America, “ Tiste,” which, on inquiry,
298
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.— B. P.
I found was unknown on the Mosquito Coast. On
telling the ladies that the King was going off to the
ship with me for a cruise, they replied that, for his sake,
they wished it could be extended to England, where
they believed his presence for ever so short a time could
not fail to benefit their country.
It was a glorious day, not a cloud to be seen, but
with a strong trade-wind blowing fresh from the N.E.
tempering the heat, when the King took his seat in
the gig for a passage to the ship. lie seemed delighted
at the prospect of a pleasant trip, and was in better
spirits and more communicative than I had ever before
seen him.
We had a sharp pull up to Cassava Cay against the
wind; but the cloudless sky, the bright blue sea, # and
the beautiful surrounding scenery, made the trip a
pleasant one, even for the men who had the warm work
of pulling the boat.
As we opened out the Bluff, a large number of
canoes came in sight, running before the breeze, which
is always much stronger outside than in the lagoon,
and, moreover, brings with it a considerable sea.
Nevertheless, these Mosquito craft, which the King
told me had come from considerable distances up the
coast, came flying along under them huge whole sails
(I have never seen a reefed canoe sail), and in a short
time were within hailing distance.
* As the dry season advances, and the rains cease to fall in the in¬
terior, the rivers no longer discharge muddy streams into the ocean,
but come down bright and clear; the discoloured water, therefore,
which fringes the coast for many miles in the rainy season gives place,
at this time of the year, to the well-known ethereal blue about which
poets and landsmen rave so much.
299
Chap. XVIII.—B. P.] A FLEET OF TURTLERS.
In a few minutes more they would have been in the
lagoon, when the King suddenly rising from his seat,
with a graceful wave of his arm, and with a sentence
in Mosqnitian (which I was quite guiltless of under¬
standing), as if by magic brought down all their huge
sails, and disclosed to view in each canoe the brawny
forms of two naked Indians, paddling with might and
main towards the gig.
The King turned round and explained to me that so
soon as he had observed that the canoes were laden
with turtle, he had at once commanded the sails to be
lowered, and the canoes to come to him ; and he begged
that I would do him the favour of taking what turtle
I wished, as well for myself as for a supply to the
ship’s company.
It was some little time before I could turn my at¬
tention to the material part of the affair, for I was
struck with astonishment at seeing one, and in some
instances positively two, huge turtle stowed away in
the hollow trunk of a tree which is here called a canoe,
so narrow in beam as barely to afford easy sitting room
for the Indians who managed it. However, it was prac¬
tically so inconvenient to keep these canoes clustering
round the gig, that I soon trans-shipped a few turtle,
and would have taken more, but found that even in my
commodious boat, there was room for very few.
One canoe especially, with a pair of very large
turtle I did not unload, because I found the owners
only too anxious, for the stipulated price of one dollar
apiece, to come alongside the ship and deliver them in
person.
300 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.—B. P.
Each of these reptilia proved more than sufficient
for a hearty meal for the whole ship’s company, and
therefore four shillings and twopence cannot be called
an exorbitant outlay to provide a dinner for 150 men.
After the conclusion of this most satisfactory bar¬
gain (less than a farthing a pound for solid meat of
the most nutritious and delicious description), the
King allowed his amphibious countrymen to proceed
on their voyage to Blewfields, and for the remainder
of the passage off to the ship, amused himself and edi¬
fied me, for at the time I had not seen the operation
myself, by giving a description of the manner in
which these huge turtle are captured and transferred
from their native element to the canoes.
It appears that the Mosquito Indians often go out
to sea for miles, indeed out of sight of land, to hunt
for turtle. When their prey is observed, they bring
their canoe noiselessly up within reach of the animal,
into which they drive a barbed spear having a
cotton line and cotton-wood buoy attached to it, so
that the animal cannot sink to the bottom, is soon
tired out, and is then easily turned upon its back.
The fins are tied together, the canoe swamped, and the
animal floated inside, after which, by a peculiar pro¬
cess of rolling and pitching, the canoe is partly freed
from water, in doing which long practice has given
these Indians great dexterity. One of them then sits
astride at the extreme end, while the other prevents the
frail craft from turning over; next, by means of the
rapid action of the paddle, and the use of a calabash, the
canoe is nearly cleared of water, so much so indeed
Chap. XYIIL— B. P.J A HUNGRY SHARK. 301
that both men can now enter it, and complete the
work of baling out. In the event of capturing a
second turtle, this process is repeated ; and although
the sea swarms with sharks his Majesty assured me
that he had never known a case in which the canoe-
men had been molested by them. Indeed I after¬
wards knew an instance of a shark biting off a con¬
siderable portion of the turtle, after its flappers had
been secured, and when it was in process of trans¬
shipment to the canoe, the Indians manifesting a total
indifference to the presence of an enemy so much
dreaded by every other class of seafaring men.
It is needless to say that these men are very nearly
amphibious, and most wonderful stories are told of
their endurance. The rain and spray seem to run off
their thick skins like water off a duck’s back, and
they will remain exposed to the weather for days,
without appearing to care for it in the least.
There are three species of turtle found on the coast,
the green, the hawksbill, and the loggerhead; they
frequent the cays and beaches from March to the mid¬
dle of June, and again from August to September.
On reaching the ship, the King was received with a
royal salute of twenty-one guns, much to the astonish¬
ment of the before-mentioned canoe-men, who had fol¬
lowed us alongside to dispose of their turtle,—one of
the guns, under which they had placed their canoe,
being fired in somewhat startling proximity to their
heads.
Before I proceed to describe our cruise, I will just
mention a brief conversation I had with his Majesty
before leaving Blowfields.
302 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.—B. 1*.
“ My dear King,” said I, “ 3 r ou are aware that the
strictest discipline is, or ought to he, maintained on
hoard a man-of-war, where it is especially necessary
to stop at once the smallest tendency on the part of
any of the crew, to indulge that propensity for strong
liquors only too generally the fault of sailors. Now,
it will be impossible for me to punish any delin¬
quents under my command, for a transgression of
this kind, if they see a guest of mine, especially one
in your position, setting the example. I must there¬
fore appeal to your good feeling to refrain, while you
are with me, from indulging in more wine than is
needful.”
The King took these blunt remarks in very good part,
and replied, that he had no doubt that even the temp¬
tation to excess would not occur while he remained
on board the ship, and that he only drank too much in
consequence of the solitary life he led, the absence of
congenial society, and the melancholy foreboding,
which he could not shake olf, that he was the last
chief of a doomed race.
I thought it right to acquaint the officers with the
tenor of this conversation, and to request that they
would aid me in keeping temptation out of the King’s
reach, and I can only say that during the time he
remained my guest, he faithfully kept his word. In¬
deed, I found him a most amiable, accomplished, and
agreeable companion, and I am indebted to him for
much information, and very considerable assistance in
that project for the development of Mosquito with
which I have identified myself.
Chap. XVIII.—B.P.J KING ON BOARD. 303
The King made himself thoroughly at home on
board, walking about the deck quite by himself, ask¬
ing questions and chatting pleasantly with both officers
and men. His manners were so unassuming that he
soon made himself liked by all on board. As for the
six men composing the crew of his beautiful u dory ”
(or canoe), I suspect they would have been very glad
to see their boat permanently attached to the ship and
themselves borne on the books, for the seamen at once
took charge of them, and by their kindness and hos¬
pitality did all they could to make their sojourn on
board agreeable.
These men had been selected with great thought¬
fulness from among the creole population at Blew-
fields, as each man spoke English perfectly. Indians
are usually employed, but on the present occasion it
was thought more convenient to us to have a crew
speaking our own language.
In the evening I invited all the officers to meet the
King at dinner, so that he might make the acquaint¬
ance of every one ; and a very pleasant party we
had. The King astonished us by the pertinence of
his remarks, even on professional matters in which it
might have been supposed he could not possibly have
taken an interest, much less understood. For instance,
he asked me whether any change had taken place in
the class distinctions of officers, as he observed all
ranks at my table. I told him that this unfortunately
had not yet been effected in our naval service, but
that I hoped it soon would be, and that I was a strong
advocate for a general mess, at which all officers could
304 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XVIII.—B. T.
meet, when off duty, on such terms as must tend to
establish and maintain unanimity and good feeling.
The King surprised us also by his knowledge of
English poetry. He said he had tried his hand at a
few stanzas in his own language, and repeated them
to us. No one present could understand them, yet
the words sounded soft and musical.
After dinner we discussed the programme of the
coming cruise, decided to pay a visit, in the first
place, to Corn Islands, then look in at the anchorage
under Monkey Point, since called Pirn’s Bay, and
afterwards run down to Greytown to see how matters
were going on there, and if the filibusters had yet
entered an appearance,—the bare prospect of which
seemed to give the King unqualified delight. “No¬
thing,” said he, “will save Central America but an
infusion of new blood, and that is one of the things
the Yankees thoroughly understand; they are born
filibusters, especially the Southerners. Walker had
more than proved this alread} r , for had he not landed
at San Juan del Sur with 57 men only, and fought
and won ” (this with great emphasis) “ the battle of
Rivas against fearful odds,—at least twenty to one ?
For his part he wished the gallant fellow luck, with all
his heart.
To all points connected with his country the King
had evidently paid great attention, and as a slight
sketch of the people and their historical antecedents
may be both interesting and useful, I shall in the next
chapter give some information on those points.
305
CHAPTER XIX.
ABORIGINES-MANNERS AND CUSTOMS—BIRTHS, DEATHS, AND
MARRIAGES.-MOSQUITO INDIANS V. TRADES UNIONS.-EARLY
HISTORY OE MOSQUITO.-NELSON’S ATTACK ON NICARAGUA.-
BILL OE FARE.—AN INTERESTING COMPARISON.-BOLIVAR^
PREDICTION.-YEARLY REVOLUTIONS.
The inhabitants of the Mosquito Reservation con¬
sist merely of remnants of tribes, such as the Mos¬
quitoes, Woolwas, Ramas, and Smoos, besides the
Caribs and Creoles, but their numbers are very much
reduced, and now altogether barely amount to three
thousand within the limits assigned to them bv the
treaty of Managua (1860).
The aborigines are about the middle height, with
very dark complexion, long coarse black hair, good
eyes, and thin lips; but the distinguishing feature of
the tribes is the nose, which is sharp, thin, and small
to a remarkable degree in those dwelling on the sea-
coast, whilst amongst those living inland the nasal
organ is comparatively prominent.
The distinctive appellation of the Mosquitoes amongst
x
30G DOTTINGS ON THE BOADSIBE. [CirAr. XIX.—B. P.
themselves is “ Waikna” “man,” and all the other
tribes imitate them in this conceit; indeed, it is a com¬
mon practice amongst the Indians of the American
continent, from the dwellers furthest north, the Esqui¬
maux, who call themselves “ Innuit ” “ men,” par ex¬
cellence ', as far south as the Araucanians, the Pata¬
gonians, and even the wretched natives of Tierra del
Fuego.
In the case of the Mosquito Indians, I can only say
that they deserve their assumed title, for they are
certainly true as steel, and as canoe-men I have never
met their equals; they think nothing of bringing
their frail cockleshell off to a ship in weather such as
no boat could live in. I remember once, to the ex¬
treme astonishment of one of them, taking up his foot
like a blacksmith about to shoe a horse, and carefully
examining it, to see if its owner was web-footed, so
as to account in some measure for the man’s amphi¬
bious performances.
Some of the customs of the aborigines are curious,
especially those practised at births, deaths, and mar¬
riages ; the inevitable mushla is present on each occa¬
sion, when the men imbibe it until they become
hopelessly drunk.
Their marriage rites are of the simplest. A girl at
a very early age, say between eight and nine, is be¬
trothed to a young man, who at once takes up his re¬
sidence in the house of her parents, whom he assists
until such time as his lady-love is old enough to be
married, when, without any ceremony, they are recog¬
nized as man and wife. The young couple sometimes
Chap. XIX.— B. P.] BIRTHS, DEATHS, AND MARRIAGES. 307
start housekeeping on their own account, though gene¬
rally they remain with the bride’s parents.
This custom has a great influence in softening the
manners of the men, and places the ladies in a very
commanding position ; indeed, daughters are at a pre¬
mium, instead of being at a discount, as with other
savage tribes. Besides, man and wife have the means
of becoming so well acquainted with each other before
marriage, as seldom to indulge in matrimonial squab¬
bling afterwards, so that unwonted peace is found in
their lodges. The woman is really the partner of the
man, and, save and except in using the bow and arrows
in war or hunting in the forest, she shares his labours
equally. Women paddle the canoes and work in the
plantations quite as well as the men, the superiority
of the male being only recognized by the weapons
which he carries.
They have a curious custom at their burials ; one of
the forms strictly carried out on these occasions,
amidst intense mushla drinking, is, on the death of
any respected member of the tribe, to extend a cotton-
thread from the house of the deceased to the place of
burial. This thread is stretched—regardless of obsta¬
cles, whether hill or dale, river or swamp—as nearly
as possible in a straight line. The experience on
these occasions might be turned to good account in
case any enterprising telegraphist ever decides to
carry the wires into the interior of the State of
Nicaragua.
After death everything belonging to the deceased
is burnt, and even his fruit-trees are cut down;
x 2
308 DOTTING,S ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIX.—B. P.
a lodge is built over the grave, which is watched with
the greatest care, but the memory of' the departed is
not cherished ; on the contrary, any mention of him is
considered the greatest offence. The wife or wives
(polygamy is allowed, although not common) cut off
their long hair, from a feeling that no one ought to
touch what their lord and master delighted to fondle.
Births are now of very rare occurrence, the sure
precursor of the speedy extinction of the race; still
the custom practised from time immemorial, that of
excluding the woman from the village during the time
of her confinement, is rigorously adhered to. A
small hut is built for her in the lonely forest, all her
food is brought there by friends of her own sex, who
take it in turns to sleep in the hut with her; but if
there are tigers abroad, and some of those in Mosquito
are quite as formidable as the East Indian type, then
it is allowable for the husband or nearest relative to
keep watch with his gun or bow and arrows. The
custom is very prevalent of flattening the heads of the
children, but owing to the heavy masses of tangled hair
allowed to grow wild over the head of these In¬
dians, this disfiguration is not so easily perceptible as
it is with the flatheads of Vancouver and British
Columbia. I could never learn from any native the
rationale of this custom; they apparently continue the
practice because their forefathers did the same.
The aborigines are a strange admixture of inconsis¬
tencies ; they are intelligent and high-spirited, but
often frivolous to an extraordinary degree. They are
remarkably hospitable and kind; but at the same time
Chap. XIX.—B. P.] MOSQUITO INDIANS V. TEADES UNIONS. 309
quarrelsome, addicted to occasional debauchery, aud,
amongst themselves, litigious and exacting to a greater
extent than any other people I have ever seen.
They will not clear away the rubbish from their houses,
but they will undertake long journeys of more than
two hundred miles to sell the most trifling produce.
But the trait above all others which they possess in an
eminent degree is scrupulous honesty, especially ob¬
servable amongst the interior tribes, and the exactness
with which they fulfil their engagements. If any
adventurous trader on trades-unions were to appear
amongst them and propose a strike, I very much ques¬
tion if he would escape with life ; he would probably be
clubbed to death, a just punishment, according to their
lights, for suggesting meanness and absence of good
faith in carrying out a bargaiu, neither of which crimes
according to their ideas of right and wrong would be
tolerated,—a proof, no doubt, of their savage nature.
When under an engagement, these Indians will en¬
dure discomfort, hunger, and extra work with the
greatest self-denial, if only treated kindly, rather than
appear mean, deceitful, or cowardly.
Such are the Indians whose antecedents follow.
Early in the sixteenth century, the buccaneers dis¬
covered the great importance of the Mosquito Coast
as a strategical point from which to prey upon the
commerce of the Spaniards, its commodious harbours
and lagoons affording them convenient shelter and
rendezvous. That portion of the coast which extends
from Cape Gracias a Dios westward to Cape Hondu¬
ras dominates the channel leading into the Gulf of
310 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XIX.-B. P.
Mexico; whilst the coast and islands to the south¬
ward between Cape Gracias and Cheriqui Lagoon,
overlook the Caribbean Sea, and especially the ap¬
proaches to Panama; so that a more desirable position
for their purpose it would have been impossible to
find.
In this way, the “ Shore,” its people, and its pro¬
ducts, first became known ; for the Spaniards were not
anxious to narrate how signally they had failed to
make any lodgment there, nor how implacable was the
hostility which forbade the smallest hope of their ever
doing so ; and therefore Mosquito, before filibusterism
became the fashion, was comparatively unknown.
The buccaneers, fully sharing the inveterate hostility
to the Spaniards which characterized the Mosquito
Indians, had no difficulty in ingratiating themselves
with them, and ever found them ready allies in any
forays upon their mutual foes. It was unquestionably
owing to the friendly Indians that Morgan’s success
at Panama was due, as well as that of the famous foray
on Segovia in the interior of Nicaragua.*
* The settlements in Honduras and Nicaragua were incessantly
harassed by the aboriginal tribes sallying from the forests of the
Mosquito coast. In a dispatch sent by a governor of Cartago, in
Costa Rica, to the Captain-general of Guatemala in the year 1727,
grievous complaint is made of the inroads of the Mosquito Indians,
who had burned several fine towns, and made the country desolate.
The dispatch detailed a project for capturing the head-quarters of the
marauders, the settlement of Cape Gracias a Dios ; and recommended
the construction, under the protection of the guns of the ships, of a fort
from which inroads could be carried in armed boats up the Wanks aud
other rivers. It stated that the Cape settlement could raise 1000 men
in a few hours.
Chap. XIX.—B.P.] EARLY HISTORY OF MOSQUITO. 311
From this alliance with the buccaneers may be
dated the friendship of the Mosquito Indians with the
English.
In process of time, and mainly owing to the visit of
an Indian prince (son of the then King), who made a
stay of three years in England, about the middle of
the seventeenth century, the cession of Mosquito to
this country was tendered with the full consent of the
various tribes. The protectorate onty was accepted.
From that day to this, the King and his subjects
have acknowledged no other supremacy but that of
England, and have always claimed its protectorate ;
since then the King has always been crowned under
English auspices, and no public act of his is considered
binding (although the succession is hereditary) until
his title be thus recognized and ratified.
English settlements were first formed in 1730, at
Black Kiver, Cape Gracias, and Blewfields; and eleven
years later, civil government was established, and
forts were built, which were garrisoned by British
troops.
In June, 1760, the American treaty was signed at
Madrid; and by the 7th Article* it would seem that
Spain fully recognized England’s land-tenure on the
* “ The King of Great Britain, his heirs and successors, shall have,
hold, and possess for ever, with full right of sovereign dominion, pro¬
perty, and possession, all lands, countries, islands, colonies, and do¬
minions whatever, situated in the West Indies, or in any part of
America, which the said King of Great Britain, and his subjects, do at
this present hold and possess; so that in regard thereof, or upon any
colour or pretence whatever, nothing may or ought ever to be urged,
nor any question or controversy moved, concerning the same, here¬
after.”
312 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Cuai>. XIX.—B.P.
Western Continent, and formally waived any right to
raise or move “any question or controvers}!' concern¬
ing the same hereafter.”
Black River appears to have been the chief settle¬
ment at that time. The fort was garrisoned by a com¬
pany of the 49th Regiment under Captain Laurie.
Lord Bathurst ordered a legislative council to be
chosen there in 1775. King George, the great-grand¬
father of the late King, was crowned there in 1777 ;
and in the previous year, under commission, a Court
of Common Pleas was established.
In 1778, in consequence of a quarrel between the
Governor of Jamaica and the Superintendent of the
Shore (in relation to the interpretation of the 19th
Article of the treaty of Versailles), the latter was su¬
perseded, the fort razed to the ground, the detachment
of soldiers and the guns removed to Jamaica, the Mos¬
quito Indians abandoned, and the charge of their go¬
vernment resigned.
The clause alluded to was this:—“ His Britannic
Majesty shall cause to be demolished all the fortifica¬
tions which his subjects shall have erected in the Bay
of Honduras, and other places of the territory of Spain,
in that part of the world, within four months after the
ratification of the treaty,” etc.
The Superintendent of the “ Shore” declared that
the Mosquito Coast had nothing to do with the Bay of
Honduras, inasmuch as that Bay was bounded to the
eastward by the Bay of Islands; and it was certainly
not a “ place of the territory of Spain,” never having
been in the occupation of that power. But, unfor-
Chap. XIX.— B.P.] XELSOX’s ATTACK OX XICAEAGUA. 313
tunately, lie knew too muck, and was punished ac¬
cordingly ; the fate, probably, of many an enterprising
Briton.
Very possibly the idea of the Spanish diplomatists
who negotiated the treaty was rather to open the way
for destroying the young colony of Belize, which is
u in the Bay of Honduras,” than to acquire possession
of Mosquito, where former experience had taught
them little was to be hoped for against the determined
opposition of a warlike race.
In 1780 Captain Horatio Nelson ascended the river
San Juan, and made the celebrated attack on the
Spanish forts in Nicaragua.
The idea of cutting off the connection between the
northern and •southern possessions of the Spaniards
in America by seizing the water communication
which almost divides the American Continent at this
point, viz. that of the river San Juan and the Lake
of Nicaragua, was a grand conception, and if such a
base for future operations had been taken possession
of, and resolutely held, it must indeed have proved no
slight embarrassment to the enemy ; but the nature of
the country and climate had not been properly studied;
the fitting out of the expedition was ill-considered and
faulty; and, had it not been for the almost superhuman
exertions of Nelson, the failure of the expedition would
have been even more disastrous than it was.
Nelson could not, of course, command success, how¬
ever much he deserved it; and in spite of all his efforts,
the great object of the expedition was not accomplished.
It is true that he satisfactorily disposed of every tan-
314
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap.XIX.—B.P.
gible enemy that crossed his path, and captured all
the forts and earthworks in his way; hut when his
scanty force of 1800 men had been thinned down to
380, and he himself was reduced to the verge of the
grave, there was no alternative but to effect a retreat.
Mismanagement and entire ignorance of the country
were the main causes that this really clever project did
not produce the results expected. As far as gallantry
could effect anything, each officer and man did more
than his duty, and Nelson particularly distinguished
himself by “boarding”—as he termed it—and carry¬
ing the outlying sixteen-gun battery of San Bartolo,
which was designed as an outpost to defend the ap¬
proach to the formidable works of “ Castillo Yiejo.”
In 1786, another treaty was concluded with the
King of Spain, which entailed ruin on hundreds of
British subjects, who, upon the faith of a British pro¬
tectorate, had established themselves in Mosquito.
By the terms of this treaty, it was agreed that “ the
Mosquito country should be evacuated by the subjects
of his Britannic Majesty, and that he should disown
in the most solemn manner any obstruction to such
evacuation.” His Catholic Majesty, on his part,
“prompted solely by motives of humanity, promises
to the King of England that he will not exercise any
severity against the Mosquito Indians inhabiting in
part the countries that are to be evacuated in virtue of
the present convention, on account of any connection
which may have subsisted between the said Indians
and the English.”
His Catholic Majesty kept his word by making
Chap. XIX.—B.P.]
BILL OF FARE.
315
forays along the coast; but, in spite of every effort, no
head could be made against this indomitable aboriginal
race; and in 1796, the Spaniards, having suffered a
signal defeat at Black River by a Mosquito force, gave
up their attempts in despair, and the natives were not
again molested by Spain.
During the whole of this lengthened period (150
years) the Mosquito Indians were closely connected
with England; and English settlers steadily increased
at various points on the coast, such as at Greytown,
Corn Islands, Blewfields, and Cape Gracias d Dios.*
Some of these places have contributed in no slight
degree to swell the commerce of England: large
shipments of mahogany have been made from the lat¬
ter place and Blewfields, whilst from Corn Islands the
finest sea-island cotton which has ever reached Liver¬
pool has been exported.
* Subjoined is the bill of fare of an entertainment given by the
officers of a detachment of the 3rd Regiment (Buffs) at their station on
the Mosquito Coast. It will give some idea not only of the progress of
civilization in that part of the world, but also of the delicacies in
highest estimation there at the end of the eighteenth century.
Manati
Bill of Jare.
CALIPASH.
Guana
Waree
soused.
fricasseed.
steaks.
Armadillo
TURTLE SOUP.
Monkey
Parrot
curry.
barbacued.
pie.
Peccary
ANTELOPE ROASTED.
Indian Rabbit
Hiccatee
smoked.
boiled.
stewed.
CALIPEE.
316
DOTTINGS ON THE KOADSIDE.
[Chap. XIX.—B. P.
At the close of the eighteenth century, the best
authorities give the number of settlers and their de¬
pendants at 1200, while the aborigines themselves
did not probably exceed 10,000.
The nineteenth century was ushered in with signs
and portents of convulsion; the veil which had en¬
shrouded Spanish America for three centuries was now
destined to be rudely and completely torn aside, and
retributive justice was at last about to overtake the
descendants of those whose inhuman crimes had filled
their footprints with blood. The revolt of the North
American Colonies from the British Crown, after seven¬
teen years of dispute and fighting, namely from 1766
to 1783, severed for ever the political bond which up
to that time had united them to the mother-country.
This event was followed, scarcely seven years after,
by the great French Revolution—a convulsion of not
only such magnitude as endangered every throne in
Europe, but reverberated with an earthquake-shock
from the confines of Chili to the extreme northern
possessions of the Spaniards in California, and that
with such startling effect that, between the years 1810
and 1826, Spain found herself deprived of every inch
of ground on the great continent she had discovered,
and once so proudly called her own.
The following tabular statement will show at a
glance the population and area of the vast possessions
lost to the mother-country when the descendants of
the conquerors threw off the yoke of Spain ; and what
those descendants have since accomplished with the
possession of more liberty and equality than they know
what to do with.
Comparative Table of Population and Area of American States.
Chap. XIX.—B. P.]
AN INTERESTING COMPARISON. 317
o o
o
o
o
o
©
o o
o
o
o
o
o
2
o o
o
o
o
o
o
©
o o
o
o
o
cT
so
©
o o
o
xo
o
02
p
XO
• 05
so
xO
CO
05
02
CO
CO
r—H
-
o
o
o
o
o
©
o
o
o
o
03
©
X
o
o
o
CO
o
i—i
©
xO
D>
xO
xo
os
ccT
>>
O tUD
-o
©
ao -3
o o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
c 2
o o
o
ni ^
O'
o o
o
o
o
o
w
.2 B
o o
o
o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
Is -a
o o
xO
0 O
o
xO o
o
o
o
o
o
's •§
A 2
O CO
cs
05
■^05
o
<
CO
CO
CO
oo
o
go"
XO
H
CO
o
crT
03
©
OS CO
05
xO o
-p
o so
SC
o
o
so
CO
2
co tC
GO
CO GO
o
r-> ZD
02
so
so
so
GO
©
t>» CO
02
co zd
xO r— 1
r-H
MfH
r—<
o3
CO xd
cs
o
o
co co
I—
CO
ZD
co co
o
t>» CO
CO
t— o
CO
r—•
o
CO
03
m
O 02
lO
-H
02 02
02
02
o
05
03
c3
©
H
r=H
CO
OS
rH
<
©
o
o o
o
o o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o
o o
o
o o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
TO
o o
o
o o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
o o
ZD
o o
o
d d
o
SO
o'
o
CO
53
o o
CO
os o
o
o o
o
o
o
o
07)
xo os
o
CO
05
CO CO
1—1
CO
CO
o
o
ZD 1 —l
r—H
rrH
T—\
CO
ZD
os'
Pn
—1
rH
o
o
c 2
•
•
s
o
©
o
H
S3
s
c3
s
rt
CD
c3
£
Pm
•
n
CD
-4->
• pH
— &
s 12
^ £
^ ©
a
a
t4-4
o
CD
u
s
-*-p
m
'■a
Pi
^ o
O Pm O
hP
qq
£>
o
318
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE.
[Chap. XIX.—B.P.
The above table gives rise to very serious reflec¬
tions. A diminution of nearly one-half the population
during fifty years of absolute freedom is a very grave
matter, and it becomes an important consideration
what freedom is worth under such circumstances.
The prediction of Bolivar, the Liberator, or, as he
is sometimes called, the Washington of Spanish
America, in his last letter, dated 9th Nov., 1830,* to
General Flores, about a month before his death, is
now in course of working out, and before very long
will be fully accomplished in the total disappearance
of the descendants of those who by cruelty, bigotry,
and every species of crime, have reduced this magni¬
ficent country to its present degraded condition.
The difference between the fortunes of the Latins
and Anglo-Saxons on the American Continent has
been marked indeed; the prosperity of the latter is
probably due to the absence amongst the earlier emi¬
grants of the enervating influences of the Romish re¬
ligion. But be that as it may, they certainly strove
to act fairly; while the Latins, on the contrary, made
* “ I Lave been in power for nearly twenty years, from which I
have gathered only a few definite results :—
“ 1. America, for us, is ungovernable.
“ 2. He who dedicates his services to a revolution, ploughs the sea.
“ 3. The only thing that can be done in America is to emigrate.
“ 4. This country will inevitably fall into the hands of the unbridled
rabble, and little by little become a prey to petty tyrants of all colours
and races.
“ 5. Devoured as we shall be by all possible crimes, and ruined by our
ferociousness, the Europeans will not deem it worth while to conquer us.
“6. If it were possible for any part of the world to return to a state
of primitive chaos, that would be the last stage of Spanish America.
Chap. XIX.— B. P.]
YEARLY REVOLUTIONS.
319
the sacred emblem on the hilts of their swords the
excuse for the excesses committed with the blades.
The latter strove to acquire the land peacefully, the
former by unrestrained violence of the most brutal
type.
The first English settlers established themselves at
Eoanoke, Virginia, in 1585, nearly 100 years after
Columbus landed in San Salvador ; and from that
small beginning they have increased and multiplied to
about 30,000,000, and now overshadow at least the
northern portion of the continent, all of which they
are destined to possess at no very distant period of
time if they make up their minds that the late civil
war shall be the last.*
A mania for civil strife has been the ruin of the
Spanish American States; but their bitter agony will
not have been endured in vain if it proves a warning
to their northern neighbour. True freedom has been
awfully desecrated in the hands of Spanish Americans ;
for the last fifty years, not a single year has passed
without a revolution breaking out in at least one of
the many republics which sprang into life with inde¬
pendence ; and to that cause alone is attributable the
alarming decrease of the population, the ignorance of
the people, the poverty of the country, and the chronic
state of anarchy, confusion, and bloodshed, which is
now the normal condition of unhajipy Spanish Ame¬
rica.
* The Spanish language is more used in the City of New York
than in the entire State of California, although it was only twenty-
three years ago (1846) an integral part of Mexico.
320 DOTTING S ON THE ROADSIDE. [Citap. XIX.-B. P.
In no part of the world, however, are more earnest
men or more sincere patriots to be found than in some
of these Spanish American Republics; but it seems
impossible for them to save their country from the
slough of despond into which it is fast sinking.
As an instance of what a steady government will
do for those countries, it is only necessary to point to
the Brazils, the population and wealth of which has
steadily increased, as will be seen by reference to the
preceding table.
But to return to Mosquito, it also has had troubles
like its neighbours, and for that matter a great deal
more than its fair share, owing to the transit facilities
afforded by its geographical position; indeed, the su¬
perexcellence of Mosquito for such a purpose early
attracted attention, and brought a host of politicians
and speculators into the field, who have made it their
battle-ground, but only succeeded in trampling under
their feet every sentiment of truth and justice without
mercy, as I shall endeavour to show in a subsequent
chapter.
321
CHAPTER XX.
THE CORN ISLANDS.-GOOD FEEDING-GROUND.-A RAINY FACT.-
VALUE OF A SLAVE.-CHEAP PHILANTHROPY.-BUCCANEER
HAUNTS.-OLD PROVIDENCE.- ST. ANDREW’S.-MOSQUITO
TREATY.-DOG IN THE MANGER.-STARS AND STRIPES.-
TRANSIT.-STATESMEN OR POLITICIANS ?
The change from Greytown to Blewfields was, as
narrated above, thoroughly appreciated by all of us ;
but it was as nothing to the treat in store at Com
Islands, whither I now took his Majesty the King.
Here we found an earthly Paradise (small, if not
diminutive, it is true, inasmuch as its resources were
only sufficient for, say, two men-of-war at a time),
but where every one could and did enjoy himself to
the utmost.
We anchored in South-west Bay, which, as its name
implies, is at the south-western extremity of the great
island. I ought to mention that there are two islands,
the one called Great, the other Little, the latter lying
about eight miles to the N.H.E. of the former.
In the bay, the water was so clear that we could see
perfectly the peregrinations of a small army of sub-
Y
322
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.—B.P.
aqueous inhabitants ; and our anchor, although resting
in six fathoms of water, seemed swollen several times
its size, and in dangerous proximity to the ship’s
bottom, threatening as it were to knock a hole in it on
the smallest provocation.
Great Corn Island cannot be called even hilly,
the highest elevation, facetiously termed “ Mount ”
Pleasant, attaining the magnificent altitude of 370
feet; but nevertheless it would be difficult to find
a more beautiful and picturesque spot in any
other part of Central America, or the West Indies.
The sea, as stated above, is transparently clear, and
of the brightest blue; the beaches are of the whitest
of white sand, diversified by occasional rocky head¬
lands, just sufficiently prominent to give variety to the
landscape ; the whole coast-line is fringed with waving
cocoa-nut-trees, above which rise all sorts of tropical
foliage ; conspicuously the noble oak-like trunk of
the breadfruit-tree, # with its great dark green leaves
and generous crop of golden fruit.
And of the creature comforts procurable I must also
* The early voyagers speak in raptures of this valuable tree, and the
facility with which it produces “ a cheap loaf.” So important was its
introduction to our own colonies considered, that the English Govern¬
ment sent the ‘Bounty’ to Otaheite, to take a number of slips on board
with orders to distribute them amongst the various British settlements
over the globe; 1151 were taken on board in 1791, the first attempt
in 1789 having failed through the well-known mutiny on board the
* Bounty.’ These trees flourish all over the West Indies and the
Spanish Main, and are the greatest boon to the inhabitants; they begin
to bear about three years old, the fruit often attaining the size of a
quartern loaf; it is eaten fried or boiled according to taste, and either
way is delicious.
THE CORN ISLANDS.
323
Chap. XX— B. P.]
speak with the greatest respect. The pig, which I
have so much abused in a former chapter, here attracts
attention from the very different aspect he presents:
comely, sleek, and short-legged, besides being of a
fabulous cheapness, it is a real pleasure to eat him, fed
as he is upon cocoa-nut and breadfruit. Excellent beef,
goat (which takes the place of mutton to admiration),
turkeys, fowls, ducks, and any quantity of eggs, are
readily obtainable. The vegetable kingdom is no less
generous; plantains, bananas, cassava, breadfruit,
sweet potatoes, cocos; every sort of ground provisions
except yams (which the natives seem unable to raise,
attributing their failure to a wretched little ant, called
by them a u wee-wee ”) can be had in abundance. As
to fruit, there is any quantity in the shape of pine¬
apples, of the finest description, mamme-apple, avo¬
cado pear, oranges, limes, and guavas in profusion.
The pigs, by the bye, devour great quantities of the
latter; and their mistresses say it gives the flesh a
particularly fine flavour. Then there are granadillos,
and a heap of other fruits too numerous to mention.
In short, what Goldsmith says of Italy is equally
applicable to this favoured spot:—
“ Whatever fruits in different climes are found,
That proudly rise, or humbly court the ground;
Whatever blooms in torrid tracts appear,
Whose bright succession decks the varied year ;
Whatever sweets salute the northern sky
With venial lives, that blossom but to die,
These here disporting own the kindred soil,
Nor ask luxuriance from the planter’s toil;
While sea-born gales their gelid wings expand,
To winnow fragrance round the smiling land.”
Y 2
324
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.-B. P.
But the chief boast of the islanders is the produce
of the sea and the coral reefs, which nearly surround
their island: here the finest turtle are seen grazing on
the grassy bottom; fish of every sort abound; the
lobster, or as it is called here, the craw-fish, is easily
captured; in fact, I think I have said enough to sub¬
stantiate the assertion made at the commencement of
this chapter, that the Corn Islands contain all the
elements of an earthly Paradise.
It gave no small delight to my hungry crew to see
canoe-load after canoe-load, containing specimens of
every animate and inanimate thing I have enumerated
above, fresh beef included, come alongside; while it
was no doubt equally delightful to the islanders to find
what a capital market the ship afforded, for a ready
sale of their produce at their own doors was a rare
occurrence, and as they are not enterprising enough
to seek purchasers, great quantities of fruit and
vegetables annually rot on the ground.
At one time a considerable amount of cotton was
raised here, and commanded a very high price at
Liverpool as sea-island ; indeed, almost the entire is¬
land was once covered by that plant, but on the eman¬
cipation of the negroes the prosperity of the planters
came to an end, and now the islands can be looked
upon as little more than a large farm, trees and thick
bush having grown up where nothing but waving cot¬
ton was formerly to be seen. Cocoa-nuts at present
form the only article of export, in exchange for which
certain necessaries are procured.
The climate is undeniably warm, but the trade-
Chap. XX.—B.P.]
A RAINY FACT.
325
wind for a great portion of the year renders it delight¬
fully equable. It is a curious fact in connection with
the rainfall, that during the time when the island was
one great cotton plantation, the rainy season fell off
from seven to five months, seven months being dry
and five wet; but now that trees and undergrowth
have once more reduced most of the land to a state of
nature, the atmospherical conditions are reversed, and
at present seven months’ wet is the rule.
Great Corn Island, a walk round which, by the bye,
is just sufficient to give a healthy man an appetite, had
about 280 inhabitants, creoles and negroes, at the
time of our visit; but the population has since then
slightly decreased. The islanders were quite con¬
tented with their secluded life, and stated that they
always enjoyed excellent health; indeed, their pa¬
triarch, an English subject, as he proudly told me,
was going on for ninety years of age, and had been
connected all his life with the island.
But, as is the case everywhere in this world, there
is a skeleton in the Corn Island cupboard. Their
slaves had been set free suddenly and unexpectedly;
this, however, could have been borne, had only faith
been kept with the owners in respect to the promised
payment of £25 for each slave. Such had not been
the case, however, much to the disgust of those con¬
cerned ; but I will let these good people speak for
themselves in the following petition (the copy of one
originally sent to the English Consul), which was
handed to me by the chief magistrate, in the hope that
I might be more successful in obtaining redress than
he had been :—
326
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.—B. T.
(copy.)
“ To James Green, Esq., H.B.M.’s Consul in Mosquito,
and agent to his Majesty the King of Mosquito : The
respectful Memorial of the undersigned, formerly
proprietors and the heirs of proprietors of the eman¬
cipated slaves of Corn Island,
“ Humbly represents,
“ That your petitioners have long and patiently laboured
under many painful difficulties, the consequence of having
been suddenly and unexpectedly dispossessed of their slaves ;
no notice whatever being given them, to prepare for the
event which involved the greater part, to a great extent, in
utter destitution, nor has their case been ameliorated by the
receipt of a single payment of any part of the compensation
promised them at the time of manumission.
“ Your petitioners humbly presume that you are already
in possession of the well-known fact, that the emancipator
of said slaves was Colonel (now General) Macdonald, a
British officer, who on the 27th day of August, a.d. 1841,
caused them to be assembled on South-west Bay, and did
then and there publicly pronounce them free, in the name
of H.B.M. Queen Victoria and the King of Mosquito, and
at the same time openly declared and proclaimed that the
following compensation would be paid to the owners, viz.:—
“ The proprietors of the slaves now emancipated shall re¬
spectively receive for each the sum of £25, which will be
paid in yearly instalments, with interest thereon, until the
amount be fully discharged.
“ Your petitioners, some of them British-born subjects,
the others the immediate descendants of such, loyally at¬
tached to H.M.’s person and government, would further re¬
spectfully state, that they were inspired with the most flat¬
tering hopes when a British Consul first became resident in
Mosquito, and confidently hoped that through such an au¬
thority, justice would be speedily, or at least eventually,
awarded them. They still hope and expect that this will be
the case, and further state that your predecessors in office,
Chap. XX.-B.P.]
CHEAP PHILANTHROPY.
QO >7
Messrs. Christie and Walker, did each, throughout the pe¬
riod of his superintendence, hold out encouraging hopes,
that the compensation overdue would yet be forthcoming.
The former also settled the rate of the interest above men¬
tioned, at four per cent, per annum, to be paid from the date
of manumission to the time that the principal could be fully
liquidated.
“ Your petitioners therefore earnestly entreat, that as du¬
ties are now being levied at this island, and rent being paid
the Government for the Little Corn Island, you will please
to take into your earnest consideration the expediency of
appropriating such part of the same, or other government
funds or revenue, as you may deem proper, to the liquidating
of the said government debt, so long due to them.
“ And your petitioners, as in duty bound, will ever pray.
“March 1, 1853. A true copy attested.
(Signed) “ James Bowden, Chief Magistrate.”
No. of Slaves.
James Bowden.
James N. Bowden
John Bowden
Michael Quin
Patrick Quin .
John Quin
Catherine Quin .
Mary Quin
Margaret Quin .
Maria E. Forbes .
Eleanor Frances .
Joseph M. Nansank
} 19
No. of Slaves.
Lydia Brown .
John Hooker .
Margaret Hooker
Susan Hooker
Amelia Hooker .
Janette Hooker .
Christopher Downes
Elizabeth Cottrell
Eleanor Culver .
Escalona Nansank
Caroline Nansank
Total, slaves
13
5
}
2
1
4
1
98
There can be no doubt of the justice of this claim ;
but inasmuch as the unfortunate claimants have
neither wealth nor influence, it is probable that they
will have to whistle for their money, now swelled to
328 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.-B. P.
some <£6000. Being interested in tlie slave question,
I seized every occasion of talking with the “ emanci¬
pated gentlemen.” They had one and all declined to
work, and had never wavered in that resolution from
the time of their manumission to the present day,
thus turning the tables with a vengeance; they had
been allowed to squat on the land of their masters, but
only cultivated sufficient to keep body and soul toge¬
ther ; living in a squalid, half-starved condition the
best part of the time. Indeed, I think it may be
laid down as an axiom, that when the negro, in con¬
tact with the white man, is freed from all restraint, he
becomes a burden to himself and to all around him.
But to finish my description of these Islands.
Great Corn is in lat. 12° 13' N., long. 82° W.; it is 34
miles from Pearl Cay Lagoon, 38 from Blewfields, 52
from Pirn’s Bay, and 82 from Greytown.
The Little one is scarcely less 'beautiful than its big
brother, but it is almost entirely laid out in grass-land
for the cattle which are brought from Cape Gracias,
and looked after by about twenty of the Great Corn
Islanders, who also collect the cocoa-nuts with which
the island abounds. There are no springs in either
island, but an abundant supply of water can be ob¬
tained by digging wells. The Great island is about
three and a half miles long by two broad, and there is
a very fair road leading all round, on which we had
many pleasant walks and gallops, for there are several
good sturdy horses, about fourteen hands high, well
broken, but sufficiently spirited, in the possession of
the creoles.
BUCCANEER HAUNTS.
329
Chap. XX.—B. P.]
Little Corn Island is only one and a half mile long,
by less than half a mile broad. The channel between
the two islands is about eight miles in width.
There are several other islands and cays on this
coast, indeed the name of the latter is legion; they are
picturesque, contain guano, and are well worth a visit,
but too numerous to describe. Of the islands, Old
Providence and St. Andrew’s were visited by us, and
therefore demand a passing notice.
The former was a famous stronghold of the Bucca¬
neers ; one of their forts is still to be seen in ruins.
Providence is much bigger than Great Corn Island,
and in one place attains an elevation of 1200 ft. ;
although the general average is not more than 700 ft.,
so that the land is decidedly hilly. Plenty of stock
is obtainable here and water from a running stream ;
the inhabitants are of the same type as those at Corn
Islands, and number about 300. The latitude is
13° 23' K, longitude 81°22°W.
St. Andrew’s is the largest island on the Mos¬
quito Coast, being about seven miles long by half a
mile broad; it is about eighty miles from the Corn
Islands, and is in lat. 12°10' N. and long. 81° 50' W.
There are between 400 and 500 inhabitants, all of
English extraction, but the island, like Old Provi¬
dence, is claimed by the United States of Columbia.
hTot that this seems to give the islanders much con¬
cern ; practically they govern themselves and are a
happy family, living together in peace and plenty,
with all sorts of surplus fruit, vegetables, and stock in
abundance, ready for sale to any passer by. Water
330
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chaf. XX.— B.P.
is abundant, but can only be obtained by digging
wells; there is not even a rivulet on the island.
Old Providence, St. Andrew’s, and the Corn Islands
once formed outposts for the Buccaneers, and were
no doubt eminently useful to those gentry as ren¬
dezvous in their forays on the Spanish possessions.
At the time of the Conquest they all seem to have
heen thickly peopled, as was also the entire coast-line
no doubt; for pottery and stone axes are constantly
dug up. Some of the latter which came into my
possession were very finely cut and smoothed.
But we must now, alas, leave these enchanting is¬
land scenes, return to Greytown, and then take the
king back to Blewfields, looking in, on the way up the
coast, at the bay since named after the writer of these
pages, “ Pirn’s Bay.” I noticed some very long faces
as we approached Greytown, and its everlasting belt
of surcharged rain-clouds, which, if not always pour¬
ing a deluge on the place, yet very seldom take them¬
selves off for any length of time ; so that there is
small blame, indeed, to any one for preferring the
bright clear sky and pleasant scenes we had left be¬
hind, to the damp atmosphere and inevitable mouldi¬
ness of that famous seaport.
However, we were not destined to endure a very
lengthened trial of our patience, as the king made but
a short stay (some five days), preferring to get back
to Blewfields, where he was more at home than in
a place very shortly to be given up to his hated foes
“ without ‘ by your leave or with your leave.’ ”
The treaty by which this act was consummated will
331
Chap. XX.—B. P.] DOG IX THE MAXGER.
be found in the Appendix, and is a fitting climax to
the ignorance, not to use a harsher term, which has
been the British characteristic in* dealing with the
Mosquito question from first to last.
But before starting for Pirn’s Bay and Blewfields,
let us have the king’s account of this Mosquito ques¬
tion, which has taken up no inconsiderable amount of
diplomatic time ; more than once nearly caused a war
between England and the United States; and, proved
after all only another instance of the dog-in-the-manger
policy of America, as exemplified in what is called the
Monroe doctrine—a doctrine not only essentially nar¬
row and selfish, but positively injurious to the in¬
terests of its advocates; for who can doubt that the
stars and stripes—“the stars which enlightens the
world and the stripes which chastises it”—are destined,
before very long, to float over the entire North
American continent, and that they would have floated
over States well worth annexing, if Maximilian, in¬
stead of being murdered, had been allowed to bring
order out of chaos in Mexico; and English efforts to
civilize and reclaim Central America had not been put
a stop to by American diplomacy and filibusterism ?
“ Since my unlucky country,” said the king, in one
of his conversations with me, “ first became known to
Europe, without intermission, up to the present time,
it has concentrated more interest than any other part
of the continent. This is in consequence of its afford¬
ing an easier route at certain points between the At¬
lantic and the Pacific than can be found elsewhere. Of
course, as you know, there are other localities, such as
332
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.—B. P.
Honduras, and Tejuantepec further towards the north,
where a crossing might be effected ; but nowhere so
easily as through* Mosquito and Nicaragua, or so
quickly as via Panamd. As regards the latter, the
object of transit is accomplished, and before my people
become quite extinct, some of them will no doubt see
the locomotive disputing the right of way with the
tigers, alligators, and boas of their native land.”
“Well, King,” said I, “you are quite right; the
world at large would, undoubtedly, profit by an easy
route through your country, and that of Nicaragua,
so what do you say to giving me a concession for your
portion of the line ? and I -will see what can be done
in opening an interoceanic transit.
“You will break your heart over it,” said the king ;
“ you little know the disappointments in store. But
if you really wish it, draw up the document you
think necessary, and I will gladly sign it, not only to
show my friendship for you personally, but also to
prove my anxiety not to lose an opportunity of doing
anything which may chance to advance the interests
of England.”
This conversation resulted in the formal concession
which will be found in the Appendix, and which
originated in my idea of opening a through route,
by making a railway from the Atlantic to the Lake of
Nicaragua, thence running steamers across to Granada,
and from that place by another railroad to Bealejo
(now called Corinto) on the Pacific; an idea never
before, so far as I am aware, entertained by any one,
and which, at the time I am speaking of, only took
Chap. XX.—B. P.]
TRANSIT.
333
form and shape on paper, for the nature of the inter¬
vening country between the starting-point, since called
Pirn’s Bay, and the Lake of Nicaragua, was abso¬
lutely unknown even to the king himself.
But before giving my readers an account of my
elforts to disclose the features of the country and
perfect a project which, it must be owned, was rather
a novel one for a naval officer to undertake (although
in my case not so much so as it may appear, inasmuch
as I had been employed some nine years in the hydro-
graphical service, particularly about Central America),
I will just glance at the transit history of Mosquito,
and the many vicissitudes the various and rival efforts
have brought upon that country and Nicaragua.
The great question of Transit across the American
continent was initiated by Columbus himself, and was
in fact his day-dream; but its first practical impulse
was received when Vasco Nunez de Balboa crossed
the Isthmus of Panama, and the glorious sight of the
broad Pacific burst upon his delighted view.
That expedition proved how narrow was the neck
of land which barred the way to Cathay, and en¬
couraged other enterprising men to tax their intellect
and exhaust their manhood in the effort to open the
“ Gate of the Pacific.”
About twenty years after the expulsion of the Spa¬
niards, the Central Americans began to turn their at¬
tention to the wonderful advantages afforded by the
geographical position of their country, and proclaimed
their readiness to grant, to the highest bidder, conces¬
sions for opening interoceanic routes. This was a sad
334 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.—B. P.
mistake; for it gave rise, at the outset, not merely to
international but to individual rivalry in its worst
form : added to this, the ignorance of the native autho¬
rities was so profound that they deemed it politic to
fan these heartburnings and jealousies with a view
to increase this deplorable spirit of rivalry as much as
possible ; thus both Nicaragua and Mosquito have suf¬
fered, and instead of making Transit the means of at¬
taining prosperity and commercial influence, it has
been made a curse.
The two great rivals for securing such a communi¬
cation as Central America offered were the English
and the Americans, and the bitter animosity which
resulted from the insane rivalry which ensued has
more than once brought these two countries to the
verge of war. Indeed, there is hardly any subject
which has given diplomatists more trouble than the
much-vexed Mosquito question, under which name
the “ Battle of Transit ” was fought.
The Americans, however, from the first adopted the
bolder policy, and, therefore, to use a phrase of their
own, were “ bound to win.” Their President, Mr.
James Monroe, about the time of Spanish-American
independence (1820), proclaimed the famous Monroe
doctrine, “America for the Americans,” or, as it has
subsequently been defined to mean, “ America for the
Yankees,” by which the principle was laid down that
no European enterprise should be countenanced on
the American continent.
Canning* snapped his fingers at this ; but his man-
* “ Mr. Canning wrote ‘ The fight has been hard, but it is won; the
Chap. XX.— B. P.] STATESMEN OR POLITICIANS? 385
tie has not descended upon any of his successors, and
now that Lord Palmerston has gone, none of our states¬
men, or rather politicians, would commit such an act of
rudeness for the world. The leading idea of Canning
and of Palmerston was how best to extend the com¬
merce and influence of their country;—slightly dif¬
ferent from present notions.
In this case England has once more proved no
match for her Transatlantic offspring; the same farce
was enacted at Greytown which had been previously
carried out at Panamd, where John Bull was allowed
to spend his money; to discuss the best routes be¬
tween Chagres and Panama, to test the distance by
means of rockets, etc. etc.; and, ultimately to read
papers at the Eoval Geographical Society. He was
even allowed—and so was Prance, for that matter—to
obtain concessions for carrying out the work; but so
soon as Brother Jonathan thought it expedient, the
poor old gentleman was rudely pushed on one side,
while his more practical relative took possession of the
ground, and in less than half the time spent in talk¬
ing about the importance of the work, actually built
between the two oceans an excellent railway, which
has subsequently earned for its enterprising proprietors
an average dividend of over 25 per cent.
As it was at Panamd, so it has been on the Mos¬
quito Coast, save and except that in the former case
deed is done, the nail is driven, Spanish-America is free, and. if we do
not mismanage our matters sadly, she is English.’ Again, ‘ Behold the
New World established, and, if we do not throw it away, ours.’ ”—
Canning and his Times.
33G DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XX.—B.P.
superior energy, enterprise, and intelligence won tlie
day, and, it must be admitted, most deservedly; but
in the latter, diplomacy and intrigue; alternate bully¬
ing and cajolery ; fraud and deceit; petty aggression
and retaliation; the whole culminating in wanton out¬
rage and undignified submission,—have characterized
the efforts which have been and are still being made
to open this route.
337
\
CHAPTER XXI.
NICARAGUA VeTSllS MOSQUITO.-TRANSIT.-THE BRITISH INTER¬
POSE.-A COMPARISON BETWEEN ’48 AND ’68. -TRUE ECONOMY.
-DIPLOMACY AND INTRIGUE.—MR. SQUIER.-DESTRUCTION OE
GREYTOWN. — ALABAMA. MONROE DOCTRINE. USE OF TRAN¬
SITS.— INDIA-RUBBER. - PIM’s BAY. - SNAKES.
“ Greytown,” said the king, “has been a thorn in
the side of Mosquito ever since the first habitation
was erected there by Mr. Shepherd, in 1824.” The
king was right; year by year its importance as a
port of entry to Nicaragua, and then as a terminal
harbour for a great Transit, became better understood,
and to the prominence thus given is due all its subse¬
quent troubles. Instigated by the Americans,* the
first overt act against its peace was committed by the
* “The principles by which I have been regulated in the negotiation
of this Treaty are in accordance with the sentiments well expressed by
my immediate predecessor on the lOtli February, 1847, when he com¬
municated to the Senate the Treaty with New Granada for the pro¬
tection of the railroad at Panama. It is in accordance with the whole
spirit of the resolution of the Senate of the 3rd of March, 1835,
referred to by President Polk, and with the policy adopted by President
Jackson (immediately after the passage of that resolution), who dis-
Z
338 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
Nicaraguans under a Colonel Quijano, who in 1836
took the place by surprise from the few unarmed and
unprepared English settlers and Mosquito men resid¬
ing there.
Colonel Macdonald, superintendent of Belize, then
appeared on the scene; and not only summarily ejected
the intruders, but conveyed Colonel Quijano to another
part of the coast; he had hardly, however, returned
to Belize before the Nicaraguans again took possession
of the Port, and this time they were allowed to re¬
main until the question had been referred to Eng¬
land ; when in due time Nicaragua was politely asked
on what ground she claimed the locality.
The question was perhaps difficult to answer, or
some contempt may have been felt for so meek a me¬
thod of handling the matter, and this may account for
the delay of some years during which it remained
in abeyance; the King of Mosquito at last lost all
patience, and gave notice that he would only wait
until the expiration of a certain time before repos¬
sessing himself of Greytown. This intimation having
been treated with contempt, the king was as good as
his word and reoccupied the place; but no sooner was
the town once more left to itself than, emboldened by
the past, down came the Nicaraguans, and again
patched an agent to Central America and New Granada, * to open
negotiations with those Governments for the purpose of effectually
protecting, by suitable Treaty stipulations with them, such individuals
or companies as might undertake to open a communication between
the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by the construction of a Ship-Canal
across the Isthmus which connects North and South America.’”
(President Z. Taylor’s message to the Senate, 22nd April, 1850.)
339
Chap. XXI.— B.P.] NICARAGUA verSU-S MOSQUITO.
hoisted their flag in Grey town. This occurred on the
9th of January, 1848.
It now became an imperative necessity to put a stop
to such trifling, and accordingly Lord Palmerston
notified his intentions to Nicaragua in unmistakable
terms, and in the meantime H.M.SS. Alarm and Vixen
were dispatched from Jamaica, permanently to rein¬
state the King of Mosquito in his rights.
Unfortunately, this was not accomplished without
bloodshed. The Nicaraguans having seized two of¬
ficers in official position at Greytown, conveyed them
into the interior, for safe custody, as the British
approached, it therefore became necessary to pursue
the retreating forces up the river San Juan. This was
done by Captain Loch and Commander Ryder, at the
head of 260 officers and men in twelve boats, viz. 24
officers, 130 seamen, 30 marines, and 70 soldiers of
the 38th Regiment, piloted by two canoes with two
Indians in each.
With this force, on the 12th of February, 1848, the
Nicaraguans were overtaken at a famous strategical
point where the Seripiqui empties itself into the San
Juan. Here they had erected six angular stockaded
entrenchments, eight feet high and four feet thick, and
their guns completely swept the long reach by which
the point is approached; nevertheless, the attacking
force, in spite of a current against them, running nearly
five miles an hour, and the exposure to a galling fire
for one hour and forty minutes, during which fifteen of
their number were killed and wounded, and the boats
riddled with shot, succeeded, ten minutes after landing,
z 2
340 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.-B. P.
in driving an equal number of tlieir opponents into
tfie woods. The stockades were afterwards razed to
the ground, the guns thrown into the river, and the
muskets and ammunition, thrown away by the retreat¬
ing Nicaraguans, destroyed.
After this skirmish the force pushed on to San
Carlos, a strong fort at the point where the Lake
of Nicaragua discharges its waters into the San Juan;
this place also was taken, and thus the entire control
of the river obtained. From San Carlos to Granada
is nearly 100 miles, and to the latter place, a city
containing about 11,000 inhabitants, Captain Loch
proceeded, with two boats, leaving the main body of
his force at San Carlos. Commissioners were sent from
Leon to treat with him, and these gentlemen finding
that the Gordian knot of the difficulty had been effec¬
tually cut with the sword, quickly arranged the diffe¬
rences by a treaty so worded as to stop any further
Filibuster attempt on Mosquito.
This most successful expedition was carried through
in thirty-five days. On the 8th of February, 1848, a
month after the piratical attack of Nicaragua, the
British force arrived at Grey town. On the 12 th, the
Nicaraguan troops were overtaken and dispersed on
their own ground, and with such circumstances in
their favour as ought to have enabled them to an¬
nihilate ten times the number of their pursuers. On
the 19 th, Fort San Carlos was taken, and on the fol¬
lowing day an officer was dispatched thence to Leon,
the Capital of the State. On the 1st March that offi¬
cer returned to San Carlos, having performed his task
Chap. XXL—B. P.]
SHAKP WOEK.
341
in a most satisfactory manner. Captain Loch, himself
then proceeded to Granada and made his own terms.
The Nicaraguan Commissioners met him on the 5th,
and finding him firm and decided, signed the treaty,
which was agreed to the same evening by the Con¬
stituent Assembly at Managua. During the night the
prisoners were returned with the stolen flags of Mos¬
quito, and the ratified treaty followed early the next
morning (8th). Captain Loch and his twenty or thirty
officers and men left Granada the same evening, arrived
at San Carlos on the 11th, and re-embarked on board
their ships at Grey town on the loth, finally leaving
for Jamaica the following day.
The reader will observe that the Spanish American
can act promptly on occasion, in spite of the national
predilection for manana and poco tiempo.
Those who know the country, the nature of the
people, the extreme difficulty of ascending a tortuous
river against a strong current, and no less than five
dangerous rapids, can well appreciate this spirited
vindication of national honour; indeed the expedi¬
tion will compare favourably with that lately under¬
taken in Abyssinia for a somewhat similar object,
which would have been carried out in an equally
prompt, energetic, and economical manner, had the
Lord Palmerston of 1848 been in power.
Captain Loch’s action settled the status of the
Mosquito question, which was now, under American
influence, removed to the region of “ diplomacy and
intrigue,” the nature of which will be best understood
by the following extracts :—
342
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
Me. Crampton to Viscount
Palmerston.
“Washington, 17 th
September, 1849.
“ Mr. Clayton having re¬
quested me to call upon him
at the Department of State,
said that he wished to con¬
verse with me frankly and
confidentially upon the sub¬
ject of the proposed passage
across the Isthmus, by way
of Nicaragua and the river
San Juan.
“ He (Mr. Clayton) pro¬
ceeded to read to me a portion
of the instructions which have
been given to Mr. Squier,
who has been lately sent as
U.S. Charge d’Affaires to
Nicaragua. By these, Mr.
Squier is directed not only not
to negotiate any Treaty with
that Government on the sub¬
ject of a passage across the
Isthmus, but not to give his
support or countenance to any
contract entered into by pri¬
vate citizens of the United
States with Nicaragua on
that subject, of an exclusive
nature.”
Mr. Crampton to Viscount
Palmerston.
ft Washington, loth
October, 1849.
“ Mr. Clayton yesterday in¬
formed me that he had re¬
ceived intelligence from Mr.
Squier, the U.S. Minister,
lately sent to Nicaragua, that
Mr. Squier had, in the early
part of last month, concluded
a Treaty with that State re¬
garding the construction of
an Tnteroceanic Canal across
the territory, . . . which
Mr. Clayton informs me was
drawn up under the supervi¬
sion of Mr. Squier.” . . .
“ With regard to the allu¬
sion made by Mr. Squier to
Mr. Monroe’s doctrine re¬
specting the colonization of
any part of the American
continent by a European
power, Mr. Clayton remarked
that the present administra¬
tion of the United States in
no way adopted that princi¬
ple, and that Mr. Squier was
not instructed to make any
allusion to it in his commu¬
nications with the Nicara¬
guan Government.”*
* ‘ Correspondence with the United States concerning Central Ame¬
rica,’ published 1856. See also ‘Colonial Magazine,’ no. lxxxiii.
Nov. 1850, pp. 433-486, for a descriptive account of Mr. Squier.
Italics are by the Author. r
MR. SQUIER.
Ciup. XXI.—B. P.]
0/10
o4o
In the meantime, while their Government intrigued,
certain American capitalists were quietly but deter¬
minedly pursuing their object, namely, the monopoly
of a transit through Nicaragua, which they succeeded
in opening, and would have made permanent and far
superior to that by way of Panama, had it not been
for their own dissensions and the distracted state of
the country.
They soon found that it was impracticable to carry
out the original project for which they had obtained a
concession ; namely, the construction of a Ship Canal
between the oceans; but under cover of it, they
started a so-called “Accessory Company,” ostensibly
to pave the way for the grander scheme; but really,
by skilfully using the natural advantages afforded
by the Eiver and Lake, via Grey town and Yfrgen
Bay, to secure the traffic between New York and
California. This was accomplished, and resulted in
even greater pecuniary advantages than had been
anticipated; but the project originated under false
pretences, and the fiction of making a Ship Canal
having been played out, the proprietors themselves
began to quarrel; one section openly bearing the stock
with a view to buying it cheap, and thus obtaining the
control. The port dues were then refused to the local
authorities at Greytown, and the squabble over that
point nearly brought England and America into colli¬
sion. Finally the Government of the United States
stepped in, and demanded reparation from the citizens
of Greytown for alleged insults to an ex-American Mi¬
nister ; he had witnessed, it is even said encouraged, a
344
DOTTINGS ON THE EOADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
brutal murder within the jurisdiction of Grey town,
and counselled resistance to the civic authorities, for
which, on his landing there, an indignant fellow-
countryman threw a bottle at his head. The Com¬
pany’s agent also complained that a thief in the em¬
ploy of the Company was sheltered by the municipal
authorities. So that by levying port dues to maintain
order;—by the unwonted virtuous indignation of an
American citizen, as shown by throwing a bottle at an
aider and abettor of murder;—and, by not arresting
a supposed thief belonging to the Transit Company,
—the unfortunate Common Council of Greytown
brought about the destruction of their town.
The cash equivalent for these delinquencies was
assessed at £5000, and the United States corvette
Cyane, Commander Hollins, who had received orders
“that his authority should not be so exercised as to
show any mercy to the town or people,” was sent to
Greytown, to destroy it.
Commander Hollins opened fire on the defence¬
less town at 10 a.m. on the 13th July, 1854;
but after six hours’ constant discharge of shot and
shell, the gallant officer found that but little impres¬
sion had been made on the buildings, and therefore
ordered a detachment on shore to set fire to the
houses, which, being built entirely of wood, in a
couple of hours presented to the view nothing but a
heap of smoking ruins. The perpetrators of this
honourable act completed the parallel between them¬
selves and wild Indians by committing * various in-
* ‘ Gate of the Pacific,’ pp. 231-5.
Chap. XXI.—B.P.] U.S.S. CYAXE AND C.S.S. ALABAMA. 345
decencies upon the Mosquito flag for having a Union
Jack in its upper canton, and upon the English flag
itself for being mixed up with that of Mosquito.
This act was followed by the usual “bullying and
cajolery,” but no redress has been obtained to this
day. The pecuniary loss has never been recovered,
but a salve has been administered to the wounded feel¬
ings of those interested by a contemplation of the pro¬
ceedings of the Alabama; which vessel, without de¬
stroying any defenceless town of the United States,
inflicted a righteous retribution on that Great Nation
for the part it bore in the ruin and misery with which
Greytown was visited by its orders.
The subsequent history of the place has been that
of disorder, turmoil, and bloodshed, so constant as
to be utterly incompatible with its commercial re¬
covery or even the steady continuance of the transit.
The rival parties have not only themselves fought out
their quarrel to its bitter end, but have contrived
to drag all the Central American States into it. They
have instigated a very bloody revolution in Nicaragua
which led to an eruption of filibusters, thus bringing
its nationality to the very verge of destruction; and,
finally, under pretence of improving, they have ma¬
naged most effectually to destroy a great high-road
into the interior of the country; I mean the river San
J uan, by hastening the silting up of its lower arm and
harbour, so that what was, twenty years ago, a navi¬
gable channel and excellent seaport, is now a mere
driblet and shallow lagoon. Such has Greytown now
become by a policy disgraceful at once to the ago and
346
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXL—B. P.
to common sense, and alike injurious to tlie interests
of all concerned.
The Monroe doctrine has been the fruitful source
of all these troubles, a doctrine which is one of the
most glaring anomalies of the nineteenth century, and
doubly so when adopted by such smart people as the
Americans, who surely when the lease of their Spanish
American neighbours falls in, and that must take
place before long, would prefer to come into the
property in good order and in a prosperous condition,
rather than find nine-tenths of it a virgin forest, the
towns in ruins, and the people rapidly disappearing, a
prey to anarchy, ignorance, bigotry, and vice, such as
Bolivar declared would soon bring upon them the con¬
tempt of the world, and render their country not worth
either conquest or annexation.
Who can doubt the immense spur to industry, com¬
mercial prosperity, and enlightenment which would
arise from the opening of a transit from ocean to ocean
through each of the following states?—Mexico via
Yera Cruz, Mexico City, and Acapulco, or Mazatlan;
Guatemala via the Gulf of Dulce, Motagua, Guate¬
mala City, and San Josd ; Honduras via Omoa, Coma-
yagua, and Gulf of Fonseca; Nicaragua via Pirn’s
Bay, the Lake, and San Juan del Sur ; Costa Bica via
Limon, Cartago, San Josd, and Punta Arenas.
Yet every attempt to carry out either the one or
the other of these schemes only seems to bring ruin
and desolation instead of peace and plenty. And
whence does this arise ? I answer, without fear of
contradiction, from the fratricidal hand of the big
MONROE DOCTRINE.
347
Chap. XXI.—B. P.]
Northern brother, blinded by what would be a wicked
were it not a ridiculously silly doctrine, which per¬
mits the guilt of murder (Maximilian’s for example),
the most reckless profligacy and crime, a reign of
chaos, and the return of a magnificent country to its
primeval state, rather than allow other nations to assist
in turning the tide in an opposite direction.
Before saying good-bye to Greytown (for I shall
not take the old 1 Gorgon ’ back again), I may as well
mention the reason why that port still maintains any
vitality. It is owing to india-rubber; and india-rub¬
ber has been its salvation. India-rubber trees grow
in groups all over the country, especially on the banks
of the rivers and creeks ; and as sugar is to the West
Indies, so is india-rubber to Greytown. The export
of that article, now rendered very valuable by the ex¬
tension of marine telegraphy, has kept the body and
soul of Greytown together.
India-rubber, “Ule” of the Creoles (or “Tassa” of
the Mosquito Indians), the produce of Castilloa elastica ,
is now an important article of export all along the
coast; and Greytown is the principal port whence it
is shipped. Expeditions for collecting india-rubber
are organized by a number of men clubbing together,
and applying to one of the dealers to furnish them
with the necessary outfit, including provisions, blan¬
kets, machetes, axes, pans, pails, buckets, etc. They
bind themselves before the local authorities to deliver
to the dealer the produce of their work at a fixed
price. This formality gone through, the men—or
Uleros, as they are called—enter on a series of de-
348 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
baucheries, dancing, drinking, and gambling, until the
dealer intimates to them that their departure cannot
be delayed any longer. All their traps are now em¬
barked, and under the blowing of conch-shells, cow-
horns, and the shouts of friends, the canoes shove off
laden to the water’s edge. The men have often to
paddle some distance before they arrive at their desti¬
nation,—passing great rapids, and being frequently
compelled to unload their canoes and drag them along
by sheer main force. "When arrived at their goal, their
first object is to build a hut to live in, beds being made
on stages raised a few feet above ground. A shanty
to work under is also built, if possible, as close as
practicable to the river, a great quantity of water
being required in the manufacture of the rubber.
After an early breakfast, the men go to work, each
carrying a machete, a tin can capable of holding
about five gallons, and one or two wooden pails. As
soon as the Ulero has selected his tree, he clears the
surrounding ground of underwood and the stems of
vines and epiphytical plants, and makes a ladder by
tying pieces of cane two feet long to some of the
tough vines about an inch and a half in diameter
hanging from the tree. All this preliminary work
gone through, the Ulero cuts diagonal channels in
the bark of the tree, first from his right side, then
from his left, so that both meet in the middle. At
the bottom of the lowest channel an iron spout,
about four inches long and two inches wide, is driven,
underneath which a pail is put. By the time he
has done cutting channels he has to hurry down,
INDIA-RUBBER.
349
Chap. XXI.— B. P. j
his pail being now quite full of milk from the tree,
which has to be emptied into the larger vessels, in
which it is carried to the workshop. A tree four
feet in diameter and twenty to thirty feet to the
first branches will yield twenty gallons of milk, each
gallon producing two pounds, and if rich, two pounds
two ounces of good dried rubber. An industrious
man is able to obtain about twenty-five gallons
of milk a day. In the evening the milk is pressed
through a wire sieve, so as to exclude all the im¬
purities, before it is put into the barrels. When the
barrels are full, the real manufacture of the rubber
commences. This is generally intrusted to the most
skilful of the party. The best manner of converting
the milk into rubber is by mixing with it the juice
of a certain vine, termed “ Achuca ” by the natives,
which has the singular property of coagulating it within
the space of five minutes. This vine, which is con¬
jectured by Dr. Seemann to be an Apocynea , generally
abounds in the woods, and has fine large white flowers
like a convolvulus. Bundles of it are collected, and
each stick is well beaten with a piece of wood, and
soaked in water, which is strained through a cloth,
and about a pint of it is well mixed with every
gallon of the milk. This is done in a large tin pan,
in which it coagulates quickly, forming a soft mass
floating in a brown fluid, and smelling like fresh
cheese. This mass is slightly pressed by hand,
placed on a board, and then rolled out with a piece
of heavy wood. An iron roller 150 pounds in weight
has been used with advantage for this purpose. By
350 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
this operation a great quantity of dark brown water
is squeezed out, and the rubber, which has now as¬
sumed its elasticity, is in flat round pieces of a quar¬
ter to an eighth of an inch thick by twenty inches
in diameter, and perfectly white. The weight of one
of these pieces (‘ tortillas ’ the men call them) is about
seven pounds. The tortillas are hung up in a shed
on poles to dry, which in fair weather takes about a
fortnight; the rubber assumes then its dark colour, and
weighs two pounds a piece. If the “ Achuca ” is not to
be had in the neighbourhood, two third-parts of water
are mixed with one-tliird of the extracted milk in a
barrel, and this has to remain undisturbed for twelve
hours; after this time the water is slowly discharged,
and the residuum—a dark cream—is put in vats made
in the ground, and left to dry ; the drying process
taking from twelve to fourteen days.
As mentioned in the preceding chapter, the stay of
the king at Greytown was very brief; there were, in
fact, many reasons why it should not be prolonged;
and, accordingly, we once more left that “weeping”
locality for Blewfields. “ Ah ! ” said the king, when
we were fairly under weigh, “ I breathe more freely
as we leave that detestable place behind. I go there
as seldom as possible, and always depart with delight;
nevertheless, if you really think that you can do any¬
thing to advance the interests of my poor country by
means of a transit, pray try; but I am heartily sick
of the subject, and have no faith in any such specula¬
tion. The Nicaraguans will only endeavour to make
capital out of you; the Yankees will certainly oppose
351
Chap. XXI.—B. P.] Pill’s BAY.
you, while your own countrymen will desert you in
the hour of need, just as they have served me in the
new treaty about to be concluded.” (See Appendix.)
“ Well, King,” said I, “ there can be no doubt of
the great advantage of opening a new route through
Mosquito and Nicaragua. So let us have a look at
my proposed Atlantic terminus, under Monkey Point,
which even the treaty you speak of still leaves in your
territory.”
It so happened that when we started from Grey-
town a norther was blowing, which increased in vio¬
lence as we advanced to the northward; so that ample
opportunity was afforded for testing the security of
the anchorage at Pirn’s Bay, and its general adapta¬
bility for a great terminal port; and certainly nothing
could have been more satisfactory than the result.
The ship lay completely sheltered from the violence of
the wind, while the surface of the bay was perfectly
smooth.
But I must give a short account of this locality,
destined, I hope, to be one of these days the site of a
thriving town, the entrepot of a considerable commerce
and the terminus of a great transit.
On this coast the harbours are subject to two serious
drawbacks, first, the periodical recurrence of northers,
which blow with great violence, and, second, the ac¬
cumulation of alluvial deposits brought down by the
rivers, which have in the course of time turned the
once noble harbours of Cape Gracias, Pearl Cay, Blew-
fields, and Grey town into shallow lagoons. Neither
of these drawbacks affect “Pirn’s Bay; ” it is entirely
352 DOTTIXGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.— B. P.
sheltered from the northers, and as only a couple of
rivulets empty themselves into its capacious bosom,
it is not likely ever to be silted up. Indeed, the place
seems formed by nature to become a great port; it has
an area of some thousands of acres, and its depth
ranges from twelve to twenty-four feet over the
greater portion of its surface. There are two cays off
the eastern point, which, if joined to the mainland by
an inexpensive breakwater, would make the best part
of it completely landlocked. Certainly no other port
exists on the coast with such advantages, or so admi¬
rably adapted for the object in view.
Of course we landed and roamed about, filled up
our tanks with pure and wholesome water, cut about
twenty tons of wood to replenish our failing stock of
fuel, and by means of the seine obtained for the ship’s
company an ample supply of fish. A party of officers
made an excursion inland, and very nearly shared the
fate of Lieutenant Strain on the Isthmus of Darien;
in fact, they completely lost themselves, although only
two miles from the ship, and would probably have
paid dearly for the folly of venturing, without com¬
pass or guide, into the dense forest, had it not been
for the king’s extraordinary knowledge of woodcraft,
which enabled him to find and rescue them just as
they were on the verge of despair. One of the officers
told me that their greatest dread was of snakes, with
which they had been told that the country swarmed;
in point of fact, however, they had seen none, but
even if they had, these reptiles never assume the of¬
fensive if it is possible to avoid it. In all my extensive
Chap. XXI.— B. P.J SNAKE YARNS. 353
_ p
travels in Central America, I have not seen more
snakes than I could count on my fingers, and these, as
a general rule, were only too eager to escape. There
are several species of snakes, many of them venomous
beyond doubt; of these, it is especially undesirable to
tread on the toboba, the corral, or the barber’s-pole;
the bite of either causes almost certain death. The
only fatal case, however, which ever came to my per¬
sonal knowledge, was that of a poor negro. While
shooting in the woods, he trode upon one of these
reptiles, felt a slight prick on his ankle, looked down,
and saw one of the most deadly gliding away. Unfor¬
tunately he lost his presence of mind for a few pre¬
cious minutes, during which the poison had time to
circulate; then, when it was too late, he cut out the
surrounding flesh, and, in addition, poured the powder
from his flask into the wound and ignited it, blowing
away the greater part of the ankle. But the only effect
was to give him a few days’ respite.
I well remember the first snake I ever saw in Cen¬
tral America was an enormous toboba, coiled up in a
half-sleeping state, basking under the broiling sun in the
middle of the road leading to Leon. Fortunately the
u correo,” my companion, saw the reptile in time to
avoid a collision; for, had it been trodden upon, the
consequences would have been fatal to the unfortunate
aggressor. The snake was probably very drowsy, for
it was in no hurry to leave its dusty bed and allow us
to pass, but it did not show the slightest disposition
to attack us; it was, perhaps, aware that we had no
gun or other weapon wherewith to injure it. How-
2 A
354 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
ever, after shouting for some time with no effect, we
took to throwing stones and sticks at it, upon which
its great coils deliberately opened out, and it slowly
glided into the forest.
On another occasion I saw a smaller hut no less
deadly member of the same species ; it was on the
hanks of the San Juan, in the hands of my faithful
Simon (a Carib), who had just landed from my canoe
to make a fire and cook our breakfast. Simon allowed
the creature to coil round him, and commenced talk¬
ing to it in his musical language, holding the head
close to his face. Presently he put it gently on the
ground, when it slowly made its way into the adja¬
cent undergrowth. I gave Simon a good blowing-up
for letting the brute escape, but he told me that he
was a snake doctor, and that had he inflicted the
slightest injury on it, his influence would have been
at an end for ever.
I was once very considerably startled through a
snake, though not by the reptile itself. Seated on a
log, weary and hungry, waiting for my dinner, at the
Machuca Eapid, I observed a most repulsive-looking
negro, with scarred and seamed face, his eyeballs start¬
ing out of his head, stealthily creeping towards me,
with his machete (short sword) in his hand. I was
quite unarmed, hut most fortunately did not stir, and
as he approached, I luckily noticed that he was not
looking at me, but downwards on the ground. My
eyes involuntarily followed his,, and there was a snake,
which had just passed over my hoot, leisurely wrig¬
gling away. Quick as thought the negro gave two
Chap. XXI.—B. P. j SXAKE DOCTORS.
355
sharp cuts with his machete, putting it out of the
power of the “ barber’s pole ” to injure any one.
This snake is very poisonous and ready to bite on the
smallest provocation, and there is no doubt that had
I moved in the least, I should have paid the full
penalty.
I mention my snake experience here because I am
anxious to disabuse the public mind of the popular
error that Mosquito swarms with venomous snakes ;
such is not the case, neither has the prevailing idea
that the climate is deadly any foundation in truth; an
intimate acquaintance has convinced me that in both
cases proper precautions will go far to ensure im¬
punity. While on this subject, I must give a recipe
for the cure of snake bites* much used in India;
indeed, in the Bombay Presidency, it has been ordered
to be kept ready at every police station. But, after
all, pigs and fowls are the best protection the settler
can have; these creatures are as deadly enemies to
the snake in the clearings as the warry and peccary
are to it in the dense forest.
IS'evertheless, I have tried very hard to discover the
snake doctors’ secret, but without success ; one thing
is certain, that the decoction of a leaf is drunk, chewed,
used as a poultice, and even swallowed. I suspect the
* Liquor Ammouiae Fortis. — Doses : For an adult, 35 drops in
a wineglassful of water; twelve to fifteen years old, 20 to 25 drops in
a full half ditto; eight to twelve years old, 15 to 20 drops in a small
half ditto; four to eight years old, 10 to 15 drops in a full quarter
ditto ; infants to four years old, 3 to 10 drops in a full quarter ditto.
Besides snake bites, this remedy has been found to be a cure for
hydrophobia in its worst form.
2 a 2
356 D0TTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXI.—B. P.
plant is the “achuca,” the same as that employed for
solidifying the milk of the india-rubber-tree, but on
this point I cannot be positive. Certain it is that
the remedy is vegetable, and no doubt a careful search
by a scientific traveller would reveal the secret and con¬
fer a lasting benefit, not only upon the inhabitants of
tropical America, but upon those of every part of the
globe where snakes do congregate; for, so far as is
known at present, the poison of a snake in the old
world does not materially differ from that of those in
the new, but even on this point there is still much to
be learned.
But to return from this snake digression to the
final voj T aging of the ‘ Gorgon ’ on the Mosquito coast.
After a short but very pleasant sojourn at Pirn’s
Bay, we once more came-to before the “Bluff,” and
after landing the King and wishing our friends good¬
bye, finally started on the homeward bound voyage,
arriving at Portsmouth in due course.
And now I must bid adieu to the friends and com¬
panions of my first visit to the Mosquito coast. The
least I can say of them is that it would be hard for
any captain to find a more excellent set of officers;
from the senior to the junior it was the same, and
although, according to the “ custom of the service,”
we have since been widely separated, I maintain the
most cordial feeling of esteem for them all, and trust
they have kept a small space in their recollection for
one who must ever take a warm interest in their
welfare.
357
CHAPTER XXII.
POPULAR ERRORS ON MOSQUITO.-REVULSION OF FEELING. —-
ADIEU TO THE “ SHORE.”-EARLY TRANSIT EFFORTS.-CON¬
CESSION. -JOURNEYINGS. — CHONTALES.-NICARAGUAN RAIL¬
WAY COMPANY, LIMITED.—MR. W. H. WEBB.-JUNCTION OF
ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC.—NICARAGUAN IDEA OF COLONIZATION.
When we sailed from Jamaica, our stay on the Mos¬
quito coast was looked forward to with anything but
pleasure; the feeling was rather one of dread, and at
that time the mere chance of escape from sojourning
in such a climate and country would have been hailed
with delight. But a short time sufficed to show how un¬
deserved was the abuse which had been lavished upon
it, and so far from rejoicing, it was with real regret
that my announcement of departure was received.
And here I must take the opportunity, while bidding
a sort of official adieu to Mosquito, of mentioning how
it came to pass that so different a feeling prevailed
from that anticipated. I have never been to any part
of the world so bad that it might not be made to
appear much worse by a disposition to gloom and de¬
spondency on the part of those whose fate led them
358 DOTTING S ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXII.— B. P.
there. My officers, although better young men never
set foot on a ship’s deck, started in this spirit, firmly
believing the reports in circulation, that both country
and climate were execrable, and that they would be
fortunate to escape with life, at the cost of shattered
health. It was my business to dissipate these fears;
and I happily succeeded in doing so, without in any
way detracting from the discipline and efficiency of
the ship, by quietly proving the falsehood of the re¬
port, in the comfort and happiness of those under my
charge. This was done by what is technically called
“keeping the devil out of the men’s minds,”not, as is
only too common, by incessant exercise aloft and con¬
stant gun-drill, although in our case duty was never
neglected, but by moderate leave on shore and prac¬
tically useful excursions,* shooting-parties, hauling
the seine as often as possible; surveying, wooding,
and watering, so that constant employment, both on
and off duty, was thus afforded. When, therefore, we
had landed the King, and bade adieu to Mosquito, it
was with feelings of universal regret that we looked
back upon its fading “ Shore.”
But although none of my companions have since re¬
visited the Mosquito coast (so far at least as I am
aware), it has not been so with me; my destiny has
led me again and again to that familiar locality, bent
on filling its empty anchorages with shipping; on re¬
claiming its fruitful soil; on spanning the intervening
* For the account of an interesting excursion up the river San Juan
and across Lake Nicaragua to Managua, see ‘ Gate of the Pacific,’ pp.
250-312.
Chap. XXII.—B. P.] EABLY EFFORTS. 359
land between the oceans with the iron-road; and on
founding a commercial entrepot on the Caribbean Sea;
with what success will be seen in the following pages.
A descriptive account of my original transit project
will be found in the 1 Gate of the Pacific f and, there¬
fore, it now remains only to draw the attention of
those curious in these matters to my subsequent pro¬
ceedings in furtherance of the enterprise.
The concession from the King of Mosquito was
obtained in December, 1859, and formed the basis of
future operations: at the same time the freehold of
Pirn’s Bay and of the cays was purchased, so as to se¬
cure the Atlantic terminus.
In 1860, I made the first journey into the interior ;
and, though my explorations were necessarily limited,
the general result was confirmatory of the feasibility
of the plan proposed. Aided by the experience gained
on this expedition, and that acquired by many years’
previous service on the coast of Central America, I
wrote my book, 1 The Gate of the Pacific,’ which was
ready for publication at the end of 1862. By means
of this book, the matter was introduced to the public
early in 1863, and the transit through Mosquito and
Nicaragua brought before the Emperor Napoleon.
The subject was a favourite one with his Majesty;
and I can safely say that I received from him, even in
the then embryonic state of my project, more encou¬
ragement (in spite of the well-known French predilec¬
tion for canals) than from any one else. I was ac¬
corded a most flattering reception, and found the Em¬
peror thoroughly well informed on even minute details;
360 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXII.— B. R.
and, through the Due de Bassano, I was introduced,
by his Majesty’s orders, to certain leading French
capitalists. The idea of a canal, however, was para¬
mount, and therefore the practical support I had hoped
for was not forthcoming.
(I see that the Nicaraguan Congress has just ratified
a canal concession (March, 1869), in favour of the
celebrated Monsieur Chevalier, of Paris; I trust he
may meet with more success in the thorny path he
has chosen than has fallen to my lot.)
In March, 1863, I went to Nicaragua, accf n ,anied
by two civil engineers, to make a thorough ex¬
amination of the nature of the country intervening
between the Atlantic and the Great Lake. A road
was cut through the dense primeval forest, with great
labour and expense (a large force of Indians and
Caribs having been employed), for about eighty miles
from Pirn’s Bay towards the lake, the section of which
fully confirmed the practicability of the projected route,
and proved that none of the insurmountable physical
difficulties which had been foretold had any existence
in reality.
While the survey was progressing, I endeavoured
to supplement the concession from the King of Mos¬
quito, already in my possession, by another from the
Government of Nicaragua; but in this respect I was
doomed to disappointment. Not only was Nicaragua
at war with the neighbouring republic of San Salvador,
but a revolution had broken out, threatening the most
disastrous consequences; so that it was quite out of
the question to do more than merely open negotiations
with the Government.
Chap. XXII.— B. P.] NICARAGUAN CONCESSION. 361
Pending the meeting of Congress, I returned to
England with my expedition, and read a descriptive
account of our proceedings before the geographical
and mathematical sections of the British Association
at Newcastle, in August of that year.
In the following October (1863), I again left Eng¬
land for Nicaragua, this time quite alone. Arrived
in the country, with the help of some Caribs, who have
served me with great fidelity ever since, in spite of
the hardships and dangers encountered in my ser¬
vice, I succeeded in adding extensively to the topo¬
graphical knowledge of the interior of Nicaragua ; and
when Congress met in February, 1864, I had the ad¬
ditional good fortune to obtain a concession which was
passed by both chambers and approved by the Presi¬
dent, granting me the right to open a transit on the
route I proposed.
With this concession* I lost no time in returning to
England, where I arrived in June; but I soon found
that its terms were not sufficiently favourable to
tempt capitalists to embark their money in an under¬
taking based upon the conditions it contained. And
here, I may remark, in parenthesis, that I now began
to learn how incompatible are business transactions
in which money is concerned with patriotic notions
of progress, or with ideas of advancing national pro¬
sperity by the extension of its commerce. The main
thought with men of business is how much a scheme
will yield to them, and to this standard every enter-
* The full text is published in the Appendix to ‘ The Isthmus of
Panama.’ Chapman and Hall.
362
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXII.-B. Y.
prise must bow in the nineteenth century; when
assuredly, if the money prospects are good, it will be
adopted, whether it tends to promote national interests
or the reverse.
In November, 1864,1 was again en route for Central
America, accompanied on this my fourth journey by the
Consul-General for Nicaragua, a mining engineer of
repute, and a well-known artist, Mr. George Chambers.
My object was thoroughly to examine the mineral re¬
sources of the Chontales district, of which the most
encouraging reports had been received. The results
of this journey were important.
In the first place, my concession received at the
hands of Congress and the President certain amend¬
ments, tending greatly to improve it, although not to
the extent desired (see Appendix). I also caused a
road to be cut from the lake to overlap that portion
left unfinished by my expedition of the previous year.
And on going over it, I found that the section afforded
as easy a gradient as that of the other part, and there¬
fore, practically, the entire feasibility of the route was
proved. The explorations in Chontales also turned out
satisfactorily, disclosing a very large amount of auri¬
ferous and argentiferous deposits in the district, only
requiring capital and prudence in their development,
to ensure a rich return.
In May, 1865, I returned home once more, appa¬
rently with every prospect of a successful termination
of my labours, but I speedily learned the truth of the
adage, “ There’s many a slip ’twixt the cup and the
lip,” for I found that neither the concession itself nor
Chap. XXII.— B. P.] NICARAGUA RAILWAY COMPANY. 363
the section of the proposed line of railway surveyed
with so much labour and expense was even yet per¬
fectly satisfactory. Besides this, the civil war waging
in the “ States,” and the unsettled condition of politics
at home, made it impossible to enlist the sympathy,
far less the moral support, of the English Government,
which, in spite of a treaty stipulation with Nicaragua,
was rather inclined to throw cold water than other¬
wise on any attempt to compete with the Panama
railroad, having, doubtless, the threatening shade
of Mr. Monroe before its eyes.
The journey of 1865 was not, however, altogether
fruitless; the report on the gold district was received
with favour; and a vigorous effort has since been
made to develope a portion of it, proving beyond
doubt that the mineral resources of Chon tales are of
no inconsiderable value.*
The great panic of May, 1866, from which the na¬
tion is only now very slowly recovering, again threw
my project back, just when I fondly hoped that all diffi¬
culties had been overcome; but, nevertheless, any
idea of giving up in despair was not to be thought
of, and, therefore, in November, 1866, a company,
called the Nicaragua Railway Company, limited, with
a capital of £1,000,000, was registered, and the pro¬
spectus laid before the public, asking for £450,000 to
begin with. The shock to public confidence had,
* While these pages were passing through the press, March, 1869,
the worn-out old Spanish mining laws (Ordenanzas delas Minereas) of
Nicaragua have been abolished, and comparatively free-trade in mining
inaugurated.
364 DOTTINGS ON THE KOADSIDE. [Chap. XXII.—B. P.
however, been too severe, and the application re¬
sulted in a response to the extent of only about one-
fourth of the amount required. But certain overtures
having in the meantime been received from New
York capitalists, largely interested in Nicaraguan
transit, I determined to go over to the United States,
and see if the remaining capital could be obtained there.
On Christmas Eve, 1866, I sailed for New York, but
found there no solution of the financial difficulty. I
was therefore compelled to advise my friends in Eng¬
land to that effect, so that the money subscribed might
be returned in full, and the company wound up.
Thus, after repeated disappointments, during seven
years of infinite toil, hardship, and constant outlay,
cheerfully undertaken in the hope of both increasing
the facilities of transit, and adding to our commerce
and progress, my transit project fell through, and the
Nicaraguan Bailway Company, Limited, ceased to
exist in July, 1868.
Most assuredly, had the route been adopted, the
Panama, New Zealand, and Australian Boyal Mail
Company would not now have been a thing of the
past; nor would the future prospects of the Boyal
Mail Company itself have assumed so cheerless an
aspect. These two instances alone out of many will
serve to give a practical idea of the value and import¬
ance of the proposed route.
Although unsuccessful with the capitalists alluded
to above, I found others in New York interested in
the question, and apparently as reluctant as myself to
allow the concession to lapse. With the President of
Junction ok atlan"
MR. W. H. WEBB.
365
Chap. XXII.—B.P.]
the Central American Transit Company, Mr. W. H.
"Webb (the American Laird), a gentleman highly re¬
spected in New York, terms were made, and it was
arranged that one of the engineers I had employed in
1863 should undertake to cut an entirely new road
from the Lake of Nicaragua to the Atlantic, over
which Mr. Webb was to have the right of sending an
American engineer, upon whose report should depend
the further prosecution of the enterprise on the part of
himself and his friends.
In February, 1867, I left New York for Nicaragua.
A new road was cut and levelled from the Lake to the
Atlantic; the total distance between was 101 § miles,
and the summit level was 748 feet; while in other re¬
spects the great value of the undertaking was abun¬
dantly confirmed. But whether from the delay or from
a change of Government, it is certain that no great
encouragement was received from the authorities, and
even the small boon of extending the concession for
one year was but grudgingly yielded. Neither did
Mr. Webb think it desirable to send an American en¬
gineer to inspect the newly-opened road; so that on
returning to New York—having, by the bye, been
wrecked in one of Mr. Webb’s ships, off the coast
of New Jersey, on the way up (22nd May, 1867),
—I got but scant comfort from my journey, espe¬
cially when it transpired that Mr. Webb would not
move any further in the matter. I therefore re¬
turned to England, convinced at last how really un¬
grateful was the task I had undertaken.
The plate opposite depicts one of the many inci-
366 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXII.—B. P.
dents of hardship and difficulty inevitable in carrying
on surveying operations in the dense primeval forests
of a tropical country. I have called it the “Junc¬
tion of the Atlantic and Pacific,” because on leaving
the surveyors, after having penetrated about halfway
across from the Pacific, and still cutting their road
manfully through the thick undergrowth towards the
Atlantic, I retraced my steps with the intention of
starting to meet them from that side, and happily ac¬
complished my object after great exertions and en¬
during many hardships. The sketch by Lieutenant
Oliver, R.A., who was one of the party, portrays the
meeting or “Junction,” which was of no small im¬
portance, as it enabled the half-starved surveyors to
return and finish their work, with no fear, at all
events, of a recurrence of empty larders.
Soon after my return to England, the gentleman with
whom I had originally hoped to arrange the carrying
out of my plans, made overtures for the possession of
the concession now extended for a year; of course I
cheerfully acceded to his terms, as a drowning man
catches at a straw, transferring so far as I was con¬
cerned, my rights and privileges to him; but to this
hour he has not redeemed his obligations. Worse
still, by a misplaced confidence, impediments have
arisen in the way of the realization of the project
which, I fear, are insurmountable.
I have thought it desirable in the public interest,
even at the risk of these details being voted dry and
uninviting, briefly to enumerate the trials and diffi¬
culties necessarily incidental to every project of a like
Chap. XXII.—B.P.] NICARAGUAN IDEA OF COLONIZATION. 3G7
magnitude. I have done so, not with a view of dis¬
couraging any adventurous follower in my footsteps,
hut in order to prepare him for many disappointments
and much labour, to say nothing of expense, before
he can expect even a glimmer of success to cross the
chequered path he has chosen.
To bring my transit reminiscences up to this date, I
may mention that, finding how impossible it was to
form a company to carry out this great project, I made
a-flank movement, with the idea that Nicaragua ought
herself to help in a work so very much to her benefit.
Amongst her legislators there are many who see the
matter in this light; but unfortunately, in proportion
to the diminutiveness of a country so is the division
of opinion amongst its inhabitants, and Nicaragua is
no exception to the rule.
I had hoped to bring Mosquito and Nicaragua to¬
gether, so as to form a united State, and then to con¬
nect their interests still more firmly by a road, laid
down for the most part by immigrants, who, on proper
encouragement, would have made the intervening coun¬
try between the oceans their home. By the simple
act of acknowledgment on the part of Nicaragua of
those claimants who had staked so much money upon
the grants made to them by the former authorities of
Mosquito, this could have been effected; and the
joint enterprises of colonization and transit might then
have been made with mutual advantage to travel har¬
moniously together. I paved the way for such a
union by a public meeting at Blewfields (see Appen¬
dix), interesting if only from the fact that it was the
368 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Cjiap. XXII.—B. P.
first public meeting ever held by other than white
men in that country. I afterwards (August, 1867)
went into the matter most earnestly with the ex-
President of Nicaragua, General Martinez, then on a
special mission to this country, and gave him such an
opportunity as seldom occurs to conclude the busi¬
ness ; but here again I was disappointed, as the con¬
dition upon which General Martinez, or rather his
secretary, insisted was the cultivation by the occupiers
of the land offered (2,000,000 acres) in. five years,—
a proposition inadmissible on my part, and a physical
impossibility besides, even if every man, woman, and
child in Nicaragua (about 100,000) engaged in the
work with Anglo-Saxon vigour. There the matter
rests at present, but I still cling to the hope of see¬
ing this highly-favoured land ultimately reclaimed
and taking its proper position amongst nations.
In the following chapters, I propose to give an ac¬
count of my journey up the Blewfields, the principal
river in the Mosquito reservation, which in its chief
features bears so strong a resemblance to the Rama
and the Rio Grande that I feel absolved from any
necessity of giving a detailed account of them. I have
selected my Blewfields journey because it is the one
most likely to convey useful information, pointing out,
as it does, the easiest mode of reaching the mining
district of Chontales, which is destined one of these
days to rival that of the Brazils.
369
CHAPTEE XXIII.
BLEWFIELDS RIVER.-THE GREAT STORM OP 1865. -BOAT IM¬
PALED ON COCOA-NUT-TREE. - NEW FIELD FOR PROFESSOR
OWEN AND DR. GUNTHER.-STRONG AND WEAK DOLLARS.-
HOW TO MAKE A CHOWPA.—LAYING IN PROVISIONS.
There are several natural highways leading into the
interior of Mosquito,—I mean its rivers,—which form
quite a feature on the maps of the country. They
take their rise in the chain of mountains which divide
the watershed of the Atlantic from that of the Pa¬
cific ; and, although not navigable for more than about
half their length, yet, looked at in conjunction with
the extensive system of lagoons which lie parallel to
the coast, and reach from Blewfields almost to Cape
Gracias a Dios, they give to Mosquito, taking into
consideration the limited extent of its area, an inland
navigation, unrivalled on the entire continent. Cer¬
tainly no similar section of country on the Atlantic
side of America, from the St. Lawrence to the Parana,
not even excepting that containing the Mississippi,
the Orinoco, or the Amazon, can boast such a perfect
means of intercommunication between their river out-
2 B
370
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
lots, as that of the Blewfields or Escondido, the Great
River, and the Wanks.
As for the Pacific slope, there is hardly a river
worthy the name on that side, the Guayaquil being the
only one in South America navigable for any distance ;
while, to the northward of Panama, the Colorado, the
Sacramento, and the Columbia, can only be considered
very second-rate indeed, compared with those empty¬
ing themselves into the Atlantic.
Taking a great interest in the question of “ open¬
ing up ” the country, I have paid some considerable
attention to its river system, and have most carefully
examined the rivers San Juan, Rama, and Blewfields,
but it is a description of the latter only which I pro¬
pose giving in this place.
The Blewfields river has many mouths, and the hur¬
ricane of 1865 has not improved any of them,—in
several, trees have been blown across or snagged,
around which a mass of detritus has accumulated, form¬
ing in the first instance little islets, and ultimately
blocking the passage. This, in the case of the smaller
arms of the river, is not to be regretted, as by driving a
larger body of water down the main outlet, the ten¬
dency will be to keep that at least, deep and open.
But the best channel even is difficult to find without a
good pilot, owing to the monotonous appearance of the
mangrove bushes, which extend from the town of Blew¬
fields right across the river entrance, to the low neck of
land connecting “ the Bluff” with the mainland ; not a
tree or mark of any sort relieves the sameness of their
outline; and inasmuch as there are no end of little
Chap. XXIII.—B. P.]
BLEWFIELDS RIYER.
371
bays or openings in the bushes extending by a winding
course a short distance only through the mud, the at¬
tempt to reach the main river, by those unacquainted
with the navigation, is really most embarrassing. A
good large whitewashed beacon on one side of the real
entrance would save a deal of trouble, but that even
will not be done until trade and population have
largely increased.
The bar is outside or to seaward of Cassava Cay,
and runs somewhat in the shape of a horseshoe round
from the cay, close to the inner beach of the bluff
itself, about half a mile from the outer point. The
many little sandy bays and promontories into which
the bluff is broken up on the southern side, from its
extremity seaward right into the lagoon, give it a very
picturesque appearance, and would offer several safe
landing places for boats or laden barges in the event
of a seaport town springing up there; indeed a more
healthy or pleasant site for a town is not to be found on
this coast. The soil is excellent, in striking contrast
to that in the vicinity of Blewfields, and, by means of
the Abyssinian well, an abundance of pure water could
easily be obtained.
At the present time there is from eight to ten feet
of water on the bar, a depth which might easily be in¬
creased by judicious dredging, if thought desirable;
but inasmuch as the bar is seldom rough, in fact rarely
breaks right across, unless the trade-wind is well to
the eastward, there would be no necessity for taking
this step for some time to come; indeed, ships might
lie much nearer the shore than they do at present with
2 b 2
372.
DOTTINGS ON THE EOADSTDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
perfect safety, especially if heavy moorings were laid
down, to which they might make fast, instead of
having to ride at single anchor as is now the case.
I hope the day is not far distant when this beau¬
tiful spot will be dotted over with comfortable houses
and pleasant gardens, well stocked with fruit and
flowers, and with a flourishing trade to encourage im¬
migration.
From the bar to the main entrance of the river
takes about half an hour in a boat. The beach all
along is a low, sandy, somewhat swampy stretch,
having a green capping, of a uniform height the entire
distance, with not even a change in the foliage to
break the monotony ; in fact, it looks like a well-
trimmed English hedge, and it is not until the en¬
trance of the river is passed some little distance that
mangroves give place to scrubby palms, interspersed
here and there with large trees.
It was at the end of April, 1867, that I ascended
the river, a year and a half after the desolating hurri¬
cane which visited the coast on the night of the 18th
and 19th October, 1865, if hurricane that can be
called, which confined its devastation within such a
limited track.
The gale commenced in Blewfields Lagoon, on the
18th of October, and b}^ 8 r.w. the wind blew with
great force, gradually veering from north to west,
varied by squalls from all points of the compass;
the rain fell in a deluge. About ten, the violence of
the storm was tremendous,—houses began to fall, and
trees of the largest size were snapped asunder like
Chap. XXIII.-B. P.] THE GEEAT STOEH OF 1865. 373
pipe-stems or laid low from tlieir roots. People could
not hear one another speak, although shouting to each
other at the top of their voices; the roar of the wind
and the noise of the thunder (which seemed immedi¬
ately overhead) effectually drowning every other
sound.
At Eama Cay, the natives asserted that they felt an
earthquake, but this has not been confirmed by any
other of the neighbouring inhabitants; the report
was probably due to the terror and excitement pre¬
valent at such a time, with an uproar of the elements
raging around enough to bring the heart of the stoutest
man into his mouth.
The southern end of Blewfields Lagoon appears to
have been the limit of the storm in that direction.
It did no damage whatever at Pirn’s Bay, which is
but a few miles further south. To the northward it
nearly destroyed the town of Blewfields, leaving only
the mission-houses, that of Mr. Green, the Consul,
and six small dwellings or rather huts standing, and
of the former the roof was blown away. Every¬
thing was laid low, boat-houses driven bodily away,
and the good old craft, u Messenger of Peace ”—
in which I had made a most trying voyage from
Greytown—capsized, filled with water, and tossed
about like a cockle-shell, to the extreme indignation
of her creole captain, who could never speak of the
treatment his favourite then experienced without a
strong ebullition of feeling.
At Pearl Cay Lagoon, great damage was done;
the church was unroofed and much injured; the mis-
374
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
sionary dwelling-house was destroyed, and the sur¬
rounding habitation levelled with the ground, while
the Indian village on the shore of the lagoon was lite¬
rally washed away.
But the cays, the most beautiful and picturesque
cluster of islets imaginable, some of which were co¬
vered with cocoa-nut-trees in full hearing, others well
laid out with cassava, etc., suffered the most severely.
Poor Mr. Thompson, an American, and his whole
family, to whom several cays belonged, and about
whom I have written elsewhere, were swept away
and perished. Of the cays themselves, the greater
number were levelled with the sea.
Wounta Haulover, the northernmost range of the
storm, and also the northern limit of the Moravian
Mission, on the Mosquito coast, is about ninety miles
distant from Blewfields. Beyond this the gale does
not appear to have been felt.
Inland, as I shall presently describe, I traced the
effects of the storm about thirty miles as the crow
flies; and it blew with great violence at Corn Islands,
about thirty miles from the coast. At the latter place
considerable damage was done, especially amongst the
breadfruit-trees, but not comparable with the devas¬
tation on the mainland.
To give some idea of the force of the wind, I may
mention that the large boat* I had presented to the
mission some time before, happened to be at Corn
Islands when the gale came on. She is more than
* Christened the “ Susanna,” after Mrs. Bedford Pim, with all due
solemnity, by the King of Mosquito in person. (See Appendix, p. 468.)
Chap. XXIII.—B.P.J BOAT IMPALED OX COCOA-XUT-TREE. 375
thirty feet long, with a good-sized cabin in midships.
The wind caught her up like a feather; and the next
morning, when the people emerged from the various
places of shelter they had sought, they found the
mission-boat spiked on the top of a broken cocoa-nut -
tree, whether it had been snapped off by the wind or
the weight of the boat was not apparent; but there she
was, about fifteen or twenty feet from the ground, im¬
paled by the tree, and offering a problem by no means
easy of solution to the mechanical genius of the men
of Corn Islands, as to the best method of restoring her
to her proper element. I understand that the boat
no longer enacts the part of Mahomet’s coffin, but has
been once more placed afloat; in so battered a condi¬
tion, however, as to be useless for any but the com¬
monest work, such, for instance, as carrying a load of
stones or of cocoa-nuts for a short distance.
Thus it will be seen that the so-called hurricane
was confined to a space ninety miles long by about
sixty broad, and, strangely enough, entirely to the
ground occupied by the Moravian Missionaries, who
have been the chief sufferers from so unexpected a
visitation. No less than five churches have been more
or less destroyed, besides school and dwelling-houses,
and a large amount of goods, for the Brethren do what
they can in trading to make their mission self-sup¬
porting, not unsuccessfully, as they are by far the
most respected, and their stores the most frequented,
of any of the traders on the coast.
But although so much property, native and foreign,
was destroyed, yet but few people lost their lives.
376 DOTTINGS ON THE EOADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
The family of the Thompsons on the Pearl Cays, and
a poor boy who was killed by the fall of a wall on
Corn Islands, make up the sum total of loss of life.
After examining the few and scattered facts I have
been able to gather about this storm, I am decidedly
of opinion that it cannot be called a hurricane, in the
true meaning of the word, but was rather a localized
norther of unusual severity. It is much to be re¬
gretted, however, that no reliable observations were
made, to set this question at rest. Such a thing as a
hurricane has never yet been experienced on this coast;
even its northern extremity, Cape Gracias a Dios,
being outside the hurricane track of the West Indies.
That the storm was most severe, is attested by the
damage done. The lagoon was covered with trees,
branches, and leaves for a long time; the water turned
quite black, and the fish died by hundreds, no doubt
poisoned. They floated on the surface of the lagoon
until the exhalations arising from their dead bodies
became almost unbearable. Amongst them, several
species were observed by the natives which had never
been seen before, and which were, I was assured, of a
very curious shape and appearance. The beach all
round was lined with hundreds of dead fish, alligators,
sharks, and a variety of strange shells, while on the
river banks there were great quantities of dead maniti.
A few days afterwards, the parrots came to the
settlement in thousands, and great numbers dropped
dead from sheer starvation. Then, the tigers made
their appearance, lean, gaunt, and savage, eating up
everything that came in their way, and very capital
NEW FIELD FOR PROFESSOR OWEN AND DR. GUNTHER. 377
scavengers they proved; but at last they became so
dangerous and troublesome that a crusade was under¬
taken against them, and in the town of Blewfields
alone, no less than eight were killed in one day.
Even strange beasts were seen, quite new to the oldest
hunters in the place; one large animal, pure white,
and about the size of a large tiger, was repeatedly ob¬
served. I could not help thinking, what a field for
my friend Professor Owen, and how Dr. Gunther would
have revelled amongst the fishes !
Such is the story of the great storm which the creoles
are so fond of calling the hurricane. The amount of
animal life destroyed must have been enormous, and
as to the effect on the vegetable kingdom, I can only
compare it to that of a tremendous flash of lightning,
scorching and scathing all before it.
That the missionaries should have been the principal
sufferers, and that the destruction should have been
confined to their especial field of operations alone, is a
curious fact. It was a heavy blow to these excellent men
and their good cause, and very energetic measures on
their part will be required, as well as liberal aid from
friends and supporters, to put them on the same footing
they occupied before this heavy misfortune overtook
them.*
But after this hurricane digression, I must go ahead
with my canoe up the Blewfields river, without losing
any more time.
* Should any of my readers care to take a practical interest in the
Moravian missions, I may mention that every opportunity will be
afforded them at the “London Association in Aid of the Brethren’s
Missions,” 32, Saekville Street, Piccadilly, W.
378
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
I had a double motive in undertaking this expedi¬
tion ; first, to satisfy a desire long felt by me to exa¬
mine for myself a river about which I had heard so
much, and which, from its position, will doubtless,
some day or other, be the means of “opening up” this
valuable country; and, secondly, to lay down its
course on the map, between the mouth and Kisilala,
with sufficient accuracy to enable me to judge if
it might be made available for shortening the road to
the mining district of Cliontales, in Nicaragua, in the
prosperity of which I was much interested.
I had but very little time at my disposal for the
trip, having to return to Blewfields by a certain day,
to attend a public meeting in the town, the first ever
held there. I therefore took care to provide myself
with a good canoe and a strong, hardworking crew.
I hired the canoe from Mr. Christopher Hodgson, a
creole of good position in the town; and Mr. David
Israng, a native of Hungary, for many years a resident
in Nicaragua, but now married and settled at Blew¬
fields, obtained the men for me. None of them had
ever worked with me before, but they were all well
recommended. The coxswain was a tall creole, quite
black, strongly pitted with smallpox, who stuttered
fearfully if the least excited; he was, however,
good-natured and willing, worked well, and, what is
more, cheerfully. I engaged them at four strong
dollars (16s. 8 d.) apiece, the men finding their own
provisions. The same sum was also charged for the
hire of the canoe, so that my Blewfields trip cost me
for conveyance alone exactly £5, wdiich, considering
Chap. XXIII.— B. P-J STRONG AND WEAK DOLLARS. 379
that the men had to work day and night, was not a
very exorbitant charge. It was, however, four times
as much as any resident would have paid; but the
amateur traveller on the Blewfields river is a rara
avis , and it is not to he wondered at if he leaves a
little of his plumage behind.
The term “ strong dollar ” may, perhaps, require
some explanation. There are two sorts of dollars in
use throughout the country, the strong and the weak;
the former is the American silver dollar, worth ten
dimes, fifty pence, or 4s. 2d .; the latter is the mongrel
dollar of the interior, considered to be only worth
eight dimes, forty pence, 3s. 4 d .,—the present value,
by the bye, of the paper dollar of the United States
in its depreciated currency. Future visitors to Cen¬
tral America will do well to remember this fact, as
payment will always be enforced in strong dollars,
unless the contrary is specially understood; and I
need scarcely say that the difference is no trifle when
large sums are involved.
The first thing I set my canoe-crew to work upon
was to make a chowpa, or roof, over that part of the
canoe in which I intended to take up my quarters.
The materials of which this covering is usually made
are now very scarce at Blewfields, so that I had to
send two of the men in a canoe to cut the necessary
quantity. The traveller should be very careful about
the construction of this roof, which is to shelter him
from the sun by day and the very heavy dews by
night, or from the rain in the rainy season; in fact, it
is his house, and deserves the greatest attention, which
380 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.—B. P.
I am sorry to say few natives will give, unless well
looked after; for such, an idea as sheltering themselves,
either by day or night, when they are travelling,
never enters their head. Wrapped in a blanket, I
have seen a creole snore through a perfect deluge of
rain; and as to the sun, it seems to have less effect on
their dark and sinewy naked shoulders than it has on
the wood of the canoe itself; for I have stepped out of
my chowpa and walked forward on the pretence of
looking at something ahead, but in reality to put my
hand on their burning back, as I thought; but, to my
great surprise, found their skin, instead of being
scorching hot, as any one would suppose, quite cool
to the touch. However, clmcun d son gout; they like
nakedness, I prefer a covering, and therefore I looked
to the construction of my chowpa myself.
First, three holes were bored in the top gunwale of
the canoe on each side, about big enough to put the
finger in, and three feet apart; then three lengths of
good-sized tough parasitical vine were bent over from
side to side, and well lashed, by its own tendrils, to
the holes ; for this same vine is accommodating enough
to hang in festoons of all sizes from the trees; you
may either make a selection of natural string, long
enough and strong enough to do up a small parcel of
unbaked corn-dough wrapped in a plantain leaf, or
cut it down sufficiently thick to moor a line-of-battle
ship.
When the three rafters, so to speak, are bent over
the boat from each of the three holes, a slight pole,
generally cane or bamboo, is laid along the top length-
Chap. XXIII.—B. P.] HOW TO MAKE A CHOWPA. 381
ways, and firmly secured to each of the three rafters
by the aforesaid vine string, commonly called withes;
parallel to this cane on each side others are laid.
The structure then looks like very open basketwork,
and only requires thatching to complete it. This
is done by laying on palm leaves in bunches, the rib
or backbone of the leaves lying close together inside,
and then bound securely to one of the canes placed
lengthways. This is repeated on each of the parallel
canes; and then the crown is completed by dexter¬
ously twisting the branches together in such a manner
that an equal part hangs down on each side of the
centre cane, you have now an admirable and cool
shelter, quite impervious to the heaviest rains and to
the rays of the fiercest sun. But inasmuch as in
ascending rivers where the current is strong, it is
often necessary to creep along shore, either to find
water shallow enough to enable one to use the pole;
or to get out of the strength of the current, thus
repeatedly bringing the chowpa in violent contact
with branches of trees, to the serious detriment of
the thatch,—I always take care to place over all a
stout tarpaulin, having brass thimbles let into the
corners, for securely fastening it down to the gunwale ;
with this addition the chowpa is not easily injured.
Inside, a few planks laid lengthways on the top of
some sticks placed crosswise on the bottom, suffice as
a flooring to keep the passenger well above any water
which may collect in the bilges, whether caused by
the top of a wave or by the rain.
To the rafters the gun, ammunition, machete, tele-
382 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Oiiap. XXIII.— B. P.
scope, as well as the many useful articles it is desirable
to have ready to hand, are suspended. Over the
bottom planks is spread a mat to sit upon; while the
blanket, pillow, hammock, and waterproof rolled up,
form a good-sized sort of bolster upon which to lean
back.
Altogether, with the exception of the smallness of
the space to move about in,—namely, six feet by three
feet six inches,—the accommodation is not to be
despised; indeed, I always preferred to sleep in my
canoe, rather than take up my quarters in any of the
habitations to be found on the river banks or lake
shores of Central America; and I should strongly re¬
commend travellers to adopt the same plan, by which
they would at least avoid making the acquaintance of
fleas, bugs, jiggers, and garrapatoes, whose boldness
is only exceeded in this country by their voracity, and
whose persistent attacks are sure to deprive even the
most weary traveller of his much-needed rest and
sleep.
The mosquitoes, also, so dreadfully troublesome on
the San Juan river, are best kept off under the
chowpa, to the framework of which it is easy to
stretch the mosquito net, and then, tucking it in
well between the mat and the planking, you may
calmly watch the futile attempts of the enemy to
effect an entrance. By the bye, I ought to mention
that the sight of a mosquito at Blewfields or up the
river is very rare.
Having prepared an adequate shelter from the
weather, it became necessary to provide the requisite
Chap. XXIII.— B. P.J LAYING IN PROVISIONS. 383
edibles for the voyage; and here a difficulty arose,
for Blewfields is not well stocked with provisions of
the sort most palatable to Englishmen. Fortunately,
I had arranged that the crew were to find their own
provisions, and as I am easily satisfied, I considered
myself in luck with the odds and ends collected by
friends, such as a couple of tins of sardines, a canister
of small biscuits, a piece of a ham, some hard-boiled
eggs, a bucketful of oysters, a cold roast parrot, half-
a-dozen of beer, a bottle of sherry, and some sugar
of the coarsest description. This sugar is brought
all the way from Jamaica, and is very dear; while
perhaps of all countries, and especially in this imme¬
diate vicinity, Mosquito produces the finest canes.
In some parts, Sugar Cane Creek, for example, near
Pirn’s Bay, there are acres of it growing wild, and yet
no one thinks of making sugar.
Last, but not least, I was indebted for some tea to
an Englishman, Mr. Wickham, engaged in a bird¬
shooting expedition. But for his kindness, I should
have had to go up the river without any, for tea is
scarce on the Mosquito coast, coffee and cocoa taking
its place, as they are easily and cheaply raised on the
spot; indeed, the latter can be bought from the Indians
for a shilling a pound.
To lose my accustomed tea would have been a severe
deprivation; for in all my experience of travelling,
whether in the East or West Indies, the Arctic regions
or the tropics, the mountain or the plain, by land or
by water, there is no other beverage which cheers or
refreshes so much as a hot cup of tea. In my opinion,
384 D0TTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIII.— B. P.
no European traveller should ever start on a journey
without an ample supply, and he should take care of
it as of the apple of his eye.
A tin mug for drinking purposes, serving alike for
tea, beer, sherry, lemonade, or even soup, if one should
be fortunate enough to shoot anything worth stewing ;
a tin plate, and an excellent pocket-companion in the
shape of a knife, fork, and spoon in one case,—sold by
Messrs. Mappins, King "William Street, London—com¬
pose my breakfast, tea, and dinner service; and cer¬
tainly no one can accuse me of overloading the canoe
in this particular. The plate has a hole in the rim,
with a piece of string passed through it, by means of
which it is tied up under the chowpa; the tin mug is
hung up by its handle to the projecting end of one of
the cane rafters, and ornaments one side; while a small
bag containing comb, soap, and toothbrush balances it
on the other, and now I am ready for a start.
385
CHAPTER, XXIV.
THE START UP RIVER.—TRAVELLING BY NIGHT.—AN ARCTIC
NEGRO.-BRACKISH WATER.-A CARIB BREAKFAST.-MOSQUI-
TIAN VILLAS.-HIEROGLYPHICS.-WOOLWA INDIANS.-KISI-
LALA. MUSH-LA.—A LIVE CANDLESTICK. — MAHOGANY. ITS
GREAT VALUE.-INDIAN MANNERS.-CHOCOLATE.-THE SPANISH
HAMMOCK.
Haying now given some idea of the preparations
necessary for canoe travelling, it is high time we em¬
barked and set off on the journey. Accordingly, the
men were summoned, and in due course (not very
quickly, it must be owned, for there is always some¬
thing to be done at the last moment) made their ap¬
pearance at the little pier belonging to the Moravian
missionaries.
One man carried the mast, spreets, sails, etc., another
the paddles, a third the rudder, iron pot, and what a
Yankee would call the fixings; while the others di¬
vided between them their own provisions, well wrapped
in plantain leaves, and the personal luggage of the
crew, packed in a Carib trunk or basket, so closely
woven of split cane that it is impervious to the
heaviest rain. It is simply made, in the form of two
2 c
386 D0TTIXGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chai>. XXIY-- B. P.
deep trays, one of winch fits tightly over the other,
and requires neither lock nor hinges.
Each man brings his own machete, a most useful
tool, either as sword or pruning-hook, to kill a snake
or a man, or to pick his teeth or cut down a plantain.
As to the culinary utensils, the crew always look
out for them. If going on a long trip, they are charged
to the passenger, and, when the voyage is over, be¬
come the perquisites of the crew; but on the present
occasion, the necessary articles, such as a large iron
pot on three legs (the favourite cooking apparatus on
this coast), a kettle, and a large tin dish, were bor¬
rowed from friends. Each man carries a sheath knife
in a belt, and as to fork or spoon, they do not
know how to use the one or the other, so very pro¬
perly never encumber themselves with such articles.
Drinking-mugs are also quite superfluous articles of
luxury, as the canoe’s baler (generally a calabash),
when not required for baling, answers all the purpose
of a cup, and suffices for all hands, and even for the
passenger himself, who will soon discover that a cala¬
bash is much more pleasant to drink from than a well-
battered tin mug, which, in spite of dipping over¬
board and well rinsing, more than commonly retains a
strong flavour of its previous contents.
Thus equipped, the crew stepped on board, the
coxswain taking his place as Boss (a favourite name
with the Caribs for their leading man) just abaft
the chowpa, in what I should consider a most uncom¬
fortable position, for he had the greatest difficulty,
perched up as he was on the stern, in keeping his long
Chap. XXIV.— B. P.J THE START UP RIVER. 387
legs and huge feet from intruding on my privacy. The
other four men seated themselves two and two as far
forward as they could get, placing the mast in mid¬
ships, partly sticking out over the bows; their machetes
and a couple of fowling-pieces, together with the
provisions, cooking utensils, and clothes basket, were
packed together in the middle of the canoe, and well
covered over to protect them from the weather.
Then we pushed off from the shore, each man
flourishing his paddle, and bringing it down with a
deep diagonal cut into the water, seeming to lift the
canoe bodily, and forcing her rapidly forward.
“ Give her fits, boys ! let her rip ! ” came in hoarse
tones from the coxswain; “ let her gane, two for one !”
was echoed from the bows; and down came the flash¬
ing paddles twice in the interval of the one deep stroke
at starting. Away we went like an arrow, cutting
through the smooth and glassy water, which looked like
silver in the moonbeams, and leaving behind a wake
of phosphorescent light, which broke up into little
rippling waves, throwing out hundreds of minute
flashes as the canoe dashed on her course.
Nothing could be more beautiful than the scene, or
more exhilarating than the rapid rate of the little
craft. Even the sharp tap which the men gave with
their paddles at each stroke, seemed to add to the
effect; and it was, therefore, anything but agreeable,
awakening one, as it were, from a pleasant dream,
when, in about twenty minutes from starting, the men
began to slacken their efforts, and to paddle so slowly
as almost to bring the canoe to standstill.
2 c 2
388 D0TTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [C'hap. XXIV.—B. P.
I soon found, however, by one or other standing up
every now and then and peering about him, that the)"
were looking out for a practicable entrance to the
river, a task by no means easy, even for their practised
eyesight; for, as I have before mentioned, there is a
decided sameness in mangrove bushes, especially per¬
plexing at such a distance as we were obliged to keep
off the land, and with false indentations quite as nu¬
merous as the real mouths.
At last the crew appeared to have made up their
minds ; the Boss changed the course right in for the
shore, and a few minutes’ paddling found us fairly
inside. A ghost-like white ibis, or crane, rose slowly
and wearily from the muddy point, taking flight si¬
lently up the river, and seemingly pointing out the
road for us; while a strong smell of musk gave us
notice that the canoe must have disturbed an alligator
almost within length of our paddles.
It was just a quarter to eleven on the night of the
28th April, 1867, as we entered the river, having left
the town of Blewfields at twenty-five minutes past ten,
and thus we commenced the voyage.
The men settled themselves to their work, taking
up a steady stroke; the Boss chanted a Carib canoe-
song, having been told that I had a strong liking for
this mode of encouraging the crew; and I betook my¬
self to the shelter of the chowpa, for the dew was
falling with a penetrating power equal to that of small
rain, there not being a single cloud in the heavens to
absorb the moisture.
Having spread my blanket and arranged my pillow,
TRAVELLING BY NIGHT.
389
Chap. XXIV.—B. P.J
I lay down; and wbat with, the soothing nature of the
Carib song—more like humming than singing—and
the gentle rocking of the canoe, I soon fell fast asleep.
At first sight it may appear strange for a traveller
about to make a journey with the avowed purpose of
exploration, to start on his voyage just before mid¬
night, and compass a good many miles in darkness
but there was more than one substantial reason for
doing so. In the first place, I had arranged to be in
Blewfields on the 1st May; so that I only had an in¬
terval of two and a half days between the time of my
departure and noon on the day of my appointment.
Then, again, I was anxious to see how quickly the
journey could really be made; for there were many
apocryphal stories about the distance, and no one
seemed to have any very clear idea of either the
length or direction of the navigable portion of the
river. Lastly, pushing ahead by night was not only
a gain in time, but also in comfort; for it is needless
to say how much cooler it is with the sun beneath the
horizon, than during the daytime, when it is blazing
overhead; besides, I so managed, that in returning
I covered during daylight that part of the river pre¬
viously passed at night-time, and I therefore saw
every inch of it, from Kisilala to the mouth.
In spite of the comfort of the chowpa, I soon woke
up, and spent the rest of the night in alternate dozing
under shelter and standing up outside, taking mental
notes of the appearance of the banks. Nothing trans¬
pired by way of variety; the men kept on with their
paddling, no doubt taking it in turns, when my eye
390
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
was not on them, to have a nap, but rousing them¬
selves to action as soon as I became restless and gave
indications of wakefulness; fur, of course, in such a
ticklish specimen of naval architecture as a canoe, the
slightest movement on the part of any one is at once
perceptible to the others.
On the whole, I was not dissatisfied with the pro¬
gress made, which I calculated at about four or four
and a half miles an hour, but we were all glad when
the light of day appeared once more; no one seemed
to regret it,—the change alone was pleasant. The
men looked chilled through, and were dripping wet
from the dew, which stood in large globules all over
the canoe. As the sun rose, the moisture was quickly
absorbed; the light cotton garments of the “boys”
no longer stuck to their skins, and it was curious to
observe as the heat increased how their spirits rose;
the paddles moved more briskly, and the silence which
had reigned supreme for some time gave place to quite
an animated conversation.
The effect of chill or cold on those who have African
blood in their veins is always depressing; they seem
to be quite nipped by any fall in the temperature, and
to lose heart and strength in proportion to its intensity,
—just the reverse of the white man, whose full energy
appears to be aroused as the thermometer lowers. It
may be said, indeed, that these respective distinctions
are the natural characteristics of men born either in
northern or tropical climates; but I cannot agree with
this, and rather attribute the fact to a race dis¬
tinction. I recollect taking great interest in the
AN ARCTIC NEGRO.
391
Chap. XXIV.— B. P.]
history of one of the men belonging to the ship I
succoured in the Arctic Regions, the 1 Investigatorhe
was a negro, but, be it remembered, born in Canada,
a part of the world cold enough, in all conscience. My
attention was at first attracted to him by observing
that he had lost some of his fingers; and, on making
inquiries, I found that he was minus some toes also,
on account of frost-bites, which he had been too apa¬
thetic to treat in the proper manner. When the 1 Inves¬
tigator ’ was abandoned, and the crew turned their steps
towards H.M.S. ‘ Resolute,’ from which I had started
to find them, this man, though in the best of spirits at
the relief which I had been so happy as to bring to
himself and shipmates, was always the first to give in.
This tendency had been observed in him on round¬
ing Cape Horn, with ice in sight; but in hot weather
no better working man could be found, and it was only
on a fall of the'temperature that heart and strength
seemed to fail him. He was as fine a specimen of
humanity as could be seen,—six feet high, and of
excellent proportions, with the strength of a giant.
Ho doubt similar observations have been made, by
those capable of judging, on the negroes born in
the Northern States of America; I have myself re¬
marked the blue, pinched-up, and utterly languid
state of the darkies of Washington in January, and
their jubilant carriage in the summer months, showing
that, no matter under what clime men may be born,
their race-attributes must crop out.
A hint to the above effect might be useful to the
politicians of the United States during election time;
392
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
I accordingly commend it to their notice, but hope
they will not think of cooling refractory democratic
niggers in an icehouse. Joking apart, you cannot
make a silk purse out of a sow’s ear; and I strongly
suspect that even now some of the most rabid anti-
slavery men in the United States begin to see the mis¬
take they have made in claiming relationship with an
alien and far inferior race, and in suddenly elevating
its members to a political equality, which is rather an
evil than otherwise to the recipients, and which is
most certainly detrimental to the interests of the
donors.
Just when daylight had fully dawned, we passed a
remarkable triangular rock near the right bank, and
by the ripple against it I could see there was a current
running down of about a knot an hour. I should
judge this rock to be about twenty miles from the
mouth; and as the banks are low, cut out square from
the land, and covered with grass and forest trees very
similar in appearance all the way, it formed quite
a feature in the river. The banks here are about five
feet in height, and, I was assured, are often overflowed
by freshets in the wet season.
During the night I had been much struck by the
rapid winding of the river, but by daylight the bends
seemed even more sharp ; indeed, in many instances,
a tree passed close to on the right-hand a few minutes
previously, would stand out in bold relief in the next
turn, and apparently as near as before, thus showing
how very narrow the points of land must be. In fact,
I have never seen a river with so many turns, not even
BRACKISH WATER.
393
Chap. XXIV.—B. P.]
excepting the Eama, although it also is famous for
its sudden windings. There is another point in which
the Blewfields resembles the Eama, viz. the saltness of
the water, which is brackish for a considerable distance
from the sea. I was quite ignorant of this until just after
passing the rock mentioned above, when, thinking
about my morning ablutions, I remarked how very blue
and deep the water looked. It then struck me that it
had in no respect the appearance of fresh water. The
tin mug was immediately put into requisition, and sure
enough the water turned out to be quite salt. I
upbraided the men for not having told me of this fact,
so that I might have provided some fresh water to
drink, as I did not care for beer or wine so early in
the morning, but I got no satisfaction from any of
them; my preference for water was certainly not in
accordance with their taste, and my not having any
water was, no doubt, my own fault ; although they
did not exactly say so. They had not forgotten to
bring a jar-full for themselves, an application to
which, however, only served to show ho w thirsty they
had been in the night; for, it was empty.
I have had considerable experience in travelling both
with Negro and Carib creoles, and I can safely assert
that if the traveller looks for the slightest attention or
consideration on their part, he will be wofully mis¬
taken ; they have to take care of themselves, and others
must do the same. They never think of doing any¬
thing unless distinctly ordered, except it be something
for their own advantage. For instance, when I first
employed these men, I used to furnish the provisions for
394 D0TTIXGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
all hands, and take my meals in common with the rest.
Not being very particular, I did not at first notice
that I came in for all the refuse of the pot; but one
day, being short of provisions and the last remnants
having been cooked, I was rather astonished to find
that my men had dined and never taken the least
thought of me ; nay, more, had actually cooked a fowl
upon which I had rather reckoned, and devoured every
particle. I tell this story for the benefit of any future
travellers on the Mosquito coast. Let the men provide
themselves; take your own provisions, and keep them
locked up; never allow the slightest feeling of mis¬
taken generosity to induce you to share any portion
with the crew, otherwise you will certainly repent
having done so.
The marks of the hurricane of eighteen months
before were everywhere perceptible. The surround¬
ing forest in all directions had been laid low; ex¬
cept where a gigantic tree, more sturdy than its
fellows, had resisted the fury of the blast, losing
only about a third of its grand proportions, but leaving
the trunk absolutely bare of branches, often stripped
of its bark, and in many instances blackened just as
if it had been struck by lightning, or as if a great
forest fire had devastated the country.
It was indeed a melancholy sight, and I especially
felt for my crew, all keen hunters, who lamented the
visitation most feelingly, on the ground that it had
destroyed the game, both on land and in the water,
for many miles around. Indeed, it was impossible
not to be struck with the absence of animal life; even
A CARIB BREAKFAST.
395
Chap. XXIV.—B. P.]
the usually common sight of a pair of chattering
parrots flying agross the river was a rarity.
As we pushed on, I noticed a constant succession
of cultivated patches, containing plantains, bananas,
some cocoa-trees, and invariably sugar-cane, which
grows here to great perfection, without the slightest
care or attention being paid to it, but I did not observe
a single cocoa-nut tree on the whole line of the river.
The soil is everywhere rich, and I was told that at
this height above the river-mouth swamps were very
rarely met with.
At half-past six, when the sun had well risen, we
began to see houses, or rather huts, on the banks, the
villa residences of the Blewfields gentry. At one of
these, belonging to a creole named George Taylor, we
stopped to breakfast. The first thing was to light a
fire and put the kettle on, which fortunately had been
filled with fresh water before starting. At first I
feared that I should have to resort to beer for my
breakfast, as the men declared that there was no drink¬
able water for some little distance ; but when I told
them to shove off and paddle until we reached water,
as I would have my tea, the kettle was produced, and
I have every reason to believe that the water in it had
been reserved for this purpose, the creoles being very
fond of tea, as they proved by making a whole kettle¬
ful, and, after filling my tin mug, sharing the rest
amongst themselves, without asking whether I wanted
any more.
My crew’s breakfast had the merit of simplicity.
A plantain-tree was cut down with a couple of blows
396 DOTTINGS OX THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.-B. P.
of the machete, and the hunch of fruit taken off; a
number of the plantains, quite green and hard, were
then peeled and laid on the embers to roast. In about
a quarter of an hour they were cooked, answering ad¬
mirably for bread; and, with some salt pork and the
aforesaid tea, afforded the men an excellent meal.
My own was rather more luxurious, consisting of
sardines and crackers.
Just before we stopped for breakfast, a large creek
was passed. There is but little water in it at this
time of the year, but a considerable amount of ma¬
hogany w r as floated down its stream in former days.
Three-quarters of an hour were occupied in pre¬
paring and consuming breakfast, after which we
shoved off, and paddled away once more up stream,
starting about half-past, seven, with a perfectly broil¬
ing sun darting its fierce rays upon us out of a cloud¬
less sky.
I am told that a common flood does no injury to
the houses at Taylor’s Place, where the banks are, say,
six feet above the stream at the end of the dry season.
Prom this I infer that the average floods cannot be
very tremendous, as it would require but very little
pressure to carry away these Mosquitian villas. They
are certainly of the lightest and least costly construc¬
tion, consisting of a strong upright at each corner,
with slighter poles at lesser intervals all round, be¬
tween which a species of wild cane or bamboo, split
in halves, is interwoven. The roof is rather high-
pitched, to throw off the rain, and is substantially
thatched with palm-leaves. The floor is the bare
Chap. XXIV— B. P.] MOSQUITIAX VILLAS. 397
eartli, beaten hard, and a slight partition divides the
sitting-room from the sleeping apartment. All cook¬
ing is done outside. The whole building, about
twenty feet square, is very neatly constructed, and,
my creoles informed me, could be built in about a week,
at a cost of perhaps ^20, or £4, and would last for
years, if not washed away by a flood.
If Anglo-Saxons ever people the banks of this river,
they will doubtless place their habitations further
inland, and on higher ground, unlike the present oc¬
cupants, who build close to the edge of the bank, in
which steps are cut and logs of wood laid almost
from the door to the water’s edge. At every mile one
is more and more struck with the value of this river,
which is by far the deepest on the coast. I was as¬
sured that, for a long distance, ten to twelve fathoms
was a common depth; and this I know, that I re¬
peatedly sounded with a palanca twenty-five feet in
length, close to the bank, and never could touch the
bottom.
At a quarter-past eight we passed Hone Creek,
which is a celebrated locality for mahogany; and a
quarter of an hour later the house and plantation of
Hercules Temple, on the right bank of the river, at
the mouth of Mahogany Creek, and on its right bank.
The water was still brackish, even up that creek.
It was about high water as we passed Temple’s house,
and the current was still running up a little. The rise
and fall of the tide is only eighteen inches at Blewfields;
this will give some idea of how very level the country
must be between the lagoon and this place, a distance
398 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
of thirty miles at least by the windings of the river,
or about twenty as the crow flies, according to my
estimate. Above Mahogany Creek, the banks of
the main river begin to assume higher proportions,
the average height being about eight feet; four miles
further on we got a supply of fresh water from a
spring on the right bank. The water trickled into
some holes which had been dug to receive it, and
which we soon emptied by filling our pots and pans;
it was cool and delicious. Here the banks are about
fifteen feet high, covered with ferns, long grass, and
earessa, or wild cane. At this place, also, the trade-
wind reached us, so that we were able to make sail
and give the men a rest, although the breeze was not
strong enough to drive the canoe quicker than the
men could paddle.
Soon after ten we entered upon a long reach,—quite
a novelty on this river,—at the end of it, on the left
bank, was the Queen Dowager’s house and plantation,
not a whit better than any of the others. In this reach
we got some sugar-cane from a small patch belonging
to one of the men; for, though very fond of cane, and
never, if possible, without a good stock in the canoe
with them, it did not seem to enter their heads to
poach on any of the numerous patches which we
passed belonging to their neighbours. Here, also, I
picked some barnacles from an old snag in the river,
the water of which was still brackish. The banks
about the Queen Dowager’s property attain a con¬
siderable height, and little hillocks appear now and
then further inland. I should think this is about the
Chap. XXIV.— B. P.J THE COTTON-TREE. 399
most eligible site for a plantation on the river, a creek
runs in on each side of the house, and the clayey
earthen banks begin to show symptoms of a firmer
foundation, for rocks crop out, forming little stony
points, the soundings also decrease in depth, and the
direction of the river from this place is to the north¬
ward of west, instead of due west as heretofore.
After passing this reach and another nearly as
long, we came to Dixon’s house, the farthest up the
river. It is at least twenty feet above the water, and
yet was inundated at the time of the great storm.
The owner was present at the time, but fortunately he
and his family were able to escape in their canoe.
Just beyond Dixon’s we sighted the Eama hill
(bearing S.S.W.), so called because it points out the
entrance to the Eama, the first affluent which enters
the Blewfields. About six miles higher up we passed
Saw-house Creek, where formerly a saw-mill for cut¬
ting mahogany was at work. I found the water still
disagreeable to the taste, not even the Caribs would
drink it.
The gigantic cotton-trees are quite a feature about
this part of the river; their gaunt, bare, white stems,
denuded of branches and shortened by the head, look
like so many monoliths, giving the idea of an immense
graveyard with colossal tombstones, nature’s tribute to
the memory of thousands of unburied denizens of the
forest, destroyed in the late furious war of the ele¬
ments.
The country now became hilly; in one place a cliff
rose up on the right bank to a height of fifty feet, the
400 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
trunk of a solitary tree standing erect on its summit,
with all its late companions prostrated around it;
the hill on the opposite bank, upwards of a hundred
feet high, was in a similar condition, each forming a
prominent mark in the landscape. At half-past two
we reached the mouth of the Rama river, with its hill
of two hundred feet pointing out the entrance. It
empties itself into the main river on the right bank, but
I was much disappointed at the insignificant appear¬
ance of its mouth, only about fifty feet across, although
deep for some little distance up stream. A few yards
before we opened out this river, we passed another
remarkable rock called the Rama Rock, very similar
to the one I have already described above, and likely to
prove equally dangerous at certain stages of the river,
if not well marked. From here the country began to be
broken up, several very respectable hills of two or three
hundred feet in height making their appearance, with
small creeks between, choked up, however, with
fallen trees; the points of the bends were also of a
rocky character, losing altogether the alluvial attri¬
butes of those lower down. I estimate the mouth of
the Rama to be about fifty-five miles by the bends of
the river from the lagoon, but not more than thirty as
the crow flies, its bearing being as nearly as possible
due west from Blewfields.
From the Rama to the Russwass, more commonly
called the Mico, occupied just an hour; and as the
bends are much longer, and we experienced no cur¬
rent, I put down the distance between the two rivers
at about four miles.
Chap. XXIV.— B. P.]
HIEROGLYPHICS.
401
The mouth of the Russwass is also on the right
hank; it is altogether a finer river than the Rama,
but the narrowness of its mouth gives no indication
of its somewhat lengthened course. The town of
Libertad is built on its right bank, near the source,
at a distance in a straight line from here of not less
than forty miles.
The creoles told me marvellous stories about the
heathen temples on the banks of this river, and the
colossal image of the favourite god of the aborigines,
a monkey, mico (hence the Spanish name of the river);
but on a very close cross-questioning of those who had
been some way up, the only confirmation I could
obtain of such stories was that there existed a bare
rock on which some rude figures had been drawn
(not cut),—very similar, I suspect, to those which I
copied from the cliff at Asososca, a small lake, and
close to Lake Nijapa, 4f miles (by my measurement)
from Managua, and which consisted of a coiled-up
lizard, about three feet in diameter, painted in red, and
another, in black, of a man,—or, rather, skeleton,—
such as would be drawn by a child of a very tender age.
I would have given something to have ascended the
Mico, so as to have set this really important question
at rest, but time would not allow, and I therefore
commend the journey to some future explorer, as¬
suring him that the trip up the river from Blewfields
will alone repay him the cost and trouble, and if he
can find any remains of ruined temples so far south,
on the Atlantic side, his labours in a scientific point
of view will not have been in vain.
2 D
402 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
About a mile below the Mico there is a remarkable
limestone point, with a small island close to it, the
first in the river. Here the water is drinkable, but
has still a heavy and unpleasant flavour; indeed, I
was assured that it was often quite brackish as far as
the falls below Ivisilala, and I certainly saw barnacles
on the snags close to that place.
Off the mouth of the Mico we passed a pitpan con¬
taining an Indian man and woman engaged in fishing;
the man was standing up at one end, the woman
squatting down at the other. How they ever squeezed
themselves into such a cockleshell of a boat, it is hard
to conceive, much less how they kept it upright ; it
was certainly not more than twelve feet long by two
broad, without any keel whatever, and, moreover,
rounded upwards at both ends. Its shape was some¬
thing like the horse-trough in front of old-fashioned
inns.
Finding that we should only just reach Ivisilala
before dark, I did not stop to have a nearer view of
these Indians, however tempting, for the amount of
animal life hitherto seen has not been overwhelming,
consisting only of one man, one woman, one white
ibis, and two or three kingfishers of various sizes,
which at rare intervals took their flight from the
banks.
A short distance beyond the Mico we came upon
an Indian camp, of six families, on the left bank; it
was a very temporary establishment, the only shel¬
ter being a lean-to for each family. There were
two men, two women, a young girl, and a baby pre-
Chap. XXIV.—B. P.]
WOOLWA INDIANS.
403
sent, but they were very sby, being afraid that we
were bringing the dreaded sickness, cholera, amongst
them. Their tribe (Woolwas) had suffered severely
some short time before, and naturally dreaded a re¬
petition of the scourge. These Indians had nothing
with them to show that they had ever been in contact
with Europeans, except the possession of a few beads.
Their complexion was of the colour of yellow ochre
and Indian ink mixed, and their skins resembled that
of a tapir. The young girl had her face daubed all
over with a red unctuous substance, which gave her a
very peculiar appearance, otherwise she would have
been rather pretty. We bought from them three fish
about the size of a large carp, called toobay, which
had been shot with arrows ; they proved an excellent
addition to the evening meal. Some biscuits were
given in exchange. Unfortunately I could not afford
to stop more than a few minutes, as my men were
anxious to push on, and I particularly wished to see
the approaches to Kisilala by daylight.
About eight miles above the Mico the bed of the
river could be distinctly seen right across. It was so
shallow here that we could easily touch bottom with a
paddle held at arm’s length, say eight feet; but as if to
show that this was not its normal condition, I observed
a lot of bamboo hanging to the branch of a tree at
least twenty-five feet above the water, which had evi¬
dently been deposited there by a flood. A steamer
[ would require very careful handling to bring her
above this point, which is about two miles below
Kisilala.
2 d 2
40 1 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
At twenty minutes to six we arrived at the foot of
Ivisilala rapids, through which we poled and dragged
the canoe, and five minutes afterwards made her
fast at the foot of a steep bank upon which the huts
of the Wool was were perched, about thirty feet above
the river, and out of the reach of any floods, one would
have supposed; but I was assured that a freshet had
been known to cover the bank on more than one occa¬
sion.
I was by no means sorry to find myself at my
journey’s end, after having been cramped up in a
canoe for so many hours, and soon made myself at
home in the nearest hut, where some boiled toobay
seasoned Avith sardines, some crackers, and roasted
plantains for bread, the whole washed down by a
good large calabash of tea, soon restored tired nature
and aching limbs.
There Avere two men and two women in the lodge,
and I found that they were the only human be¬
ings in Ivisilala, the rest of the inhabitants of the
village having hidden themselves up the creeks or
down the river, out of the way of the dreaded sick¬
ness ; on the principle, I suppose, that, being out of
sight, they would be out of mind.
Of the two men, one was a Mosquito Indian, the
other a Woolwa; the former appeared to me to be
lord of all he surveyed, for he domineered OA r er his
companions just like a spoiled child. He was, how¬
ever, about the most intelligent native I ever met,
giving me (through one of the Caribs who acted as in¬
terpreter) a very clear account of the river above and
Chap. XXI Y.—B.P.] KISILALA. 405
the river below. He had been as far as the Javali
mine in one direction, and often to Blewfields in the
other; indeed, he had been as far south as Greytown,
so he ought to have learned something of the world
after such extensive travels.
The Wbolwa Indian seemed almost in the condition
of a slave, for he did whatever the other told him, if
not with cheerful obedience, at all events without a
murmur. The two women were the wives of the
Mosquito man, and uglier-looking squaws it has
seldom been my lot to see. They were busily en¬
gaged in chewing cassava, to make mushla for a feast,
spitting it out when well mixed with saliva into a
large wooden dish scooped out of a tree. It gave me
all the sensations of sea-sickness to look at them and
the filthy contents of their bowl. After two or three
days’ fermentation, this delectable beverage is ready
for use, or rather abuse. It is very sour, very strong,
and looks like buttermilk.
The preparation of an intoxicating liquor from the
cassava, or yuka (Maniliot Aipi , Pohl), has been from
time immemorial practised in the interior of Peru, where
the Indians call it “masato.” Antonio Eaimondy, in
his ‘Apuntes sobre la Provincia litoral de Loreto ’ (Lima,
18G2, p. 132), gives a circumstantial account of it,
which, from its ethnological importance, may here be
translated, and ought to be compared with the descrip¬
tion of the preparation of kava furnished by Dr. See-
mann in his ‘ Yiti ’ (London, 1862,p. 327):—“In order
to get an idea of the way in which this beverage (masato)
is prepared, it is necessary to enter for a moment one of
406 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
the great houses of the heathen Temple of Ucayali, on
the eve of a great festival. On one side are seen several
half-naked women, seated on the floor around a heap of
yucas, and occupied in peeling the skin off them. On
the other side is a woman busy in putting the cleaned
roots in a pot large enough for a man to fall into.
After this has been done, a small quantity of water is
put in the pot, the yucas are covered with leaves, and
then boiled ; when boiled they are mashed. Advanced
to this state, they proceed to the most important, and,
at the same time, most disgusting operation. The
women, and in some instances the men also, sit down
once more in a circle round the mashed yucas, taking
large handfuls in their mouths, which they chew with¬
out swallowing, until it is completely saturated with
saliva, and almost become liquid. In this state the
filthy mass is spit out, and the operation repeated
until the required quantity is prepared. After this, a
small portion of mashed yuca is mixed and kneaded
with the chewed mass, and then put into pots, which
are covered up until fermentation sets in. The saliva
contained in the mashed yuca produces fermentation,
changes the starch into sugar and the sugar into alco¬
hol,—a process which, according to the state of the
temperature and the existing quantity of saliva, takes
place in two, three, or four days. This fermented
mass accompanies the Indians in all their journeys;
when wishing to prepare from it their disgusting be¬
verage, it is dissolved with a little water.”
Such exactly, in the latter half of the nineteenth
century, is “ mushla,” still the favourite beverage of
Chap. XXIV.—B.P.]
MUSHLA.
407
all the tribes on the Mosquito coast; and such pre¬
cisely was “ masato,” a national drink of the Incas,
who can say how many years before the Conquest ?*
In the face of such a fact, where is the philanthropist
who will still maintain that at the door of Europeans
lies all the guilt of introducing drunkenness and de¬
bauchery into the Hew World ?
In the tropics the light disappears with the sun;
there is no twilight, no gentle blending of day and
night; and, as I had not written up my journal, I
told my Caribs to bring me a candle from the canoe.
Instead of the candle, however, they brought me a
bundle of splinters cut from the pitch-pine, which is
found in great quantities at the back of Pearl Cay
Lagoon; this, when lit, gives a bright clear flame,
much more intense than that of a dozen candles, so
I was not sorry for the change.
The Woolwa was roused up from the corner where
he had been dozing, and speedily converted into a
candlestick,—holding out the lighted torch close to
me, and looking on with stoical indifference at my
journal-writing, respecting which he evinced not the
smallest curiosity. Occasionally he varied the mono¬
tony of the task by scratching his head and different
parts of his naked body, slapping his thigh or calf oc¬
casionally when a flea or some other vermin gave him
a nip.
I have before alluded to the mahogany trade which
* Can there be any philological connection between the American
terms “ cassava,” or “ kasava,” and the Polynesian “ kava” or ee ava,”
supposed to be derived from the Sanskrit “ kasya” (intoxicating beve¬
rages) P
408 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chai-. XXIV.— B. P.
formerly flourished not only on this river, but at many
other places in Mosquito.
A great deal of mahogany has been obtained from
the Blewfields river, and, no doubt, a great deal still
remains to be taken away ; it may, therefore, be worth
while in this place to give a short descriptive account
of the tree itself, and of the way in which it is cut
and shipped.
The mahogany attains the greatest size and grows
most abundantly between the parallel of the tropic of
Cancer and the tenth degree of north latitude. It is
generally to be seen on elevated ridges, and is by
no means confined to a fertile soil; on the contrary,
the trees which have attained the greatest size are
mostly those which grow on stony ground.
The Spaniards have the merit of discovering the
value of mahogany, having used it for shipbuilding
soon after the discovery of the New World, somewhere
about the year 1530. It is frequently mentioned by
the earlier navigators; Sir Walter Baleigh repaired
his ships with it in 1597; and Dampier, in 1681, took
all his vessels to St. Andrew’s and Old Providence, on
the Mosquito coast, to carry out the necessary repairs
and to make canoes, because those islands were then
plentifully stocked with the wood.
Mahogany was not imported into England until
1724, and then only came into repute by mere accident.
Some few planks were sent to a relative in London by
the captain of a merchant ship trading with the West
Indies; hut the carpenters of that day declared that
it was too hard to use, so it was made up merely as
Chap.XXIY.—B.P.]
MAHOGANY.
409
a curiosity; it, however, attracted so much attention
that the owner procured a further supply, had a bureau
made of it, aud set the fashion, which, unlike most
fashions, has ever since grown in favour with the
public.
The tree itself is one of the most beautiful in the
tropics, and one of the largest. I have often seen the
trunk between forty and fifty feet in height, under the
branches, and fourteen to sixteen paces in circumfer¬
ence,—equal to thirty or thirty-five feet, squaring
seven or eight feet, one slice alone being enough to
floor a small room.
At a short distance the tree is a magnificent sight,
—its giant arms stretching over a great extent of
ground, and generally forming a sort of dome-shaped
top, which can he distinguished at certain seasons of
the year from all other trees by the discoloration of
the leaves, which then (August, September, and Octo¬
ber) assume quite an autumnal tint, like the leaves of
many of our trees at home.
This well-known change of the leaf is of great value
to the hunter, as the Carib is called whose business it
is to point out the mahogany ; he climbs the highest
tree he can find, at once detects the spots where
the largest numbers are growing, and then unerringly
leads the cutters to the place. The first step is to
clear all round the vicinity of the tree selected for
felling, the men do this with machetes and axes;
the Canadian axe is their favourite tool. When the
tree is down, the branches are lopped off and the trunk
squared, after which it is dragged by oxen yoked two
410 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIY.—B. P.
and two to the nearest watercourse, by means of
which it is floated to the port of shipment. But
it is not alone the felling the trees that engages the
attention of the mahogany cutter; his principal
business is road-making, for opening a road from
the timber to the river requires much more labour
and expenditure than the mere cutting it down.
The road must be quite cleared of brushwood, the
rocks and even hillocks removed, the stumps of the
trees squared off, so that nothing may impede the
ox-cart, the streams bridged over; in short, a good
cart-road made. This work commences in December,
when the dry season has fairly set in, and by the time
the ground is well dried up—namely, in March—•
several miles of roads have been made of quite a sub¬
stantial character; indeed, these men deserve the
name of Carib engineers, and better men for employ¬
ment on the works of any tropical railway it would be
difficult to find; very little teaching would be re¬
quired to make them perfect.
When the mahogany is rolled into the river, it is
allowed to remain there until the water rises, about
June, when it is floated down in charge of men who
follow with their pitpans and keep it in the stream.
One peculiarity of the mahogany is that the wood
is superior wdien grown in the open savanna on
stony ground; but it attains its greatest size in the
solitude of the forests, and no doubt there are thou¬
sands on thousands of trees still to be found in the
vicinity of the Blewfields river.
The trees are felled between change and full of the
Chap. XXIY.—B. P.]
ITS GREAT VALUE.
411
moon; for, although unaccountable, it is nevertheless
the case that at that time the wood is sounder, has
less sap, and is of a darker colour. The mahogany-tree
may be cut down at any time during the year, but
between October and June is the time selected, on
account of its being the dry season.
The great value of mahogany arises from its extreme
durability, its extraordinary power of resisting the
impact of shot, and its non-splintering properties; in¬
deed, it is marvellous that it has not been used exten¬
sively for the backing of our ironclads, instead of teak,
which in no respect can compare with mahogany, not
even in durability, while its weight is far greater, and
it is more easily splintered by shot than any other
wood.
The oak is the monarch tree in the forests of the
temperate zone, and the mahogany in those of the tro¬
pics ; but the latter is in all respects the finer wood,—
it shrinks less than oak, warps and twists less, is more
buoyant, holds glue better, and weighs less. (The aver¬
age weight of a cubic foot of mahogany is forty-four
pounds, while that of oak is fifty-five pounds.) Ma¬
hogany is very slow to fire and free from dry rot and
the effect of acids ; it is admirably adapted for building
steamers, as it does not suffer from any change of tem¬
perature.
The relative weight of Central American mahogany
is, say, three hundred and forty feet to the ton. The
specific gravity of seasoned Honduras mahogany is less
than oak or teak in the following proportions. It is
calculated that a vessel of one thousand tons, built of
412 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [C hap. XXIV.—B. P.
mahogany, would, when afloat, displace nearly one
hundred tons less than if built of either of those
woods; a most important consideration in the con¬
struction of our ironclads, and a fact which ought not
to be overlooked by our naval authorities. One word
more; the non-corrosion of metals is a very valuable
property in this wood, as ascertained by the celebrated
chemist Dr. Ure, who, having tested samples of Cen¬
tral American mahogany submitted to him fur analysis,
reported that “ a decoction of the chips or shavings
had hardly any chemical reaction, and scarcely affected
iron and copper.” And, as a case in point, it is known
that when the old Spanish frigate 1 Princesa,’ built of
mahogany, was taken to pieces, so sound and tenacious
were her iron fastenings that the men were paid double
wages for extracting the bolts.
Before taking leave of Kisilala, I must say a few
words about the Indians I met there, now the last rem¬
nant of a tribe once very numerous on the Blewfields
river. Their total extinction is not far distant; indeed,
their numbers at present, including men, women, and
children, do not reach two hundred, and the birth
of a child is quite an event.
One very curious custom of these Indians I must
mention, as another instance showing the craving for
stimulants natural to the genus homo. They drink
their cocoa boiling hot, and very highly seasoned with
chili pepper freshly plucked from the shrub. One
spoonful would be quite enough to scald the mouth
and burn out the palate of any European, but the
Indian swallows with impunity the contents of a large
Chap. XXIV.— B.P.]
INDIAN DRINKS.
413
calabash, holding at least two pints. He seats himself
on the ground, draws up his knees, rests his elbows
upon them, and then receives the calabash of doubly-
heated cocoa from his squaw, slowly allowing the
seething liquid to trickle down his throat. Soon his
breathing becomes harder than usual, an intense per¬
spiration bursts out all over the body, and the stomach
swells perceptibly; but the man never moves until the
contents of the calabash are drained to the bottom.
This is certainly a new way of drinking cocoa,—with¬
out milk or sugar, but with chili peppers as a sub¬
stitute. Both this and mushla are but rude attempts
to provide stimulants,—-so rude, indeed, that it is not
a matter for wonder that the poor savages should
prefer the brandy, rum, and whisky of the pale-faces.
Perhaps I ought here to say a few words about
cocoa or chocolate, as it is daily becoming more and
more valuable as a food staple, and we are now in the
country where it is cultivated to perfection; in fact, it
is indigenous to the American continent. Cortez relates
that in Mexico he found large cocoa plantations, which
dated from “ time immemorial,” and that the Mexicans
attributed to the tree a divine origin. So much for its
antiquity.
The “ conquistadores ” introduced it into Spain, and
contrabandistas into the rest of Europe. Por how
many good things are we indebted to Columbus !
Chocolate reached us a few years after the Abyssinian
(not Arabian) berry from the Province of Kaffa (hence
the name), near the White ISTile, had begun to be
appreciated in Paris. Tobacco, the turkey, and the
414
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIV.—B. P.
potato are all purely American, and their introduction
to Europe followed in course of time on the discovery
of the new continent, hut certainly cocoa is second to
none of these in value.
The various countries which furnished Europe with
cocoa in 1866 were as follows, according to their rank
as exporters, viz. : —
lbs.
Ecuador.22,000,000
Brazil.8,121,132
Venezuela, New Granada, and Nicaragua . . . 4,000,000
Trinidad. 3,000,000
Cuba, and Porto Rico. 3,000,000
The French West Indies and Guyana .... 720,000
Other countries—-India, English West Indies,
Canaries, Philippine Islands, etc...... 1,358,868
Total. 42,200,000
But this list by no means enumerates all the cocoa¬
raising countries or the whole products of those men¬
tioned. Mexico, for instance, harvests 4,000,000
pounds, yet sells but very little,—consuming nearly
all within her borders. Guatemala, Honduras, Hayti,
and some other countries, do not rank amongst the
exporters, absorbing all they grow for their own con¬
sumption. For further particulars concerning this
“ food for a god,” see 1 The Gate of the Pacific,’ pp.
283, 284. I have introduced the subject here, because
the cultivation of cocoa will prove a most lucrative
and easy means of acquiring an independence on the
part of those whom I look forward to seeing before
very long engaged in reclaiming and cultivating the
fertile land of Mosquito.
415
Chap. XXIV. — B. P. J THE SPANISH HAMMOCK.
But to return to the aborigines. The dress of the
Wool was is very simple, that of the men being a
large fibrous sheet beaten out from the soft bark of a
tree, exactly like the “ tapa ” of the Polynesian
islanders. This sheet is rather more than six feet
long by about three broad, and is passed between
the legs and then hitched, both behind and before,
through a string tied round the waist. This is
the only covering worn, and at night it serves as a
blanket, in which the Indian wraps himself from head
to foot. The women have a very short petticoat, made
of the same material, reaching nearly to the knees, and
sometimes the addition of a square piece of cotton to
cover the breasts.
The huts or lodges of these Indians are constructed
without any side walls, the roof being made to de¬
scend almost to the ground from a high pitch.
One thing I remarked especially, that neither here
nor at Blewfields, nor indeed on any part of the Mos¬
quito coast, was the hammock in perpetual use, as it
is among the descendants of the Spaniards throughout
the neighbouring country. However, as I never travel
in a hot country without one of these most useful
articles,* I soon caused mine to be hung up ; and then
found that, from the slightness of the uprights and
ridge pole, it was very doubtful if my weight did not
bring down the whole structure; certainly the weight
of two of us would have done so, and, if I had swung
* It is surprising that the hammock is not in general use everywhere;
it is the most wonderful restorer to tired nature, and no sort of bed in
the world can compare with it for those just recovering from wounds
or hurts.
416 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXIY.—B. P.
backwards and forwards violently, there is no doubt
that the lodge would have been endangered.
The custom of using the hammock is entirely abori¬
ginal ; it therefore follows that at the time of the dis¬
covery the Indian must have built stronger houses.
Now, alas ! house and inmate are going together, and
very soon not a vestige of either will remain.
Talking to the inmates with a view of adding to my
vocabulary, I asked their names. I found they had
the same passion as that so common amongst their
countrymen from end to end of the coast; namely,
assuming those of Englishmen. No doubt as loyal
subjects they simply imitate their king, but, be that
as it may, go wherever you choose on the Mosquito
coast, there you will find such familiar appellations
as Shepherd, Robertson, Nelson, Hodgson, by which
the natives are known, and my host in the Woolwa
hut was no exception to the rule.
417
CHAPTEE XXV.
UP RIVER NOTES.-INDIAN GEOGRAPHERS.-CARKA TO JAVALI.-
OPHIR.—IGUANA.-HOW TO FIGHT “ DE DEBBEL.”—SIMON.-
ARRIVE AT BLEWFIELDS.-RESULT OF TRIP.—DR. SEEMANN.-
CONCLUSION.
Before turning the head of my canoe down stream,
I must give the information I obtained in respect to
the general aspect of the river higher up, so far, at
least, as pitpans can be used with advantage, namely,
between Ilisilala and a place called Carka, an Indian
settlement on the right hank of the river, lying about
six miles from the Javali mine. Throughout the
whole distance the river course is thickly studded
with rapids and falls (in one case more than a hun¬
dred feet high), while rocks and huge boulders, in
more than one place, completely block it right across,
hiding even the water from view.
Around these falls the Indians make portages, and
the smoothness with which they are worn shows how
frequently they are used. In the first instance, the
pitpan is unloaded and carried round to the upper
water, and then the cargo is brought over and re-
2 E
418 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—B. P.
loaded; this operation has to be repeated at each si¬
milar obstruction, but it is astonishing how dexte¬
rous the Indians are in this sort of work, so that the
delay is not nearly as considerable as might be sup¬
posed.
The river banks are thickly clothed with trees of an
infinite variety; the gigantic mahogany, which here
abounds, the elegant wild cane, vulgarly called bamboo,
the graceful tree-fern, all festooned with flowers and
parasites, form a sort of verdant wall on each side,
the difficulty of penetrating which, even with the
sharp machete, only the initiated can understand.
The tapir, wild hog, deer, coney, the turkey, quail,
pigeon, and various kinds of birds, several species of
fish, amongst which the shark* sometimes figures, 85
miles from Blewfields lagoon, can be had for the hunt¬
ing ; although it must be admitted that tigers, pumas,
and snakes on land, and the alligators in and out of
the water, render caution necessary when in pursuit of
game, and by some people might fairly be considered
to spoil the sport.
There are two or three very respectable Indian vil¬
lages on the banks, but the natives are not always at
home, having a strong liking to migrate up the many
little creeks and rivulets which empty themselves into
the upper waters of the river.
About halfway between Kisilala and Carka there
is a great fall (about a hundred feet), the portage
* Sharks and dolphins have been met with 95 miles up the Nile;
the former are very numerous and voracious in the Lake of Nicaragua,
119 miles from the sea.
Chap. XXV.—B. P.] INDIAN GEOGEAPHEES.
419
around which is the longest on the river, and requires
considerable bodily exertion to overcome.
The principal village, pronounced Woukee, is not
so large as those higher up, but is considered more
important; for here there are good-sized patches of
land under cultivation, cassava, corn, cocoa, and cotton,
all thriving well; and besides these products, the In¬
dians have, strange to say (considering their thriftless
nature), imported the breadfruit* and other useful
trees, which altogether give their settlement quite a
prosperous appearance.
The houses are also somewhat better built than at
Kisilala, and occupy sites on each side of the river;
so that the approach, to a certain degree, is quite grand
and imposing for Mosquito.
The intimate acquaintance of these Indians with
every nook and creek on their river, and their mar-*
vellous sagacity in threading the pathless wilds of
their primeval forests, is perfectly astonishing; and I
should strongly recommend any future traveller in this
part of the world to take the natives into his confi¬
dence, if he wants to map their country. He will pro¬
bably find their rough sketch quite correct, and receive
as much assistance towards laying down the moun-
* Besides its fruit, the tree produces a very valuable gum, used
chiefly by the natives for making their canoes water-tight. When it
first flows from an incision in the trunk it is very thin, but after stand¬
ing a short time, it forms a thick sediment at the bottom of the cala¬
bash; it is then soaked in cold water, and, when wanted, well worked
up in the hands until quite soft and sticky; it is then applied to the
crack or leak, and soon becomes as hard as cement, which in fact it
resembles in appearance.
2 e 2
420 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.-B.P.
tains, creeks, and. rivers, on the charts as Sir Edward
Parry did from Igloolik, the famous Esquimaux.
At Carka the settlement is rather larger than those
lower down, and here the natives have a considerable
sugar plantation. The sugar they make is very coarse,
like crystallized molasses; they eat it with their cassava
cake and roasted plantains, and very nourishing it
must be, judging by the amount of work the men can
undergo with this as their sole food, for they often
depend upon it alone on their longest journeys.
From Carka to the Javali mine there is a narrow
trail through the dense forest; certainly none but a
native could find and follow it, and then you must
travel in Indian file. The path, also, after the custom
of the aborigines, leads over everything ; there is no
attempt whatever to trace out as easy a road as pos¬
sible, so that the pathway between the river and the
mines is rendered much more tedious and difficult by
the hilly nature of the country over which it passes,
up hill and down dale, the greater part of the way;
to say nothing of crossing a good-sized creek several
times, the same which falls into the river close to
Carka.
The distance between Carka and the mines is pro¬
bably about six miles; but the many obstacles and
vile nature of the road would, no doubt, make it appear
three times as long.
In following the course of the creek, a very easy
track might probably be found, and, this well cleared
and opened so as to admit of the passage of a mule,
would bring the mine within two hours of the river,
Chap. XXV.—B. P.] CARKA TO JAVALI. 421
and thus open out a much quicker and safer route
for sending bullion and letters to England than that
which is now adopted. Take the one now in use, for
example: viz. from Javali to San Ubaldo, on the Lake
Nicaragua, by mules, say two days; San Ubaldo to
San Carlos, the point where the lake empties itself
into the river San Juan, say another three days ; San
Carlos to Greytown, on the Atlantic, two days; total,
seven days; whereas, by the Carka route the jour¬
ney to or from Greytown and the mines might he
made in about five and a half days, namely, three
from the Javali to Kisilala, and two and a half from
thence, via Blewfields, to Greytown; and which latter
journey, moreover, would he performed at much less
risk, cost, or chance of vexatious delay, now only too
likely to occur in the passage through Nicaraguan
territory.
In taking leave of the upper part of the Blewfields
Biver and the new gold district, I cannot refrain from
commending an attentive study of this locality to
those interested in mining, agriculture, colonization,
or interoceanic communication. Here there is a field
for any enterprising emigrant for some years to come,
and here, I suspect, is the high-road by which Nica¬
raguan commerce, civilization, and prosperity will he
developed.
Columbus himself had a strong opinion of the me¬
tallic wealth of the Mosquito Coast, as is evidenced by
his earlier correspondence with his sovereigns; he
firmly believed that he had discovered the Ophir of
Scripture.
422
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—B. P-
The following is an extract from one of his letters
to the king of Spain on this subject, and is valuable
as giving us a glimpse of that great discoverer’s
character, a mixture of sagacity and childlike simpli¬
city—making up a mind,—one of the greatest para¬
doxes recorded in history, singularly like that of
Garibaldi in our own day.
Extract of a letter written by Don Christopher Co¬
lumbus, Viceroy and Admiral of the Indies, to the Most
Christian and mighty sovereigns the king and queen
of Spain. Done in the Indies in the island of Jamaica
on the 7th July, 1503.
“ Gold is the most precious of all commodities ; gold
constitutes treasure, and he who possesses it has all he
needs in this world, as also the means of rescuing
souls from Purgatory, and restoring them to the en¬
joyment of Paradise. They say that when one of the
lords of Veraguas (Mosquito) dies, they bury all the
gold he possessed with his body. There were brought
to Solomon at one journey 6G6 quintals of gold
(6600 lbs.) about <£300,000 of our money, besides
what the merchants and sailors brought, and that
which was paid in Arabia. Of this gold he made
200 lances and 300 shields, and the entablature which
was above them was also of gold, and ornamented
with precious stones. Many other things he made
likewise of gold, and a great number of vessels of
great size, which he enriched with precious stones.
“This is related by Josephus in his chronicle ‘ De
Antiquitatibus ; ’ mention is also made of it in the
Chronicles, and in the Book of Kings. Josephus
Chap. XXV.—B. P.] 0PHIB. 123
thinks that this gold was found in the Aurea; if it
were so, I contend that these mines of the Aurea are
one and the same with those of Yeragua, which, as I
have said before, extends westward twenty days’
journey at an equal distance from the Pole and the
Line. Solomon bought all of it; gold, precious stones,
and silver, but your Majesties need only send to seek
them, to have them at your pleasure. David in his
will left 3000 quintals of Indian gold (300,000 lbs.)
nearly ,£6,000,000 of our money to Solomon to assist
in building the Temple. According to Josephus, it
came from these lands. Jerusalem and Mount Sion
are to he rebuilt by the hands of Christians, as God has
declared by the mouth of his prophet in the 14th
Psalm. The Abbe Joaquin said that he who should
do this was to come from Spain !!! ”
Leaving Kisilala, we pushed out into the stream, at
first paddling easily so as to clear the rapid without
injuring the canoe, for the water is so shallow that
even our light craft touched the bottom when shooting
over the deepest part; but the men, jumping up, made
a firm and vigorous set on the rocks with their pad¬
dles, and without taking in a drop of water, forced
her over, and thus we fairly started on our return to
Blewfields just before midnight on the 29th.
The night was beautiful, not a cloud to be seen ;
the stars shining brightly, as they know how to shine
in the tropics; but the dew was heavier than any I
had ever seen before, so that I was glad of the shelter
of the “ chowpa,” and could well bear my blanket
besides, for it was very chilly.
424
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—B. P.
The light clothing of the men was speedily soaked,
and they paddled with a will to keep themselves
warm, so that I had the satisfaction of seeing the
canoe making good way through the water. There
was not a breath of wind, and only the splash of the
paddles, the ceaseless buzzing of insects, and the
croaking of the bullfrogs broke the stillness of the
night, for the men did not seem to care about enliven¬
ing their labour with a song; twenty-four hours’ hard
work with very little intermission, and a similar pro¬
spect before them, was apparently not considered by
them conducive to merriment; and no doubt they
would have relaxed their efforts and indulged in a
nap, had they not been well aware that I slept with
one eye open, and was not likely to let them rest in
peace many minutes.
The dawn of day was hailed by all of us with plea¬
sure. We were then off the Queen Mother’s planta¬
tion, which we had taken about twelve hours to reach
on the up voyage, so that there was a fair chance of
arriving at Blcwfields before dark, and thus enabling
me to carry out my programme there.
Morning light brought with it a double pleasure,
especially to the Creoles, for, on the branch of a tree
overhanging the river, was a fine iguana, stretched at
full length, ready to enjoy the first rays of the rising
sun. The creature, however, either saw us or was
startled by the noise of the paddles, as there was
barely time to get a flying shot at it before down it
dropped from its perch, plump into the river, and was
lost to view in a moment. The men paddled rapidly
IGUANA.
425
Chap. XXV.—B. P.]
to the spot, more from impulse than in the hope of
ever seeing it again (for the Creoles do not dive after
the iguana and capture it under water, as the Indians
delight in doing), when, to the surprise of all of us,
it rose for air close to the canoe. It was instantly
seized behind the head by a powerful black hand, and
quickly dragged on board, where its legs were soon
secured across its back, and it was rendered powerless
beyond snapping viciously with its horrid jaws, lined
with small but very sharp, triangular teeth, like those
of an Ashantee. It also kept inflating the goitre-like
appendage under the throat, expressive of rage and
anger. It turned out to be a very large one, about
four feet long; and, as one of the Creoles expressed
it, “ He fine hen, sar; plenty eggs, sard’ Ugly as
the reptile looked, I can vouch for its being delicious
food, and its yellowish-coloured eggs, which, by the
bye, were all yolk, very rich and delicate.
The iguana is covered with dirty-looking little
scales about the size of those of a salmon, and with
its large crest extending nearly the whole way down
its back, and an appendage under its throat, the former
bristling up and the latter inflated by anger, it is cer¬
tainly as repulsive to look at as any creature breath¬
ing ; but then it is very justly looked upon as a valu¬
able article of food, although, in certain diseases, said
to be most hurtful to the patient. The iguana is com¬
mon on the banks of rivers throughout Central Ame¬
rica, and sometimes attains a length of between five
and six feet; it lives chiefly on the trees, subsisting
on fruit and leaves, although the Creoles assert that it
426
D0TTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXY.—B. P-
often preys on fish, it being as much at home in the
water as on land. The eggs are about the size of those
of a pigeon; it lays about a hundred, depositing them
carefully in the sand, in a similar manner to that of
the turtle.
Soon after seven my men thought it high time to
stop for breakfast, and as I entertained the same view,
the canoe was soon brought to the bank at the planta¬
tion of Christopher Hudson, one of the most respect¬
able Creoles at Blewfields, and very intelligent be¬
sides. Here a fire was made in no time, by putting
the burnt ends of three good-sized faggots together,
lighting some tinder or dry moss between them and
blowing the whole into a flame. Travellers in this
country should never neglect to take with them from
their last bivouac a supply of charred wood, so as to
be independent of the fuel found on or near the camp¬
ing-place, which is generally wet or damp, especially
in the rainy season.
No sooner was the fire well lit than the iguana was
pitched upon it, and very shortly the scaly skin be¬
gan to crack and curl, so that it was easy work to
scrape it all away, leaving the flesh bare. A small
piece, toasted, was then handed to me; but I liked it
better stewed, and therefore directed that certain por¬
tions, together with the eggs, should be put into the
camp-kettle for that purpose, and a most excellent
meal we made somewhat later in the day. The iguana
not only affords nutritious and agreeable food on the
shortest notice, but keeps well besides, and for that
reason is especially valuable in a hot climate, where
427
Chap. XXV.— B. P.] HOW TO FIGHT “ DE DEBBEL.”
meat so soon becomes unfit to eat. I have known
iguanas with their legs tied across tlieir backs, so that
they could not escape, live in the bottom of a canoe,
apparently without any inconvenience or pain, and
certainly without falling away, for more than a week;
myself and party would have fared badly on one occa¬
sion, had we not fortunately laid in a goodly store of
this species of live-stock.
When we re-embarked, I noticed much more
sprightliness in the manner of the men, and they
certainly paddled well for some distance. On asking
the reason of this, I found it emanated from their full
appreciation of the capital breakfast on their favourite
food, which they had just had, and which they assured
me made them stronger and braver, or as one of them
said, “Plenty of guana, sar, I fight de debbel, sar! ”
Just before nine we stopped at the watering-place
used on our way up to Kisilala, and there filled our
kettles and demijohn Avith the clearest and purest fresh¬
water imaginable, obtained from the holes which we
had scooped out before. The water of the river itself
was quite unfit to drink; indeed, I found barnacles
(which, as is well known, cannot stand fresh water)
within eight miles of the rapids, and, therefore, it is
fair to infer that the stream is always more or less salt,
as far as that point at least.
We had now a decided set of current against us,
and also a strong breeze, so I discarded the chowpa,
finding that it held a great deal of wind, and retarded
the boat’s progress very much. I was nearly roasted
alive in consequence, for the day turned out one of the
428
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Cuap. XXV.—E. P.
hottest I have ever felt in the West Indies, and even
the natives were compelled to' put a cool plantain leaf
on their heads, an example I was very glad to follow,
as the only means of averting a sunstroke.
Opposite Mahogany Creek, we stopped at a very
thriving plantation, and completely loaded the canoe
with cassava, plantains, and sugar-cane, for the use
and benefit of the families of my men, who, with
characteristic independence, hardly thought it worth
while to ask my permission. The canoe must have
presented a very curious appearance to any one from
the hank. She was nearly level with the water, lined
round with uprights of sugar-cane, and filled inside
with plantains; four naked black men, each with a
great green leaf on his head, paddled forward, while a
gigantic steersman, in the same costume, sat right aft;
a weary-looking white traveller, almost fainting with
the heat, perched on the top of the plantains, his head
crowned with leaves and a large cotton umbrella,
completed this moving picture.
In this way the rest of the voyage to Blewfields
was performed ; and through the folly of pulling down
the chowpa was only rendered endurable by the con¬
sumption of no end of sugar-cane, supplied to me by
the aforesaid coxswain, who sliced off the outer skin
most dexterously with his machete, and then split up
the inside into strips about the size of one’s finger,
easy to chew. It is astonishing what an enormous
quantity of sugar-cane disappears; I am afraid to say
how many yards I got through under the trying ex¬
posure of this day, hut the cane consumed, if put to-
Chap. XXY.—E. P.]
SIMON.
429
getlier, certainly would have far exceeded twice the
length of the canoe.
A little before one we arrived at the place we had
reached at daybreak yesterday; from here I found
the river banks very low, scarcely three feet above
the water, and a dead level as far as the eye could
reach.
About eight miles below this we passed the plan¬
tation of Simon, an old and faithful follower of mine.
There is a good water-hole here, and the place is
famous in the annals of Blewfields, as the first pro¬
vision ground cleared by a Blewfields man. The
situation is well chosen, there being a creek near, and
some rising ground not far inland, to which settlers
could easily resort in case of a heavy flood. Here the
river assumes a very imposing appearance, being at
least four hundred yards across and very deep.
Lower down, the banks (if banks they can be
called, being scarcely better than a swamp), were
thickly covered with bamboo, or, more strictly speak¬
ing, wild cane, of considerable length and thickness;
but inland the ground rises much more than it does
higher up, several very respectable hills making their
appearance towards the mouth of the river. One
especially, called Malapee, I should estimate to be
at least four hundred feet in height. About this
place, I observed that the so-called bamboo gave place
to the Silico palm.
Below this point no attempt has been made to clear
any plantations, although no doubt there is abundance
of excellent land to be had for the trouble of cutting
430 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—B.P.
a pathway from the river side some short distance in¬
land.
At a quarter to five we arrived at the apex of the
delta, in which perhaps there is as intricate naviga¬
tion as in any delta in the world; however, my cox¬
swain knew every reach and turning, and kept on his
course without the slightest deviation, although many
tempting openings seemed to woo him to try a short
cut.
Just about sunset we saw Schooner Cay, which is
at the mouth of the river, and caught a glimpse of
the Halfway Cay and the water of the Lagoon. At
six we were clear of the river, the mouth of which
consists of a series of cays. Cassava Cay was then
in full view, as also the Bluff.
We made a short cut inside Yellowtail Cay, and at
seven, after rasping over a few oyster-beds, ran the
canoe alongside the Missionary Pier, our starting-
point, having been absent forty-five hours, out of
which the men had worked seventeen and a half, going
up the river, paddling, according to my estimate, 71
miles, and seventeen hours in returning, which, at four
miles an hour, would give 68 miles, or a mean of 694
miles—say 70 miles—by the bends of the river, from
Blewfields to Hisilala, but not more than 45 as the
crow flies, thus allowing 25 for the very considerable
winding.
The result of my journey may be summed up under
the following heads :—
1st. That the Blewfields Biver is navigable for 65
miles, that is to say, to about five miles below Kisilala,
431
Chap. XXV.—B. P.] ARRIVE AT BLEWFIELDS.
—that a well-manned canoe can reach that place
within twenty-four hours, and a steamer in about
eight.
2nd. That the water is brackish over the entire
navigable part, with a soil on each bank of surpassing
fertility, and being a dead level, with the prevailing
trade-wind, loaded with saline particles, searching out
every part, it would be in every respect suitable for the
growth of cotton, especially that called Sea Island.
3rd. That for this purpose there are many, many
thousands of acres available at once, counting only one
mile back on each side of the river.
4th. That the patches of cultivation now existing
could be so extended as to produce sufficient food-
supplies to sustain a population numbering thousands
within six months from the date of commencing opera¬
tions. The common practice on the river is to sow
maize or Indian corn in May and reap it in August;
sugar-cane comes to perfection and attains an enor¬
mous size with but little care or attention, and I was
astonished to find that cocoa, of which there is already
a goodly number of trees, was raised without any of
the care bestowed upon it in Nicaragua and Ecuador,
not even a shade-tree ,— u Madre de Cocoa,”—consi¬
dered so essential in those countries, being planted to
protect the young plant from the fierce rays of the sun
during its earlier growth.
And lastly, that a road, opened out from a short
distance below Kisilala to the mining district of Chon-
tales, is not only easy, but by using it in connection
with the river and the sea the distance to the gold
432
DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—E. P.
and silver district would be materially shortened and
its development rendered more easy and certain.
Looking at all these facts, the Blewfields Liver
seems to offer every possible advantage as a field of
emigration for the more industrious coloured popula¬
tion of the Southern States. The climate is healthy
(yellow fever is unknown), and is indeed in every
respect superior to that in the vicinity of the Missis¬
sippi. It is easily accessible, and has a ready market
in all directions for every sort of produce. It must,
however, be understood that I do not propose this
locality as an emigration field for the uncontrolled
negro ; he must fail* to progress whenever and wher¬
ever he is cursed with absolute freedom,—but there is
some hope for those who have a white intermixture,
however slight, in their veins. To such men a rapid
and certain fortune is in their own hands, by the exer¬
cise of a little patience and perseverance in this real
land of promise; and there is no denying that their de¬
parture from the United States would be a happy thing
for all parties. They would soon learn to bless the day
of their exodus, for certain extermination is the lot of
those who remain. The Americans could not but feel
that the departure of the irrepressible nigger* was a
good riddance of what must ever remain an incongru¬
ous element; but in Mosquito they would be hailed as
countrymen, warmly welcomed, and really be placed
in a position to do some good for themselves.
The description just given of my last journey in
* Any one with even a tinge of “ colour” or the semblance of wool
is open to be called a nigger in the "United States.
Chap. XXV.— B. P.]
DR. SEEMANN.
433
Central America brings my Mosquito u Dottings ” to
a close. My reminiscences have necessarily been of a
mixed nature. I have had to bear disappointment at
the failure of hopes and plans, all the more bitter from
the unqualified approval with which they have been
received, and the abundant proof I have obtained of
how easily my proposals could have been carried out;
nevertheless, I shall ever retain the liveliest interest
in the progress of the country and the welfare of its
people, and still cling to the hope that I may yet see
the seed I have sown bearing fruit abundantly.
In the preceding pages I have endeavoured, while
discussing the Mosquito Coast, not to neglect its poli¬
tical history, commonly called the Mosquito Question,
to which indeed I have rather given a prominence, as
the matter is well worthy of study in connection with
the present aspect of American relationship towards
this country.
I have now only to add a few words in connection
with the authorship of this book. On finishing his
part of it, at page 208, Dr. Seemann pays me the com¬
pliment of saying that he has embodied whole pages
of my notes in his text. I can truly say that he has
dressed them up so gracefully, that out of their ori¬
ginal homely garb their author can scarcely recognize
them. Dr. Seemann was welcome to make any use
he pleased of my notes, but I fear it was scarcely wise
on my part to accept his invitation to joint author¬
ship ; and it requires, I can assure the reader, no small
amount of courage on my part to face such a position;
I have, however, taken the plunge, and must abide the
2 F
434 DOTTINGS ON THE ROADSIDE. [Chap. XXV.—B. P.
consequences. In conclusion, while I admit frankly
the justice of the first part of the well-known French
adage, I yet trust that the latter part will be found
equally applicable to these pages:—
“ Les rnarins dcrivent mal, mais avec assez de can-
deur.”
THE END.
435
APPENDIX.
Terms of Concession concluded in 1859 between His
Majesty the King and Commander Bedford Pim,
Royal Navy.
Our friend Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan Pim (a Com¬
mander, Her Britannic Majesty’s Navy, at present com¬
manding Her Britannic Majesty’s Ship ‘ Gorgon,’ stationed
in the West Indies), having called our attention to the ad¬
vantages which would result to our country of Mosquito by
the construction of a railroad from Monkey Point to the-
Lake of Nicaragua as a certain, sure, and rapid means of
transit from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, and, having
also given us to understand the practicability of his carrying
out this project, either by his own exertions or means of
certain capitalists of different nations, we have accepted the
arrangements which he has submitted to us, and by these
presents grant him exclusive power to take such steps as he
may deem most expedient for the carrying out the above-
mentioned project, subject to the conditions and under the
responsibilities settled in the following Articles :—
Article I. The grant of land shall be in perpetuity.
Article II. The works shall be executed at the sole cost
of the Company, and all the necessary land in my territories
shall be granted free of cost, excepting the land at present
belonging to private individuals.
Article III. Stone or any material necessary for the
works may be quarried in any part of our dominions with-
2 f 2
436
APPENDIX.
out paying dues, and tlie right of free entry for all machines
and materials imported from abroad for the purpose of carry¬
ing out the object of this grant is also granted.
Article IV. We promise our true and hearty co-opera¬
tion and influence in facilitating the execution and carrying
out of the present project.
Article Y. Finally, in considei’ation of the above liberal
concession, the sum of 5 per cent, of the net profits shown
by the balance sheet, without prejudice to the interest and
dividends accruing from the shares which I reserve the right
of taking upon my own account at their issue, and without
any guarantee on my part for the execution of the works,
shall be paid quarterly to me, the said George Augustus Fre¬
derick, King of Mosquito.
(Signed) George Augustus Frederick.
(KS.)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of—■
(Signed) Gustavus Feurig,
King’s Magistrate, Blewfields.
(Signed) J. H. Hooker,
Magistrate, Blewfields.
Recorded in the Mosquito Territory Land Grant Record
Book at Blewfields, Mosquito, this 21st December, 1859.
No. 59. (Signed) Willtam Rahn,
Recorder.
These are to certify that the signatures appended to this
document are in the true handwriting of His Majesty George
Augustus Frederick, King of Mosquito, the Reverend Gus¬
tavus Feurig, the King’s Magistrate, John H. Hooker, Esq.,
Magistrate, and William Rahn, Esq., Registrar, all of Blew¬
fields, Mosquito.
In witness whereof I hereto set my hand and seal of office
at the British Consulate, Greytown, Mosquito, this 5th day
of January, in the year of our Lord 1860.
(Signed) James Green,
H.B.M. Consul.
Seal.
APPENDIX.
437
Teems of Railway Concession concluded in 1865 between
the Government of Nicaragua and Captain Bedford
Pim, of the English Royal Navy.
Gazette of Nicaragua, Managua, 8th April, 1865.
The President of the Republic to its inhabitants ;
Know ye: That Congress has ordered as follows :
The Senate and Chamber of Deputies of the Republic of
Nicaragua.
Decree—Art. 1st. It ratifies the concession entered into
with Captain Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan Pim, of the
English Royal Navy, approved by the Government on the
2nd instant, with the modifications contained in the present
law ; the tenor of which is as follows :
The undersigned, Licentiate Don Antonio Silva, Minister
of Fomento, etc., of the Supreme Government of Nicaragua,
Special Commissioner, on the one part, and Bedford Clap¬
perton Trevelyan Pim, Captain in the English Royal Navy,
for himself and for the Company that he will hereafter form,
on the other part, have agreed to the following concession.
Article I. The Republic of Nicaragua concedes to Captain
Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan Pim, of the English Royal
Navy, and to the Company which he proposes to form, as
also to the heirs, successors, administrators, or assigns of
either, the right of establishing and working a transit
between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans from Monkey Point
on the Atlantic to Corinto, or the Gulf of Fonseca, on the
Pacific. The concessionaire or his representatives can con¬
struct the necessary works to establish the said transit either
by a continuous railroad, or partly by railroad and partly by
steamers, making use of the Lake Managua and that part
of Lake Nicaragua comprised to the north of a line drawn
from Point Tule on the coast of Chontales, to the islets
called “ Corrales de Piedra/’ on the coast of Granada.
Article II. The Republic concedes also to Captain Pim,
Company, and their successors, the exclusive privilege for
establishing the said interoceanic transit, which privilege is
438
APPENDIX.
intended only within the territory of the Republic situated
between said interoceanic route and a line drawn parallel to
it, twenty leagues to the north; and, on the south, the
space comprehended between the same route and another
line drawn from Point Tule to the islets called “ Corrales de
Piedra,” on the coast of Granada, and from thence to Point
Desolada, on the Pacific; and the right of preference is also
conceded for the establishment of any other railroads which
may be proposed.
Article III. It also concedes to them :—
1. The right to make canals, wet and dry docks, graving
docks, wharves, landing-places, stations, warehouses, coal
depots, hotels, buildings, and electric telegraphs in connec¬
tion with the transit route.
2. The right of expropriation, in conformity with the laws
of the Republic, of the lands possessed by private individuals
and municipalities, required for the works of the railway, and
also of four square miles alternatively, taking the rails for a
centre, so that the intervals of said lands remain unexpro¬
priated, except in the case of municipalities, when the only
power shall be to expropriate the lands necessary for the
railroad and its accessory works strictly necessary. The
respective authorities shall give effect to the expropriation,
without any delay prejudicial to the enterprise, the corre¬
sponding value of the lands and damages as settled by experts
named by both parties having been paid, in accordance with
the intrinsic value, without respect to that which may be
attained by the vicinity of the railway.
3. The public lands over which the track of the railroad
will pass, and necessary for its works, as also in freehold,
gratuitously, alternate lots of said lands of four square miles,
taking the rails for a centre, the interposing lots remaining
in possession of the Republic ; but it is agreed that on the
extremities of the route, whether the lands be governmental
or private, the enterprise shall only have a right to a square
mile situated on one side of the railroad, in order that those
which may be on the opposite side remain in the possession
APPENDIX.
439
of the Government or of whoever may legitimately own them,
and it is moreover stipulated that in case of being public
lands, the Government and the enterprise shall have the
mutual right of obtaining by way of exchange such portion
of land as it or they may need on the opposite side, the
former for public works, and the latter for the works of the
railroad and its accessory ones ; but should the lands belong
to private individuals, then, and for such object, the Govern¬
ment and the enterprise shall use the right of expropriation
of the portion of land which may be required by them on
the opposite side, at their own cost.
4. And lastly, it concedes to them in the same way three
lots of ten leagues square each, of public unoccupied lands,
with all its natural products situated respectively in the
departments of Chontales, Matagalpa, and New Segovia, of
which lands they shall dispose in freehold, except in the case
of minerals, which they shall enjoy according to the laws on
the matter binding on the Republic, such lands shall be
disposed in such a manner that each lot divided into smaller
ones of one league square shall include as many others
interposed between them which shall remain in possession of
the Government. The choice and situation of said lands
shall be made by mutual consent of both interested parties
or by the tribunal of arbitrators which shall be designated
in Article XI. in case of disagreement. The possession of
said lands shall take place by third parts, the enterprise
receiving the first when ten miles of railroad at each
extremity of the route has been constructed, another third
when half the line is finished, and the last when the works
of the transit shall be duly completed.
Article IV. The works of the interoceanic transit must
be commenced at each of its extremes, within two years, to
be counted from the final ratification of the present stipula¬
tion, it being understood that the through transit shall be
concluded at the expiration of the term of ten years, the two
years conceded for the commencement included ; and it shall
be considered as definitely completed when passengers and
440
APPENDIX.
goods can be transported from ocean to ocean whether ex¬
clusively on a continuous railroad or by the help of steamers
belonging to the enterprise which shall navigate the inland
waters of the Republic.
Article Y. The concessions granted in the present con¬
vention as also the privilege of preference and right of work¬
ing the interoceanic transit shall be in force for seventy
years, to be counted from the conclusion of the works; at
the end of fifty years the Republic of Nicaragua shall have
the right to buy up or commute the railway for the value
which it may then have according to the just valuation of
experts appointed in the manner expressed in Article XI.;
and, at the end of seventy years, that is to say, at the end
of the contract, the commutation shall also take place by the
payment of two-thirds of the valuation which it may then
receive. In the event of the Republic not making such re¬
demption in the way and on the terms stipulated, the present
convention shall hold good for ninety-nine years. During
the term of seventy years aforesaid, the transit enterprise
shall be formally bound to pay annually to the Government
of the Republic one and a half per cent, upon the gross
earnings gained by the said enterprise arising from any
traffic of passengers or goods transported by the line, which
payment shall be made in accordance with the books of said
enterprise and with the concurrence of the fiscal agent whom
the Government may appoint. It is stipulated, moreover,
that during the twenty-nine years of the aforesaid prorogue,
the Government shall have the right to receive a quota
double to that of the agreed one, that is to say three per
cent, per annum upon the gross earnings of the enterprise.
At the end of the ninety-nine years herein stipulated, the
interoceanic route, with all its principal and accessory works,
real or moveable, and other materials, shall pass to the do¬
minion and power of the Republic, in good condition for
service, without any remuneration, compensation, or subsidy
whatever.
Article VI. As it may be convenient to the Republic to
APPENDIX.
441
open a communication between tbe two lakes, by means of
a canal at Tipitapa, it is expressly stipulated that tbe rail¬
road, on crossing tbe same place, shall not be an obstacle
for tbe realization of said canal or to its navigation.
Article VII. During tbe term of these concessions all
locomotives, carriages, trains, machinery, and materials of
any description whatever, destined for tbe construction and
use of tbe railroad and of its accessory works, as also all the
fuel which may be destined for objects of the enterprise,
shall be free from any ordinary or extraordinary imposts,
to which effect the administrator of the port having pre¬
viously examined said objects, shall issue the corresponding
attestation of their franchise; also the persons employed
and engaged in the service of the transit shall equally be
exempt from any military, civil, and municipal service ; but,
that the Nicaraguans may enjoy these exceptions, it is ne¬
cessary they should obtain the acquiescence ( pase ) of the
authorities of the Republic in the way and form which the
Government shall determine; it being understood that the
premises and possessions depending upon the transit enter¬
prise shall not afford an asylum and protection to criminals,
respecting whom the action of the authorities shall be
prompt and speedy; and, moreover, the use of a foreign
flag shall not be permitted in such establishments, except
by persons representing foreign governments.
Article YIII. The persons, goods, and mails in transit
from ocean to ocean shall be free from any interference and
impost, also the ships which may arrive at or start from the
ports of the line shall be free from any anchorage, tonnage,
or any other dues, and the transit enterprise shall have en¬
tire liberty of action to establish the regulations which they
may deem necessary in their diverse operations, so that they
in every case shall be responsible for any abuse or damage
to persons or property. But the rights of the Republic are
reserved to make regulations with regard to persons who
may come to reside in the country ; to determine what troops
and munitions of war belonging to nations not authorized
442
APPENDIX.
by treaties may pass through its territory; what mails may
be distributed within the same ; and, lastly, to impose the
usual duties of import upon any articles destined for inland
consumption, in which the enterprise shall loyally assist the
Government.
Article IX. The mails of the Republic and the public
offices, also the changes of garrisons which may take place
in the direction of the route, shall be transported by the
railway free of charge along the whole track of the line ; but
it is especially stipulated that, inasmuch as the trains must
make their trips at fixed days and hours, the transit shall
not suffer any delay or impediment in any case and under
any circumstances.
Article X. The usual public roads, whether highways or
byeways, passed over by the transit line shall not be occu¬
pied nor cut without being conveniently reconstructed to
the satisfaction of the Government.
Article XI. Any questions, disputes, or differences which
may arise between the enterprise and any inhabitant of the
Republic shall be subject to the decision of the judges and
tribunals of Nicaragua, and those arising between the Go¬
vernment and the enterprise shall be resolved within the
Republic by three persons of known probity, natives or
foreigners, chosen one by each party, and the third by the
two already nominated,—the vote, sentence or decree of a
majority of said Arbitrators being decisive without any fur¬
ther recourse.
Article XII. The transit enterprise shall never, either by
themselves or through their heirs, successors, administrators,
or assigns, at any time and under any circumstances, alienate
the rights conceded to them by the present convention, nor
shall they alienate the works of the railroad, docks, or other
hydraulic works to any foreign government, nor to any
Company or individual without the express consent of Ni¬
caragua.
Article XIII. Should the works of the Interoceanic
Transit be unfinished at the expiration of the time fixed in
APPENDIX.
443
the present stipulation, the benefit and rights conceded to
the enterprise shall be forfeited, unless they are impeded by
fortuitous or unforeseen causes, as deadly and desolating
epidemics, earthquakes, or inundations, civil or national
wars, and other cases of this description, in which cases the
enterprise shall enjoy an extension of double the time of the
interruption, provided that notice be given by the enter¬
prise, and the Government acknowledge the cause as suffi¬
cient for such interruption, or, in case of disagreement, the
tribunal of Arbitrators established in Article XI.; but if, at
the expiration of all the terms assigned in the present sti¬
pulation, the works of the transit are not finished, then this
convention shall be considered as definitely annulled, and
the existing works in said transit, with its accessories and
dependencies, shall pass to the dominion and absolute power
of the Republic without any indemnification whatever.
Aeticle XIV. In view of the treaties made with France
on the 11th of April, 1859, and with Great Britain on the
11th of February, 1860, the Republic of Nicaragua on the one
part, and Captain Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan Pirn, of the
English Royal Navy, and his legitimate representatives on
the other, accept and confirm the formal guarantee contained
in said treaties, to maintain the neutrality and innocent use
of the transit across the Republic, submitting the enterprise
to the conditions laid down in the aforesaid treaties; and
the Republic makes for its part the most solemn declaration
to comply with the conditions that the above-mentioned
conventions of 1859 and 1860 have imposed upon it.
Aeticle XV. The present stipulation shall be submitted
to the approval of the supreme Government and ratification
of legislative power, which, being obtained without any
amendment, shall be binding immediately on both contract¬
ing parties, and in case of being amended shall be definitely
binding on the said parties from the date on which Captain
Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan Pirn accepts and ratifies it;
and in either case by the fact of the definite ratification the
present contract shall be substituted for that of the railroad
444
APPENDIX.
contract of the 5th March, 1864, made between the supreme
Government of the Republic and said Captain Bedford Clap-
perton Trevelyan Pim.
In witness whereof, we sign the above in duplicate in
Managua, the 1st of March, a.d. 1865.
(Signed) Antonio Silva,
(Signed) Bedford C. T. Pim,
Commander, Royal Navy.
The Government, having the above contract before it,
and finding it in conformity with the given instructions,
approves and sends it to Congress for ratification.
Managua, 2 March, 1865.
Tomas Martinez. (L. S.)
The Minister of Fomento, etc., and acting Minister of
Home and Foreign Affairs.
Antonio Silva. (L. S.)
Art. 2nd.—Article I. will read as it is written, adding the
following: “ And Captain Pim declares that neither the
railway nor the exclusive privilege granted to him within
the limits expressed in this concession can in any way be an
obstacle to the opening an interoceanic canal, and it is
agreed that the right of preference for the construction of
any other railway is only to be understood for interoceanic
railways from the Atlantic to the Pacific.”
Art. 3rd.—Paragraph 2nd of Article III. is altered in
these terms : “ The right of expropriation according to the
laws of the Republic of that portion of land which may be
required for the works of the railroad on lands possessed by
private persons, cities, and towns ; but it is understood that
only that portion can be expropriated which is strictly neces¬
sary for the iron road and the accessory works, as docks,
canals, piers, wharfs, coal depots, stations, hotels, and electric
telegraphs, as well as the expropriation of timber, stone, and
other raw materials which could be used in the said works,
but this right is limited to a strip of one mile in breadth on
APPENDIX.
445
each side of the railroad, without prejudice to the dominion
and free use of the owner over all the rest of the said strip
of land which may belong 1 to him ; with the obligation to
Captain Pirn or his legitimate representative, of previously
paying to the owner for the land and materials expropriated,
and for the damages caused according to the just valuation
of exports at their natural value, without reference to the
railroad : but in inhabited places public edifices cannot be
expropriated unless with the consent of those who can
legally grant it.”
Art. 4th.—At the end of paragraph 4 of the same Article
III. shall be added : “ Which lands shall be used by the con¬
cessioners and settlers in accordance with the laws of the
country. And it is explained for the effect of these conces¬
sions that the measure of each league is understood to be
5000 varas of 84 centimetres.”
Art. 5th.—Article V. shall be read as it has been written,
adding the following clause: The good state of service of the
railway, with its accessories and other works adjacent, is
guaranteed by -4^2,000,000, which Captain Pirn, or his
legitimate representative, must deposit in the Treasury of
the Eepublic five years before the termination of the said
twenty-nine years.
Art. 6th.—The XIY. will read as follows :—
In view of the treaties made with Spain on the 25th July,
1850, with France on the 11th April 1859, and with Great
Britain on the 11th February, 1860, Commander Bedford
Clapperton Trevelyan Pirn, of the English Royal Navy, in
his own name and that of his successors and assigns, accepts
and confirms the formal guarantee which the said treaties
contain of maintaining the independence, neutrality, and
innocent use of the transit across the Republic, and submits
the enterprise to the conditions established in said treaties.
Given in the saloon of sessions of the Senate.—Managua,
March 14th, 1865.—Mariano Montealegre, S. P.—A. Murillo,
S. S.—Federico Solorzano S. S.—The Executive Power.—
Saloon of Sessions of the Chamber of Deputies.—Managua,
446
APPENDIX.
March 19, 1865.—Juan B. Sacasa, D. P.—M. Ubina, D. S.
—Florencio Miranda, D. S.
In conformity with Article XV., I accept and ratify the
alterations made in the present concession by the Sovereign
Congress.—Managua, 22nd March, 1865.
Bedford C. T. Pim. (L.S.)
By these presents, I execute the above.—National Palace,
—Managua, 22nd March, 1865.
Thomas Martinez.
The Minister of Foreign Affairs.—
Antonio Silva. (L.S.)
Treaty between Her Majesty and the Republic of Hon¬
duras respecting the Bay Islands, the Mosquito
Indians, and the Rights and Claims of British
Subjects.
Signed at Comayagua, November 28, 1859.
[Ratifications exchanged at Comayagua, April 18, I860.]
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, and the Republic of Honduras, being
desirous to settle in a friendly manner certain questions in
which they are mutually interested, have resolved to con¬
clude a Treaty for that purpose, and have named as their
Plenipotentiaries, that is to say :
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Charles Lennox Wyke, Esquire, Com¬
panion of the Most Honourable Order of the Bath, Her
Britannic Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary on a special mission to the Republics of
Central America;
And his Excellency the President of the Republic of
Honduras, Don Francisco Cruz, Political Chief of the
Department of Comayagua ;
Who, after having communicated to each other their
respective full powers, found in good and due form, have
agreed upon and concluded the following Articles :—
APPENDIX.
447
Akticle I. Taking into consideration the peculiar geo¬
graphical position of Honduras, and in order to secure the
neutrality of the Islands adjacent thereto, with reference to
any railway or other line of interoceanic communication
which may he constructed across the territory of Honduras
on the mainland, Her Britannic Majesty agrees to recognize
the Islands of Ruatan, Guanaca, Elena, Utile, Barbarete, and
Morat, known as the Bay Islands, and situated in the Bay
of Honduras, as a part of the Republic of Honduras.
The inhabitants of the said Islands shall not be disturbed
in the enjoyment of any property which they may have
acquired therein, and shall retain perfect freedom of religious
belief and worship, public and private, but remaining in all
other respects subject to the laws of the Republic. If any
of them should wish to withdraw from the Islands, they
shall be at full liberty to do so, to dispose of their fixed or
other property as they may think fit, and to take with them
the proceeds thereof.
The Republic of Honduras engages not to cede the said
Islands, or any of them, or the right of sovereignty over such
Islands, or any of them, or any part of such sovereignty, to
any Nation or State whatsoever.
Article II. Her Britannic Majesty engages, subject to the
conditions and engagements specified in the present Treaty,
and without prejudice to any question of boundary between
the Republics of Honduras and Nicaragua, to recognize as
belonging to and under the sovereignty of the Republic of
Honduras, the country hitherto occupied or possessed by the
Mosquito Indians within the frontier of that Republic,
whatever that frontier may be.
The British Protectorate of that part of the Mosquito
territory shall cease three months after the exchange of the
ratifications of the present Treaty, in order to enable Her
Majesty’s Government to give the necessary instructions for
carrpng out the stipulations of said Treaty.
Article III. The Mosquito Indians in the district recog¬
nized by Article II. of this Treaty as belonging to and under
448
APPENDIX.
the sovereignty of the Republic of Honduras, shall be at
liberty to remove, with their property, from the territory of
the Republic, and to proceed whithersoever they may desire;
and such of the Mosquito Indians who remain within the
said district shall not be disturbed in the possession of any
lands or other property which they may hold or occupy, and
shall enjoy, as natives of the Republic of Honduras, all
rights and privileges enjoyed generally by the natives of the
Republic.
The Republic of Honduras being desirous of educating
the Mosquito Indians, and improving their social condition in
the district so occupied by them, will grant an annual sum
of five thousand dollars in gold or silver, for the next ten
years, for that purpose, to be paid to their headman in the
said district; the payment of such annual sum being
guaranteed to them by a mortgage on all woods and other
natural productions (whatever they may be) of the State
lands in the Bay Islands and the Mosquito territory.
These payments shall be made in half-yearly instalments
of two thousand five hundred dollars each, the first of which
payments shall be made six months after the exchange of
the ratifications of the present Treaty.
Article IV. Whereas British subjects have by grant,
lease, or otherwise, heretofore obtained from the Mosquito
Indians, interests in various lands situated within the district
mentioned in the preceding Article, the Republic of Hon¬
duras engages to respect and maintain such interests; and
it is further agreed that Her Britannic Majesty and the
Republic shall, within twelve months after the exchange of
the ratifications of the present Treaty, appoint two Com¬
missioners, one to be named by each party, in order to
investigate the claims of British subjects arising out of such
grants or leases, or otherwise; and all British subjects
whose claims shall by the Commissioners be pronounced well
founded and valid, shall be quieted in the possession of their
respective interests in the said lands.
Article V. It is further agreed between the Contracting
APPENDIX.
449
Parties, that the Commissioners mentioned in the preceding
Article shall also examine and decide upon any British
claims upon the Government of Honduras that may be sub¬
mitted to them, other than those specified in that Article,
and not already in a train of settlement; and the Republic
of Honduras agrees to carry into effect any agreements for
the satisfaction of British claims already made, but not yet
carried into effect.
Article VI. The Commissioners mentioned in the pre¬
ceding Article shall meet in the city of Guatemala, at the
earliest convenient period after they shall have been
respectively named, and shall, before proceeding to any
business, make and subscribe a solemn declaration, that
they will impartially and carefully examine and decide, to
the best of their judgment, and according to justice and
equity, without fear, favour, or affection to their own
country, all the matters referred to them for their decision;
and such declaration shall be entered on the record of their
proceedings.
The Commissioners shall then, and before proceeding to
any other business, name some third person to act as an
arbitrator or umpire in any case or cases in which they may
themselves differ in opinion. If they should not be able to
agree upon the selection of such a person, the Commissioner
on either side shall name a person; and in each and every
case in which the Commissioners may differ in opinion as to
the decision which they ought to give, it shall be determined
by lot which of the two persons so named shall be arbitrator
or umpire in that particular case. The person or persons so
to be chosen shall, before proceeding to act, make and sub¬
scribe a solemn declaration, in a form similar to that which
shall already have been made and subscribed by the Com¬
missioners, which declaration shall also be entered on the
record of the proceedings. In the event of the death,
absence, or incapacity of such person or persons, or of his or
their omitting or declaring, or ceasing to act as such arbi¬
trator or umpire, another person or persons shall be named
450
APPENDIX.
as aforesaid to act as arbitrator or umpire in liis or tbeir
place or stead, and shall make and subscribe such declaration •
as aforesaid.
Her Britannic Majesty and the Republic of Honduras
hereby engage to consider the decision of the Commissioners
conjointly, or of the arbitrator or umpire, as the case may
be, as final and conclusive on the matters to be referred to
their decision; and they further engage forthwith to give
full effect to the same.
Article VII. The Commissioners and the arbitrator or
umpire shall keep an accurate record, and correct minutes or
notes, of all their proceedings, with the dates thereof, and
shall appoint and employ a clerk or other persons to assist
them in the transaction of the business which may come
before them.
The salaries of the Commissioners shall be paid by their
respective Governments. The contingent expenses of the
Commission, including the salary of the arbitrator or umpire,
and of the clerk or clerks, shall be defrayed in equal halves
by the two Governments.
Article VIII. The present Treaty shall be ratified, and
the ratifications shall be exchanged at Comayagua, as soon
as possible within six months from this date.
In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have
signed the same, and have affixed thereto their respective
seals.
Done at Comayagua, the twenty-eighth day of November,
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and
fifty-nine.
C. Lennox Wyke. (L.S.)
Francisco Cruz. (L.S.)
Proceedings at a Public Meeting held at Blewpields
1st Mat, 1867.
At a Public Meeting held at the King’s House, Blewfields,
Mosquito, on the first day of May, 1867, Present, Mr. Alfred
APPENDIX.
451
Hooker, M.E.C.; Mr. Nicholas Casa-Nueva, M.E.C.; Mr.
Basil Hodgson, M.E.C.; Captain Hooker, Secretary, E.C.;
Mr. David Izrang; Mr. John Dixon; Charles Hodgson,
M.E.C.; Mr. Wickham ; Mr. Witroch, senior Magistrate ;
Captain Pim, and about seventy inhabitants. Mr. Alfred
Hooker was called to the chair.
The Chairman said that the Meeting had been summoned
to consider two points; one was in reference to a proclama¬
tion which had just been received from Mr. T. J. Martin, the
other was to hear Captain Pim, who wished to inform them
what was going on in Nicaragua with regard to Mosquito,
so that they might decide what was best to be done.
The Chairman then asked Captain Hooker, Secretary, E.C.
to read the proclamation, which he did, and all present ex¬
pressed their disapproval of the same.
(A True Copy.) J. Paton, Vice-Consul.
“ Proclamation.
“ To all the Authorities and Magistrates, greeting. By vir¬
tue of the power in me vested as the guardian and legal ad¬
viser of the chief of Mosquito and chief justice of Mosquito
Reservation, I forbid all negotiation, or attempt of the same,
as regards Mosquito matters, until the meeting of the chiefs
and Indians in full council, which cannot take place before
September next; and I do hereby warn you all to have no¬
thing to do with any person or persons whomsoever, as no one
has any authority from the English Government or Nica¬
ragua, to enter into any negotiations with regard to Mos¬
quito matters, except his Excellency, Mr. Corbett, Her Bri¬
tannic Majesty’s Minister to Central America.
“April 25th, a.d., 1867.
“ (Signed) T. J. Martin.
“Chief Justice of Mosquito.
“Witness,
“ James Green, H. B. M. Consul.”
The Chairman then stated that he had been very lately at
Greytown, and had seen Mr. Martin every day, and besides,
he had a long conversation with Mr. Green, and not a word
2 G 2
452
APPENDIX.
was said to him about the proclamation, so that it was an
easy matter to name the person against whom it was aimed;
they were not children, however, and would not be treated
in such a way; the proclamation had been sent to him to fix
to his door, but he would do nothing of the sort.
The first resolution was then read, and a full explanation
given; it was passed unanimously, every hand being held
up in favour of it.
“ Resolved .—That this meeting consider the document
written by T. J. Martin under date 25th April, 1867, and
forwarded to Blewfields as a proclamation, a most unwar¬
rantable and improper attempt on his part to control the
people of this Reservation, and they deny his right to act in
any such way towards them.
“ This meeting also express their regret to see the signa¬
tures of Mr. Green and Mr. Paton affixed to such a docu¬
ment, even as witnesses; the former gentleman, as Her Ma¬
jesty’s representative, ought rather to use his name as a
guard and defence of the interests of Mosquito, than make
himself a party to try and prevent free discussion amongst
the people who are only anxious to protect their rights and
liberties.”
The Chairman said that he now begged Captain Pirn to
give them any information in his power respecting what
was going on in Nicaragua or elsewhere in reference to
Mosquito.
Captain Pirn said that when he arrived at Greytown in
February last, he conversed with Mr. T. J. Martin in respect
to Mosquitian affairs. Mr. Martin offered Captain Pim the
guardianship of the young chief, which Captain Pim de¬
clined, on the ground that he had not time to pay proper
attention to so responsible an office.
Mr. Martin informed Captain Pim that he had been offered
a certain sum of money to use his influence to bring about
the annexation of Mosquito to Nicaragua, but that he had
declined, although much pressed by the Government of Ni¬
caragua, some of the members of which Government had
come to his house at Greytown for that purpose.
APPENDIX.
453
After some further conversation, Mr. Martin, on Captain
Pirn’s suggestion, agreed to write Captain Pim a letter ask¬
ing him to try and bring about a settlement of the dispute
existing between Nicaragua and Mosquito; this letter, after
various alterations made by Captain Pim, was written by
Mr. Martin under date of the 15th February, 1867. Mr.
Martin could not complete it on the 14th.
Captain Pim read Mr. Martin’s letter, addressed to him,
to the meeting :—
{True Copy.) “ San Juan del Norte,
“February 15, 1867.
“ Captain Bedford C. T. Pim, R.N.
“ Dear Sir, —As an old friend of the Mosquito Indians,
I avail myself of your opportune arrival at this place to ask
your assistance and advice in relation to the present difficul¬
ties now existing between Nicaragua and the Mosquito chief
and his people. Nicaragua declines to acknowledge the new
chief William Henry Clarence, who is the nephew of George
Augustus Frederick, and who was the legal and legitimate
heir to the chieftainship of the Mosquito Indians, and who
has been legally elected and freely acknowledged by all the
people of the Reservation. The Government of Nicaragua
also refuses to pay the subsidy, due under the treaty of Ma¬
nagua, to the chief of Mosquito and his authority. Nica¬
ragua is wrong in this matter, and as you have business
with that Government, it might be in your power to facili¬
tate the settlement of these difficulties now existing be¬
tween Nicaragua and Mosquito. I am the guardian and
legal adviser of the chief, and willing on his behalf and on
behalf of his people to render you any assistance in my
power, to bring about a satisfactory arrangement; by the
doing of which you will be ever gratefully recognized by the
chief of Mosquito and the people as well as by
“Your friend and obedient servant,
“ (Signed) T. J. Martin.
“ Etc. etc.”
Captain Pim told Mr. Martin that of course no arrange-
454
APPENDIX.
ment whatever could be concluded without the full and en¬
tire consent of the Mosquitians, and Mr. Martin replied that
he would call together the Executive Council for that pur¬
pose.
After careful consideration of his movements in the inte¬
rior, Captain Pirn fixed the 20th April as the date when he
could meet the Executive Council at Blewfields, and Mr.
Martin agreed to call them together at that time.
Mr. Martin said that he required some money, and Cap¬
tain Pirn gave him a sum between .8100 and .8150.
On Captain Pirn’s arrival at Greytown on the 24th April,
1867, he found that Mr. Martin had made no attempt to call
the Executive Council together, he had not been to Blew¬
fields since last May (eleven months) and had not seen his
charge, the young chief, from that date. Captain Pim was
naturally angry at this combined neglect of important inter¬
ests, especially as he brought the news from Granada that
the Nicaraguan Government was taking active steps in the
Mosquito question, and had appointed two eminent men, viz.
General Martinez and Don Antonio Silva, to proceed to
London at once; the first as minister, the second as secre¬
tary, to lay the matter before the English Government, and
which information ought, of course, to be made known in
Mosquito immediately, so that steps might be taken to re¬
present Mosquito also, in London.
Captain Pim spoke very plainly both to Mr. Green and
Mr. Martin in respect to these matters, and on the evening
of the 25tli, started for Blewfields in the “ Messenger,” by
which opportunity Mr. Martin had sent the proclamation
quite unknown to Captain Pim, and which he considered
the first resolution dealt with in a very proper manner and
spirit.
Captain Pim requested Mr. Green and Mr. Martin to
accompany him in the “ Messenger ” to Blewfields, but the
former said that he could not come, and the latter stated
that he had an auction to attend to.
Captain Pim said that he could not conclude without
APPENDIX.
455
expressing his admiration of the noble river at the back of
their town, from exploring which he had just returned.
He was astonished that those who professed to be friends
of Mosquito had not long ago made known the vast resources
which the river Blewfields afforded for immigration, it was
universally admitted that population was all that was re¬
quired to make Mosquito prosperous and happy, why then
had not the offer been made to the Government of the
United States to receive with open arms those of the
coloured people of the South who chose to come and settle ?
By so doing, they would have made friends on all sides; the
Government of the United States would be delighted to see
a fruitful source of discord removed from their midst if one
might judge from a speech of the late Mr. Abraham Lincoln
at Washington, on the 14th August, 1862, in reference to
the emigration of the coloured race; and the families them¬
selves coming to settle in Mosquito would find themselves
amongst a people speaking the same language, professing
the same religion, and enjoying the advantage of schools for
children, just as in the country they had left, and in which
they would participate without let or hindrance of any sort.
He was sure that a hearty welcome would be extended to
them, and he hoped that when the Executive Council next
met this subject would meet with the attention it deserved.
The Chairman then read the second resolution as follows:—
“ Resolved .—That this meeting request Captain Bedford
Pirn, R.N., to protect and defend the interests of the in¬
habitants of the Mosquito Reservation in such manner as
shall seem to him best, and those members of Council now
present, pledge themselves to send him a regular authority
from the Executive Council so to act as soon as said Council
meet in session.”
—which was put and carried unanimously, every hand being
held up for it.
The third resolution was then read by Captain Pirn and its
meaning explained. The Chairman said that, respecting the
ceding of land to the emigrants, he was not certain that this
456
APPENDIX.
could be done without an infringement of the terms of the
Treaty.
Captain Hooker observed that they had the undoubted
right to grant leases, and in this case might do so for 99
years, but that it was time enough to raise the question
when the matter was before the Executive Council.
The Resolution, as follows:—
“ Resolved .—That copies of the minutes of this meeting
be forwarded to each member of the Executive Council
immediately, and that Captain Bedford Pirn’s suggestion of
throwing open the Reservation to a coloured emigration from
the Southern States of America be brought before the
Executive Council at their next meeting.”
—was then put and carried unanimously.
Captain Pirn then proposed a vote of thanks to the
Chairman for the fearless and straightforward manner in
which he had acted. This was carried unanimously.
The Chairman, in reply, said that he thanked the meeting,
and begged them to give their thanks also to Captain Pirn,
but for whom they would have been kept in darkness as
before on the question affecting their very existence, or
kept quiet by Mr. Martin, who was always talking about the
Foreign Office, and what would be done, but they had now
been waiting for years for something to be done, and nothing
had even been attempted in spite of Mr. Martin’s fair
promises.
Captain Pirn said he was very glad to find such unanimity
amongst them, and that he would do his best to be of use to
Mosquito; it was quite true that their affairs had been
shamefully mismanaged, but the people must now look after
their own interests, and that sharply; he could only say to
them that God helps those who help themselves.
The Meeting then terminated.
(Signed) T. A. Hooker, Chairman.
457
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1555. Novus Orbis. Grynaei.
1557. Staden Haus von Wahrhaftige Historien. Kohn.
1589. Ein pack Spaenische Zeughenen.
1591. Historia Natural y Moral de las Indias. Acosta, 1591 and
1603.
1593. News from Spayne and Holland.
1610. Origen de los Indios del Nuevo Mundo. P. Garcia.
1615. Monarquia Indiana. Torquemada.
1620. Vox Populi; or, News from Spayne.
1620. Tydinghe van de Spaeniscte Elote. Antio.
1623. An Experimental Discoverie of Spanish Practices.
1623. A Relation of what happened to the great Spanish Fleet.
1623. Tratado verdadero del Viage y Navegacion deste ano de
1622, que hizo la Flota de Nueva Espana y Honduras,
etc., por Antonio Yasquez de Espinosa.
1624. Desseins Perpetuels des Espagnols a la Monarchie Uni-
verselle.
1633. Orbis Novus. Laet.
1639. Relacion que en el Consejo Real de las Indias hizo el
Licenciado Antonio de Leon Pinelo, Relator de su Alteza,
sobre la Pacificacion y Poblacion de las Provincias de
Manche i Lacandon.
1640. Distructe van de Spaenische Floot von 1639.
1644. Newes out of Spaine.
1653. Sir Francis Drake’s Voyages.
1655. Spanish North America. Gage.
1655. A New Survey of the West Indies. Thos. Gage.
1656. The Spaniards’ Cruelty and Treachery to the English Dis¬
covered.
1656. Memoires et Plaintes de l’Ambassadeur d’Espagne aux
Etats Guerraux.
1658. The King of Spain’s Cabinet divulged.
1659. Merchant’s Remonstrance.
1670. Journals of the Assembly of Jamaica, vol. i.
1678. Exquemilin, De Americanische See Rovers, etc.
1697. A New Voyage round the World. Wm. Dampier.
1699. Voyage and Description of the Isthmus of Darien. Lionel
W afer.
1707-25. Voyage to the Islands. Sir Hans Sloane.
1711. Survey of the West Indies. Thos. Gage.
1727. History of Voyages and Travels. P. Wring.
1729. Voyages to the Bay of Campeachy. Wm. Dampier.
1730. Descripcion de las Indias Occidentales. Herrera.
1734. Universal History, 1543-1610. T. A. De Thou.
1735. Journey Overland from the Gulf of Honduras to the great
458
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
South Sea, performed by John Cockburn and five other
Englishmen.
1739. The Grand Question—War or no War?
1741. History of the Buccaneers of America.
1744. Churchill’s Voyages.
1762. The Spanish West India Islands. Jeffreys.
1763. Relacion de la Ciudad de Truxillo.
1766. West India Pilot. Jos. Smith Speer.
1769. Remarks on a Passage from the River Belize in the Bay of
Honduras to Merida, the capital of the province of
Yucatan in the Spanish AVest Indies. Lieut. Cook.
1773. Account of the British Settlements on the Mosquito Shore.
Vol. V. of Bryan Edwards’ ‘ History of the AVest Indies.’
1774. History of Jamaica, and an Account of the Mosquito
Shore. Edw. Long.
1774. Noticias Americanas entretenimientos phisico-historicos
sobre la America Meridional y la Septentrional Oriental.
Antonio de Ulloa.
1775. The AVest India Pilot. Jefferevs.
1775. Correspondence du Eerd. Cortez avec Charles V, sur la
Conquete du Mexique.
1776. Histoire Philosophique. L’Abbe Raynal.
1776-7. Parliamentary Register : Debate on Mosquito in the
House of Commons.
1779. Archseologia, vols. v. and vi.
1779. Monthly Review, vols. lxi. lxii. and lxx.
1779. Eull Answer to the King of Spain’s last Manifesto respect¬
ing the Bay of Honduras and the Mosquito Shore, its
ancient free British Settlement, and Importance to Great
Britain.
1787. History of Mexico. Clavigero.
1787. Morning Chronicle, March 27.
1789. Mosquito Shore, the Case of his Majesty’s Subjects.
1791. Memoire sur un Nouveau Passage de la Mer du Nord a
la Mer du Sud (voie de Nicaragua), par M. Martin de la
Bastide.
1801. Precis de l’Histoire Universelle. Anquetil.
1808. Mosquito. John AVright.
1809. Account of the Settlement of Honduras. Capt. Henderson.
1809. Edinburgh Review, January, vol. xvi.
1810. Account of the Expedition to the Mississippi, and to the
Interior of New Spain. Zebulon Montgomery Pike.
1810. Dictionary (Geographical and Historical) of America and
the West Indies. Alcedo. Edited by Thompson, London.
1811. The Mosquito Shore and Honduras. Capt. Henderson.
1811. Annales des Voyages, vol. xvi. Malte Brun.
1815. Walker’s Gazetteer.
1817. The Columbian Navigator. Purdy.
1821. Memoirs of the Mexican Revolution. W. Robinson.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
459
1822. Some Account of the Mosquito Territory. Col. R. Hodg¬
son.
1822. Sketch of the Mosquito Shore, including the Territory of
Poyais. T. Strangewavs.
1823. Sketch of the Mosquito Shore. ‘ Quarterly Review.’
1823. Statistical Account of Guatemala. Domingo Juarros.
1824. The Belize Merchants Unmasked; or, a Review of their
late Proceedings against Poyais. G. A. Low.
1824. Bosquejo Politico Estadistico de Nicaragua. M. G. Sa-
ravia, General de Brigada.
1824. The Times, 10th January.
1824. The Morning Herald, 10th January.
1825. On the Practicability of Joining the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans by a Ship-canal across the Isthmus of America.
R. B. Pitman.
1826. Six Months’ Residence and Travels in Central America.
J. Hale.
1827. Narrative of Voyages and Excursions on the East Coast,
and in the Interior of Central America. W. Roberts.
1827. Brooks’s Gazetteer.
1828. Bridge’s Annals of Jamaica.
1828. Guatemala. H. Dunn.
1829. An Official Visit to Guatemala. G. A. Thompson.
1830. Levellings across the Isthmus of Panama ; Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society. By J. A. Lloyd.
Supplement in 1 Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. i.
1830. Memoria de la Conducta Publica v Administrativa. M. J.
Arce.
1832. Reise naar Guatemala in 1829. J. Haefkens.
1832. Memorias para la Historia de la Revolucion de Centro-
America. J. Montufar.
1832. Coup d’CEil sur la Republique de l’Amerique Centrale.
Dumartray et Rouhand.
1832. Manifestacion Publica del Ciudadano Marcial Zebadua
sobre su Mision Diplomatica cerca de su Majestad Bri-
tannica.
1832. Description of the Rio Usumasinto in Guatemala. J. Ga¬
lindo. ‘ Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. iii.
1832. Nautical Magazine, December.
1833. On the Communication between the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans by way of Lake Nicaragua. C. Phillips, R.N.
‘Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. iii.
1833. Notice of the Caribs in Central America. Col. J. Galindo.
‘Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. iii.
1833. El Centro-Amerieano, Weekly Periodical from May 22.
1834. E. Vattelon the Law of Nations. By Chitty.
1834. Notes of a Journey from Belize to Guatemala. E. L. Page.
‘ Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. viii.
1835. Account of the Eruption of the Volcano of Coseguma in
1835. J. Galindo. ‘ Boyal Geographical Journal,’ vol. v.
460
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1835. The Ruins of Copan. J. Galindo. ‘ Transactions of the
American Antiquarian Society,’ vol. ii.
1836. On Central America. J. Galindo. ‘ Royal Geographical
Journal,’ vol. vi.
1836. Rapport sur la Geographie et les Antiquites de l’Ame-
rique Centrale. Joinard.
1836. Central America. Col. Don Juan Galindo, corresponding
member, R. G. S. Journal, vol. vi.
1836 and 1837. British and Colonial Library. By Montgomery
Martin.
1838. Voyage Pittoresque et Archeologique dans la Province
d’Yueatan. P. de AValdeck.
1839. Narrative of a Journey to Guatemala. G. W. Montgomery.
1810. Memoire sur le Guatemala et la Colonisation du Departe-
ment de Vera Paz.
1810. The Adventures, Sufferings, and Observations of James
Wood.
1810. Excursion to the Lake of Nicaragua, up the Rio San Juan.
G. Lawrence.
1811. Library of Useful Information, chaps, v.-vii.
1811. Incidents of Travel in Central America. J. L. Stephens.
1811. Sketches of the East Coast of Central America, from Notes
of Capt. R. Owen, etc. By Capt. B. Allen, R.N. ‘Royal
Geographical Journal,’ vol. ix.
1811. Account of the Province of Vera Paz. Alonzo de Escobar.
‘ Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. ix.
1811. Notes on Lake Nicaragua. E. Fredericksthal.
1812. Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore. T. Young.
1812. America Central. Reclamacion de la Intervencion del
Coronel Alejandro Macdonald, Superintendente de Belize,
en el Coronel Manuel Quijano, Administrador del Puerto
de San Juan del Norte.
1842. The Times, 21th August, 9th September, and 14th Sep¬
tember.
1843. Observations on the Isthmus of Panama. Wheelwright.
1843. Incidents of Travel. J. L. Stephens.
1843. Defenza de los Derechos del Pais en los Cuestiones pro-
movidas por el Consul de su Majestad Britannica.
1843. Memoria sobre el Puego de los Volcanos de Centro-
Ameriea, por M. Larreynaga.
1843. The Times, 4th January.
1844. Nautical Magazine, vol. viii.
1844. L’lsthme de Panama. Chevalier.
1844. Effemerides de los Hechos Notables. A. Marure.
1844. L’lsthme de Panama. Examen Historique et Geogra-
phique des difterentes Directions, suivant lesquelles on
pourrait le percer, et des moyens a y employer. Chevalier.
1844. Exploration de l’Amerique Centrale, et particulierement
de la Province de Vera Paz, et du District de Santo-
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
461
Tomas de Guatemala. Rapports de MM. Puydt, de
Binkum et T. Kint.
1844. On the Isthmus between Lake Granada (Nicaragua) and
the Pacific Ocean. J. Baily. ‘RoyalGeographical Journal,’
vol. xiv.
1845. Notes on the Gulf of Mexico, Rio Tampico, and its Vicinity,
and on the River Tobasco. Peter Masters. ‘ Royal Geo¬
graphical Journal,’ vol. xv.
1845. Das Deutsche Colonisirungs-Projekt an der Mosquito-Kiiste,
etc. Krekschman.
1845. Memoria Historica sobre el Canal de Nicaragua, etc.,
escrita por M. Marure.
1845. Projet d’un Canal de Jonction de l’Ocean Pacifique et
de l’Ocean Atlantique a travers l’lsthme de Panama.
Garella.
1845. Bericht fiber die im hochsten Auftrage Seiner Koniglichen
Hoheit des Prinzen Carl von Preussen und Sr. Durch-
laucht des Herrn Pfirsten v. Schoenberg-Waldenburg
bewirkte Untersuchung einger Theile des Mosquito-
landes.
1845. Considerations sur les Interets Politiques et Commerciaux
qui se rattachent a l’lsthme de Panama. Denain.
1845. Official Despatch, No. 278, from the American Minister at
Berlin, Mr. Wheaton, to the Secretary of State.
1846. Einige Technische Nachrichten von den Entwfirfen zur
Verbindung des Mittelmeeres mit dem Rothenmeere bei
Suez und des Atlantischen Meeresmit dem Stillen Meere
bei Panama durch Canale und Eisenbahn.
1846. Examen sobre la Franca Comunicaciou entre los dos Oceanos
por el Istmo de Panama. Arosemena.
1846. Canal of Nicaragua, etc. Napoleon III.
1846. The Times, 5th January and 16th December.
1847. The Illustrated London News, 30th October.
1847. The Times, 6th February.
1847. Commercial Tariff, parts 17, 18, 19.
1847. Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore, with an
Account of Truxillo and the adjacent Islands of Roatan
and Bonacca. Toung.
1847. Docuraentos en que se funda el Derecho que el Estado de
Nicaragua tiene al Territorio que se disputa con la pro-
teccion de el Gobierno Ingles.
1847. Memoria dirijida por el Ministerio de Estado y de Rela-
ciones de Nicaragua a la Asamblea Constituyente del
mismo Estado sobre los Derechos Territoriales del pro-
pio pais en la Costa del Norte, llatnada Mosquitos.
Buitzago.
1847. Belize; or, British Honduras, its History, Trade, and Na¬
tural Resources. Temple.
1847. Travels in Central America. Dunlop.
402
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1847. Eevista PoKtica sobre la Historia de la Eevolucion de
Nicaragua en defensa de la Administraeion del ex-Di-
rector, Don Jose Leon Sandoval. P. F. de la Eocha.
1848. Treaty between the United States and New Granada.
1848. Canalisation des Isthmes de Suez et de Panama, par les
Freres de la Compagnie Maritime de Saint-Pie.
1848. Documentos Interesantes sobre el Atendado cometido por
algunos Iugleses residentes en Blewfields, usurpando con
mano armada el Puerto de San Juan del Norte, etc.
1848. Manifesto que el Supremo G-obierno del Estado de Nica¬
ragua hace a los Globiernos de America, sobre el Tratado
celebrado con el Comandante Ingles, S r Granville Lock,
etc., por Jose Guerrero, Presidente.
1848. Eeorganizacion de Centro-America bajo un Pacto Federal.
1848. Blue Book, presented to the House of Commons, 3rd July.
1848 and 1849. Nautical Magazine, March, 1848, and April and
May, 1819. By Captain Barrett.
1849. Colonial Magazine, November and December.
1849. The Darien Papers ; a Selection of Original Letters and
Official Documents, relating to the Establishment of a
Colony at Darien by the Company of Scotland trading to
Africa and the Indies.
1849. Panama, Nicaragua, and Tehuantepec. The question of
the communication between the Atlantic and the Pacific.
W. B. Liot.
1849. Wild Life in the Interior of Central America. G. Byam.
1849. Eeport on the Question of a Canal or Eailway between
the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Eockwell.
1849. Die Freistadt Nicaragua in Mittel Amerika und seine
Wichtigkeit fiir den Welthandel, den Ackerbau, und die
Colonisation, etc. etc. Biilow.
1849. Coup d’CEil rapide sur la Eepublique de Costa Eica. Mo¬
lina.
1850. Dublin University Magazine, August, 1849, February,
1850.
1850. Message of the President of the United States in relation
to Central America.
1850. Times, November 28 and December 11.
1850. Colburn’s New Monthly Magazine, July to December.
1850. Eeport of British Association.
1850. The Gospel in Central America. Crowe.
1850. Junction of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. ‘Westmins¬
ter Eeview,’ April.
1850. Considerations on the Great Isthmus of Central America.
Fitzroy.
1850. Central America and the Transit between the Oceans.
M. B. Sampson.
1850. Letter to Hon. J. M. Clayton, Secretary of State, on Inter¬
marine Communications. Hughes.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
403
1850. A Statistical Account and Description of Ruatan. Mitchell.
‘ United Service Magazine.’
1850. Central America, describing each of the States of Guate¬
mala, Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, Costa Rica,
etc. Bailey.
1850. The Mosquito Question—Squier. ‘American Whig Review,’
February and March.
1850. The Great Ship Canal Question. Squier. ‘ American Whig
Review,’ November.
1850. Volcanoes of Central America, and the Geographical and
Topographical Features of Nicaragua. Proceedings of the
Tenth Annual Meeting of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science.
1850. Tigre Island and Central America. Executive Document,
No. 75 ; First Session of Thirty-first Congress.
1850. Extracta de una Relacion sobre el Antiguo Reyno de Gua¬
temala, hecha por el Ingeniero Don Luis Diaz Navarro
en 1765.
1850. Enquete sur la Colonie de Santo Tomas. Cuelebrouk.
1850. Rapport sur la Situation de la Colonie de Santo Tomas.
Cloquet.
1850. Souvenirs de l’Amerique Centrale. D’Arlach.
1850. The Great Ship Canal Question. George Byam.
1850. Notes and Queries, May 4th.
1850 and 1851. American Whig Review, February, March, and
November, 1850 ; January and March, 1851.
1851. The New York Herald, 22nd October.
1851. Memoir on the Boundary Question pending between the
Republic of Costa Rica and the State of Nicaragua.
Molina.
1851. Canal from Lake Nicaragua along the Rio Sapoa to Salinas.
Oversted. ‘ Royal Geographical Journal,’ vol. xxi.
1851. Centro-Amerika nach den Gegenwartigen, etc. Reichardt.
1851. Bosquejo de la Republica de Costa Rica. Molina.
1851. Despatches of E. G. Squier, United States Charge d’Affaires,
concerning the Difficulties between Great Britain and
San Salvador.
1852. Report of the Survey of a Route for the Proposed Nica¬
ragua Ship-Canal from San Juan del Norte on the At¬
lantic to Brito on the Pacific. Childs.
1852. Central America, and the Crampton and Webster Project.
Squier. ‘New York Democratic Review,’ November.
1852. The Islands in the Bay of Honduras, their Seizure and
Organization as a British Colony. Squier. ‘ Democratic
Review,’ December.
1852. Documentos relativos a la Cuestion Mosquitia. Castillon.
1852. Nicaragua; its People, Scenery, Monuments, and the Pro¬
posed luter-oceanic Canal. Squier.
1852. Memorias para la Historia del Antiguo Reyno de Guate-
464
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
main, redactadas por el Ilmo. Senor Dr. D. F. de Paula
Garcia Pelaez, Arzobispo.
1852. The Isthmus of Tehuantepec; being the Results of a
Survey for a Railway to connect the Two Oceans, made
under the direction of Major Barnard, U.S.E. Williams.
1852. Costa Rica y Nueva Granada. Examen de la Cuestion de
Limites, etc.
1852. Relacion Historica concerniente a la Junta Publica General
de la Sociedad Economica de Guatemala.
1852. Memoria sobre la Geografia Fisica y Politica de la Nueva
Granada. Mosquera.
1852. Incidents of Travel in Central America. Stephens.
1852. Ilistoria General de las Indias. Gomara.
1852. Considerations on the Great Isthmus of Central America.
Capt. B. FitzRoy, R.M., in ‘ Journal of Royal Geogra¬
phical Society,’ vols. xx. and xxii.
1852. Fraser’s Magazine, April.
1852. Bentley’s Miscellany, April.
1853. Correspondence relative to the Claims of Great Britain on
the Mosquito Coast, and in the Territories of Honduras
or Yucatan.
1853. Further Considerations on the Great Central American
Isthmus. FitzRoy.
1853. Journal of the Expedition of Inquiry for the Junction of
the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. L. Gisborne.
1853. Isthmus of Darien Ship-Canal, with a Full History of the
Scotch Colony of Darien. Cullen.
1853. Memorias, Negociaciones y Documeutos para servir a la
Historia de las Diferencias que ban suscitado entre Mexico
y los Estados Uuidos, sobre el Istmo de Tehuantepec.
Ramirez.
1853. Notice sur les Cinq Etats de l’Amerique Centrale. Herran.
1853. Guia de Forasteros de Guatemala.
1853. The Isthmus of Darien in 1852 ; Journal of the Expe¬
dition of Inquiry for the Junction of the Atlantic and
Pacific Oceans. Gisborne.
1853. Deux Ans de Sejour dans l’Etat de Nicaragua (Amerique
Centrale), 1850, 1851, 1852; Projet de Fondation sur le
Lac de Nicaragua, Transit des deux Oceans d’un Hospice
Religieux a l’instar de Saint-Bernard. Dupuy.
1853. Report of Committee of Foreign Relations of the Senate
of the United States on the Establishment of the Islands
of Ruatan, Bonacca, etc., as a British Colony. Mason.
1853. Correspondence between Mr. Marcy, Secretary of State,
and Mr. Crampton, British Minister, relative to the
Treaty of Washington, July 5, 1850.
1853. Wanderbilder aus Central Amerika. Heine.
1853. Further Considerations on the Great Isthmus of Central
America. FitzRoy.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
465
1853. Speech of Hon. Edward Everett.
1853. ‘Times,’ February.
1853. Voyage of Her Majesty’s Ship ‘Herald.’ Seemann.
1854. Nicaragua nach eigner Anschauung im Jahre 1852.
Beichardt.
1854. Observations on the Territory of Burica, Province of Chi-
riqui, Isthmus of Panama. ‘ Koyal Geographical Journal,’
vol. xxiv.
1S54. History of Yucatan, from its Discovery to the Close of the
Seventeenth Century. Francourt.
1854. Beconnaissance Hydrographique des Cotes Occidentales
du Centre Amerique execute par la Corvette ‘ La Bril-
lante,’ sous le Commandement de M. T. de Lapelin, Capi-
taine de Fregate, d’apres les Ordres de M. le Contre-
Amiral Odet Pellion, commandant la Division des Cotes
Occidentales d’Amerique. Published by the French
Government.
1854. Speech of the Hon. Lewis Cass, U.S. Senate, on the
Clayton-Bulwer Treaty.
1854. Speech of the Hon. J. M. Clayton, U.S. Senate, in reply
to the Hon. Lewis Cass.
1854. Contrato de una Yia de Comunicacion Inter-Oceaniea por
Honduras ratificada por el Poder Legislative del Estado.
1854. Bough Notes of an Exploration for an Inter-oceanic Canal
by way of the Bivers Atrato and San Juan, in New
Granada, South America. Trautwine. Journal of Franklin
Institute.
1854. Bulletin of the American Geographical and Statistical
Society for Inter-oceanic Communication across the Isth¬
mus of Panama or Darien. Watts.
1854. Beport to the Hon. Secretary of the Navy. Strain.
1854. Official Beport of the Proceedings of the Exploring Party
under Commander J. C. Prevost, of 1I.M.S. Virago, sent
to cross the Isthmus of Darien. Journal of the R.G.S.,
vol. xxiv.
1855. Notes on Central America, particularly the States of Hon¬
duras and San Salvador; their Geography, Topography,
Climate, Population, Besources, Productions, and the
Proposed Honduras Inter-Oceanic Bailway. Squier.
1855. The Isthmus of Panama, and what I saw there. Griswold.
1855. The Coast of Mosquito and the Boundary Question between
New Granada and Costa Bica. Paredes.
1855. Correspondence of the Department of State concerning
Central American Affairs, accompanying the Annual
Message of the President of the United States.
1855. Sprachen der Indianer Central-Amerika’s, wahrend seinen
mehrjahrigen Beisen in den verschiedenen Staaten Mittel-
Amerika’s aufgezeichnet und zusammengestellt. Scherzer.
1855. Waikna; or, Adventures on the Mosquito Shore. Bard.
2 H
466
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1855. The Practicability and Importance of a Ship-Canal to con¬
nect the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, with a History of
the Enterprise, from its first Inception to the Completion
of the Survey.
1855. Memoria Historica sobre el Canal de Nicaragua.
1855. Panama in 1855. An Account of the Panama Railroad,
of the Cities of Panama and Aspinwall, with Sketches of
Life on the Isthmus.
1856. Compendio de la Historia Politica de Centro-America.
Squier. Translated by a Central American.
1856. The Destiny of Nicaragua. Central America as it was, is,
and may be. By an Officer in the service of General
Walker!
1856. History and Prospects of Inter-Oceanic Communication by
the Central American Isthmus. Strain.
1856. Walker’s Expedition to Nicaragua; a History of the
Central American War. Wells.
1856. Die Republik Costa Rica in Central Amerika. Wagner
and Scherzer.
1856. Costa Rica. Article in ‘ New Monthly Magazine,’ vol. cviii.
no. 431, p. 18.
1856. Nicaragua and the Filibusters. ‘ Blackwood’s Magazine,’
March.
1856. The Mosquito Territory. ‘New Monthly Magazine,’
March.
1858. Central America. ‘ United Service Magazine,’ July.
1856. ‘ Revue Britannique,’ la Cote des Mosquitos, August.
1856. Question entre l’Angleterre et les Etats Unis sur l’Ame-
rique Centrale. Carbo.
1856. Iniciativa de la America, Idea de un Congreso Federal de
las Repiiblicas. Bilboa.
1856. The Junction of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by a Ship-
Canal, without Locks, by the Yalley of the Atrato. Kelly.
1856. Over Darien by a Ship-Canal. A Report of the Mis¬
managed Expedition of 1854, with Suggestions for a
Survey. Cullen.
1856. Notice sur le Golfe Dulce dans l’Etat de Costa Rica (Ame-
rique Centrale) et sur un Nouveau Passage entre les deux
Oceans. De Lurcy.
1857. Honduras Inter-Oceanic Railway, with Maps of the Line
and Ports, and an Appendix containing the Report of
Admiral R. EitzRoy. Squier.
1857. Histoire des Nations Civilisees du Mexique et de l’Ame-
rique Centrale duranfc les Siecles anterieurs a Chris-
tophe Colomb. De Bourbourg.
1857. Las Historias del Origen de los Indios de esta Provincia
de Guatemala, traducidas de la Lengua Quiche al
Castellano para mas comodidad de los Ministros del S.
Evangelio. Ximenez.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
467
1857. Yoyage dans l’Amerique Centrale, l’lle de Cuba et le
Yucatan. Morelet.
1857. Central America. By William Paterson, the Merchant
Statesman.
1857. Travels in the Tree States of Central America, Nicaragua,
Honduras, and San Salvador. Scherzer.
1857. Explorations and Adventures in Honduras, comprising
Sketches of Travel in the Gold Regions of Olancho.
Wells.
1857. Cuadro Estadistico del Departimiento de Gracias (Hon¬
duras), precedido de un Compendio Elemental deEstadis-
tica. Alvarado.
1857. Annales des Voyages. Description of Eighteen different
Routes across the Isthmus. Malte Brun.
1857. Summary of Report on Survey of the Isthmus of Darien.
By Lionel Gisborne, in R.G.S. Journal, vol. xxvii.
1858. Mitla; or, Incidents and Personal Adventures on a Journey
in Mexico, Guatemala, and San Salvador. Y. Tempskv.
1858. Nicaragua. The Proposed Inter-Oceanic Canal. Squier.
1858. Notes on Central America. The Proposed Honduras In¬
ter-Oceanic Railway. Squier.
1858. William Paterson, the Merchant. Bannister.
1858. Writings of W. Paterson, with a Biographical Introduc¬
tion.
1858. The ‘Leader,’ July 31.
1858. ‘ Harper’s Weekly,’ March 20.
1859. Speech of Hon. E. Ward, of New York, Eeb. 15.
1859. Seven Years’ Travel in Central America, New Mexico, etc.
Troebel.
1859. Pamphlet on Nicaragua, with Initials L. N. B. ‘Revue
Britannique,’ and M. Belby’s ‘ Percements de l’lsthme.’
1859. Nicaragua, Past, Present, and Euture.
1860. Canal Inter-Oceanique par l’lsthme de Darien, Nouvelle-
Granada (Amerique de Sud). Canalisation par Colonisa¬
tion. Airian.
1860. Report of a Survey for a Railway through the Province of
Chiriqui. ‘ New York Herald,’ December 8.
1860. George St. George Julian, the Black Prince. Cockton.
1861. Report of the Secretary of War, communicating Lieut,
N. Michler’s Report of his Survey for an Inter-Oceanic
Ship-Canal near the Isthmus of Darien.
1861. The New Route through Chiriqui. ‘ Harper’s Magazine,’
January.
1861-62-63. Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes. Peterman.
1861-62. Proceedings of Royal Geographical Society for the Dis¬
cussion of Pirn’s Route.
1862. Illustrated History of Panama Railroad. Otis.
1862. Eine Reise in das Innere der Landenge von San Bas und
der Cordillere von Chepo in der Provinz Panama. Wagner.
468
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1863. The Grate of the Pacific. Pim.
1863. Report on European Tunnels. Storrow.
1864. Exploration dans l’lsthme de Darien. Bourdiol.
1864. Report on the Progress of Geographical Science. Malte
Brun.
1864. Aus deni Natur- und Volkerleben im Tropischen Amerika.
Dr. Karl v. Scherzer.
1865 The Bayanos River Isthmus of Panama. Oliphant. ‘ Pro¬
ceedings of Royal Greographical Society,’ April 24.
1865. The Isthmus of Panama. C. T. Bidweli.
1865-66. Annales de la Societe de Geographie.
1866. Canal Inter-Oceanico. Bogota.
1866. Canal Inter-Oceauique du Darien Amerique. Notice His-
torique et Geographique sur l’Etat de la Question du
Canal du Darien. Malte Brun.
1866. La Question du Percement de ITsthme de Panama devant
un Congres International. Bionne.
1866. Notes sur le Eleuve du Darien et sur la Configuration du
Sol au point de vue du Trace d’un Canal Interoceanique
entre le Rio Grande du Darien et l’Atrato. Flachat.
1866. Inter-Oceanic Railroad through the Republic of Costa
Rica. Kurtze.
1868. Fifth Letter to the Emperor Charles V., containing an
Account of his Expedition to Honduras. Translated
from the original Spanish by Don Pascual de Gayangos.
CERTIFICATE OF CHRISTENING THE ‘ SUSANNA.’
On this day, 16th May, 1863, at Palmetto Cay, Gorgon Bay,
on the Mosquito Coast, I had great pleasure in christening the
good Missionary Craft ‘ Susanna ’ after the wife of Captain Bed¬
ford Pirn, R.N., and the Dory 1 Lizzie ’ after the wife of S. J.
Pittar, Esq., and iu heartily wishing both vessels the best success.
George Augustus Frederick,
King of Mosquito.
Present,—II. P. Lewis, Commander, R.M.S. Solent
J. A. Morrish, do.
Sam. J. L. Pittar, C.E., London.
Bedford C. T. Pim, do.
And a large concourse of Rama, Woolwa, and Mosquito Indians,
Caribs, and Creoles.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND CO.,
LITTLE QUBEN STREET, LINCOLN’S INN FIELDS-